JOURNAL

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL S:0C 1 ETY

NEW SOUTH WALES
1878.

VOL. 3 Gi.) ET.

EDITED BY ey

Pity LIVERSIDGE anv Dr. LEIBIUS.

THE AUTHORS OF eet ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR Sad STATEMENTS —
MADE AND THE orisroxs EXPRESSED THER

AGENTS FOR THE SocieTY
Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill, — E. C,
. 5

NOTICE.

Lt ts requested that all Communications respecting the-
Printing of the Fournal of the Society, or List of
Members, may be sent to Professor Liversidge, the
Society's louse, Elizabeth-street, Sydney.

All Donations presented to the Society are acknowledged
by letter, and in the printed Proceedings of the Society.

The Smithsonian Institute, Washington, U.S.A.,
and Messrs. Tritbner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill, London,
have kindly undertaken to receive and forward parcels
of books and printed matter intended for the Society.

eS a

. ‘
* : ‘ : : r
:
" t * i
z
; “
a - ! . ;
” »

4 ad
4 ~ 3 :
Fae rein :
ae ‘
« | ae
. See e
& * |
. Y ‘ .

ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

iw
i \ Y eh: Cee : j va ae

AND

JOURNAL

PROCEEDINGS

=, ee

OF THE °

ROYAL SOCIETY
. NEW SOUTH WALES,
1878.

Pe ee ge ee ee Pe ee a. eS N

| + Cie fe

Deaton oad

: EDITED BY

Pror. LIVERSIDGE anp Dr. LEIBIUS.

THE AUTHORS OF PAPERS ARE ALONE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STATEMENTS of
MADE AND THE OPINIONS EXPRESSED THEREIN.

AGENTS FOR THE SOCIETY:
Messrs. Triibner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C.

SYDNEY: THOMAS RICHARDS, GOVERNMENT PRINTER.

3 THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

Tue Royat Society of New South Wales originated in 1821

as the “Philosophical Society of Australia”; after an interval

of inactivity, it was resuscitated in 1850, under the name of the

“‘ Australian Philosophical Society,” by which title it was known

until 1856, when the name was changed to the “‘ Philosophical

* Society of New South Wales”; and finally, in May, 1866, by the
sanction of Her Most Gracious Majesty the Queen, it assumed

its present title.

CORRIGENDA. |

: B .—The Motos Fauna of Tasmania. By the Rev.

. XI.—On ihe Metallurgy of Nickel and Cobalt. By

CONTENTS.

VOLUME XII.
Page.
. L—List or Orricers, FUNDAMENTAL RULEs, By-laws,
and List of Members i to xxxv
. Il.—AnNnIvERSARY ADDRESS, by Christopher Rolleston,
Vice-President 1 to 16

I.—Tasmanian Forests ; their Botany and Economical
Value. By Rev. J. E. Teni son- Woods, F.G.8., F.L.S. 17 to 28

. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.S 29 to 56
Bice some Australian Terti Fossil Corals and
co x eer By the Rev. J. E. Tenison-
Woods, F.G.

on to the assumed Longitude of

Vis eres ba orrecti
the eve Onseratry a John cv ~R.A.S. 63 to 69 ©

Smith, ae of the ship « 9 Sa Bat cossosacraniGenis Tl to 75

. VIII.—Storms on the Coast of New South

Wales.
(Four Finmincnig ) By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.,
Government Astronomer 77 to 101

. IX.—Some Facts about the Great Tidal Wave, May

1877. (Three diagrams.) By J. P. Sonephaon; C.E. ... 103 to 115
X.—Some Results of an Astronomical Sivataaihces on
the Blue Mountains. (7wo “i beige hes By HC,

11. , F.R.A.S., F.M.S., 117 to 126

«

W. A. Dixon, F.C.S 127 to 132
XII.—The Deep Well Waters of Sydney. By W. A.
SON i Bk sere eS Nee 133 to 141
. XIII.—Note on Huan Island Guano. By W. A. Dixo:
F.C.S., F.L.C., Lecturer on Chemistry, Sydney School
of Arts to 144
XIV.—The Rise and Progress of Photography. a
Ludovico W. Hart ............ 145 to 164
XV.—PRocEEDINGS 167 to 187
XVI.—ApoprrTtons To THE LIBRARY 188 to 200
XVII.—Downattons To THE CABINETS ; 201 to 206

XVIII.—List or EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS ...... 207 to 213

<ite

vi CONTENTS.

PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SECTIONS.

Page.
Arr. XIX.—ReEports rRoM THE SECTIONS 217 to 293
1. Note, - Planet Uranus. By John Tebbutt, aes
2. ‘6 ie Longa of Sydney bagels
By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S. 222
3. Note on Fe Transit of Mercury (One
diagram.) By John Tebbutt, F. PR ALS. 226
4. Note on the Star ‘‘ Brisbane 6183.” By rae |
Tebbutt, F.R.A.S 228 |
5. Notes on the Premise in the United {
States. By W. J. MacDonnell, F.R.A.S... 229 |
6. Clark’s Companion of Sirius. By H.C. akan,
B.A., F.R.A.S. 233
7. The Triangle Micrometer. By H. C. Russell,
B.A., F.R.A.S 236
8. ied on ee during his Opposition, 1878.
By i 238
9. On ea al BW - se wer "9
Telescopes. B 5 Fos jee 8 ERA 241
10. Abstract of ro oe of the Transit -
, Venus. By H. Mi a B.A., F. +n a: 243
1l. Notes on the Conj a
Mars and edt 878. a Sok Tebbutt,
R.A 246
12, coi on the Mounting of Large Object
Glasses. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S 247
13. On a New Form of Equatorial Mounting.
By H.:C. Russell, BA, P.RiABo ic; 249
14. Note on the Boorook Silver Mine. By A.
W. Dixon, F.C.S.. 255
15. Notes on the incesibiddon of the Sydney
pes: ok ci ME WO Oo esi yccigys 264
16. logy. for he Introduction of the
Smug ota in our Schools of Art
cience Movie Fart .. 5.450. ...... 269
17. ont usic. By Mons. Jules Meilhan............ 281

Art. XX.—AppEnpIx : Abstract of the Meteorological Obser-
vations taken at the Roane Observatory. By H. C.

B.A., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer ...... 297 to 308

Arr. XXI.—Lisr or PusuicaTions 309 to 318

Arr, XXII.—Inpex 319

ici Na hg cM a LAR cl NN a

The Royal Society of Hew South Wales.

OFFICERS FOR 1878-9.

PRESIDENT:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HERCULES ROBINSON. G.C.M.G.,
&e.

i me

VICE-PRESIDENTS:
REV. W. B. CLARKE, M.A., F-B.S., F.G:S. (Obiit, June 16th, 1878.)
HON. J. SMITH, O.M.G., M.L.C., M.D., LL.D., &c
CHARLES MOORE, F.LS. (Elected, July 31st, 1878.)

HONORARY TREASURER:
H. C. RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.A.S., F.M.S., &c.

HONORARY SECRETARIES:
PROFESSOR LIVERSIDGE. | Dz. ADOLPH LEIBIUS.

COUNCIL:
ITZGERALD, R. D., F.L.S. MONTEFIORE, E. L. (Blected,

F

_ GURNEY, PROFESSOR “YA. July 31, 1878.)

JONES, P. SYDNEY, M.D. ROLL LLESTON, ‘CHRISTOPHER.
WRIGHT,

H. G. A., M.R.C.S. En

\
ASSISTANT SECRETARY:

=

FUNDAMENTAL RULES.

Object of the Society.

1, The object of the Society is to receive at its stated meetings original
papers on subjects of Science, Art, Literature, and Philosophy, and especially
on such subjects as tend to develop the resources of Australia, and to illustrate
its Natural History and Productions.

President.

2. The Governor of New South Wales shall be ex officio the President of

the ame
Other Officers.

3. The other Officers of the Society shall consist of two Vice-Presidents,
a Treasurer, and two or more Secretaries, who, with six other Members, shall
constitute a Council for the management of the affairs of the Society.

Election of Officers.

4. The Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secretaries, and the six other Members
of Council, shall be elected annually at the General Meeting in the month of
May.

Vacancies during the year.

5. Any vacancies occurring in the Council of Management during the year
may be filled up by the Council.

Fees.

6. The entrance money paid by Members on their admission shall be One
Guinea ; and the annual subscription shall be One Guinea, payable in advance.

The sum of Ten Pounds may be paid at any time as a Congas: for the
ordinary annual payment for life.

Honorary Members.

7. The Honorary Members of the Society shall be persons who have been
eminent benefactors to this or some other of the Australian Colonies, or dis-
tinguished patrons and promoters of the objects of the Society. Every person
proposed as an Honorary Member must be recommended by the Council and
elected by the Society. Honorary Members shall be exempted from payment
of fees and contributions; they may attend the meetings of the Society, and
a shall be furnished with copies of Transactions and Proceedings published

y the Society, but they shall have no right to hold office, to vote, or otherwise
aides in the business of the Society.
Confirmation of By-laws.

8. By-laws proposed by the Council of Management shall not be binding
until ratified by a General aie
9. No alteration of or addition to the Fundamental Rules of the Society

shall be

back Lad

ge at eee ae ee oe

BY-LAWS
Passed at a General Meeting of the Society, held June 7th, 1876.

Ordinary General Meetings.

I. An Ordinary General Meeting of the Royal Society, to be
convened by public advertisement, shall take place at 8 p.m., on
the first Wednesday in every month, during the last eight
months of the year; subject to alteration by the Council with
due notice. These meetings will be open for the reading of
papers, and the discussion of subjects of every kind if brought
forward in conformity with the carers Rules and By-
laws of the Society.

Annual General pO Te Reports.—Election of Officers.

II. A General Meeting of the Society shall be held annually
in May, to receive a Report from the Council on the state of
the Society, and to elect Officers for the ensuing year. The
Treasurer shall also at this meeting present the annual financial
statement.

Election of the Officers and Council.

III. The Officers and other members of the Council shall be
elected annually by ballot at the Annual General Meeting to be
held in May.

IV. It shall be the ny of the Council each year to prepare
a list containing the names of members whom they recommend
for election to the respective offices of Vice-Presidents and Hon.
Secretaries and Hon. Treasurer, together with the names of six
other members whom they recommend for election as ordinary
members of Council. The names thus recommended shall be
proposed at one meeting of the Council, and — to at a

a _ subsequent meeting.

x

V. Each member present at the General Annual Meeting
shall have the power to alter the list of names recommended by
the Council, by adding to it the names of any eligible members
not already included in it and removing from it an equivalent
number of names, and he shall use this list with or without such
alterations as a balloting list at the election of Officers and
Council.

Council Meetings.

VI. Meetings of the Council of Management shall take place
on the last Wednesday in every month, and on such other days
as the Council may determine.

Absence from Meetings of Cowncil.— Quorum.

VII. Any member of the Council absenting himself from three
consecutive meetings of the Council, without giving a satisfactory
explanation in writing, shall be considered to have vacated his
office, and the election of a member to fill his place shall be
proceeded with at the next Council meeting in accordance with
Fundamental Rule 5. No business shall be transacted at any
meeting of the Council unless three members are present.

Duties of Secretaries.

VIII. The Honorary Secretaries shall perform, or shall cause
the Assistant Secretary to perform, the following duties :-—-

1. Conduct the correspondence of the Society and Council.
2. Attend the General Meetings of the Society and the

meetings of the Council, to take minutes of the pro- |

ceedings of such meetings, and at the commencement
of such to read aloud the minutes of the preceding
meeting.

3, At the Ordinary Meetings of the members, to announce
the presents made to the Society since their last meeting ;
to read the certificates of candidates for admission to
the Society, and such original papers communicated to
the Society as are not read by their — i
and the letters addressed to it.

xi

4. To make abstracts of the papers read at the Ordinary

| General Meetings, to be inserted in the Minutes and
printed in the Proceedings.

To edit the Transactions of the Society, and to superintend
the making of an Index for the same.

ee

jor)

. To be responsible for the arrangement and safe custody
of the books, maps, plans, specimens, and other property
of the Society.

. To make an entry of all books, maps, plans, pamphlets,
&c., in the Library Catalogue, and of all presentations
to the Society in the Donation Book.

8. To keep an account of the issue and return of books,
&c., borrowed by members of the Society, and to see
that the borrower, in every case, signs for the same in-
the Library Book.

. To address to every person elected into the Society a

printed copy of the Forms Nos. 2 and 3 (in the

Appendix), together with a list of the members, a copy

of the Fundamental Rules and By-laws, and a card of

the dates of meeting ; and to acknowledge all donations

made to the Society, by Form No. 5.

10. To cause due notice to be given of all Meetings of the

Society and Council.

11. To be in attendance at 4 p.m. on the afternoon of

Wednesday in each week during the session.

. To keep a list of the attendances of the members of the

Council at the Council Meetings and at the Ordinary

General Meetings of the members of the Society, in

order that the same may be laid before the Society at

the Annual General Meeting held in the month of

May.

The Honorary Secretaries shall, by mutual agreement, divide

the performance of the duties above enumerated.
The Honorary Secretaries shall, by virtue of their office, be
members of all Committees appointed by the Council.

~wT

.e)

oy APPR TN Waste” fe age) gad cane gd a Sees a — aaa Cf My I aE hy oo a RR ERC ES oar a wteth Veta op Oh) PPR Ge eM eee ed ge ui ett Pee ome

xi
Candidates for admission,

IX. Every candidate for admission as an ordinary member of
the Society shall be recommended according toa prescribed form,
by not less than three members, to two of whom he must be
personally known.

Election of new Members.

X. The names of such candidates, with the names of their
supporters, shall be read by one of the Secretaries at an Ordinary
General Meeting of the Society. The vote as to admission to
take place by ballot at the next subsequent meeting. At the
ballot the assent of at least four-fifths of the members voting
, shall be requisite for the admission of the candidate.

New Members to be informed of their election.

XI. Every new member shall receive due notification of his
election, and be supplied with a copy of the obligation (No. 3 in
Appendix), together with a copy of the Fundamental Rules and
By-laws of the Society, a list of members, and a card of the
dates of meeting.

Members whose subscriptions are unpaid to enjoy no privileges.

XII. An elected member shall not be entitled to attend the
meetings or to enjoy any privilege of the Society, nor shall his
name be printed in the list of the Society, until he shall have
paid his admission fee and first annual subscription, and have
returned to the Secretaries the obligation signed by himself.

Members shall sign Rules—Formal admission.

XIII. Every member who has complied with the preceding
By-laws shall at the first Ordinary General Meeting at which
he shall be present, sign a duplicate of the aforesaid obligation
in a book to be kept for that purpose, after which he shall be
presented by some member to the Chairman, who, addressing him
by name, shall say :—“ By the authority and in the name of the
Royal Society of New South Wales I admit you a member
thereof.”

SP cay ge RSA S SGI ot orice adm Wie OR ery INN pe RR UF pd orci) ye ute pl Sean Min Ota oS ED ele a <2 Pe peay one

xii
Annual subscriptions, when due.

XIV. Annual subscriptions shall become due on the Ist of
May for the year then commencing. The entrance fee and first
year’s subscription of a new member shall become due on the
day of his election.

Subscriptions mm arrear.

XV. Members who have not paid their subscriptions for the
current year, on or before the 31st of May, shall be informed of
the fact by the Hon. Treasurer, and any member who shall be
two years in arrear with his subscriptions shall be considered to
have resigned.

At the meeting held in July, and at all subsequent meetings
for the year, a list of the names of all those members who are in
arrear with their annual subscriptions shall be suspended in the
Rooms of the Society. Members shall in such cases be informed
that their names have been thus posted.

Resignation of Memb

XVI. No member shall be at Cems to eas from the
Society without previously giving notice to one of the Secretaries
of his desire to withdraw, and returning all books or other
property belonging to the Society. Members will be considered
liable for the payment of all subscriptions due from them up to
the date at which they may give notice of their intention to
withdraw from the Society.

Expulsion of Members.

XVII. A majority of members present at any ordinary meet-
ing shall have power to expel an obnoxious member from the
Society, provided that a resolution to that effect has been moved
and seconded at the previous ordinary meeting, and that due
notice of the same has been sent in writing to the member in
question, within a week after the meeting at which such resolution
has been brought forward.

Contributions to the Society.
XVIII. Contributions to the Society, of whatever character,

| Eyer On pent to one of the ‘Secretaries, to be laid peaeire. 2

xiv
Council of Management. It will be the duty of the Council to
arrange for promulgation and discussion at an Ordinary Meeting
such communications as are suitable for that purpose, as well as
to dispose of the whole in the manner best adapted to promote
the objects of the Society.
Order of Business.

XIX. At the Ordinary General Meetings the business shall be
transacted in the following order, unless the Chairman specially
decide otherwise :—

1—Minutes of the preceding Meeting.

2—New Members to enrol their names and be jitrodnedal

3—Ballot for the election of new Members.

4—Candidates for membership to be proposed.

5—Business arising out of Minutes.

6—Communications from the Council.

7—Communications from the Sections.

8— Donations to be laid on the Table and acknowledged.

9—Correspondence to be read.

10—Motions from last Meeting.
11—Notices of Motion for the next Meeting to be given in.
12—Papers to be read.
13— Discussion.
14—Notice of Papers for the next Meeting.
Admission of Visitors.

XX. Every ordinary member shall have the privilege of admit-
ting two friends as visitors to an Ordinary General Meeting of
the Society, on the following conditions :—

1, That the name and residence of the visitors, together 3
with the name of the member introducing them, be -
entered in a book at the time. :

2. That they shall not have attended two consecutive
meetings of the Society in the current year.

_ The Council shall have power to introduce visitors, irrespective
of the above restrictions.

xv

Management of Funds.

XXI. The funds of the Society shall be lodged at a Bank
named by the Council of Management. Claims against the
Society, when approved by the Council, shall be paid ae the
Treasurer.

Money Grants.

XXII. Grants of money in aid of scientific purposes from the
funds of the Society—to Sections or to members—shall expire on
the 1st of November in each year. Such grants, if not expended,
may be re-voted.

XXIII. Such grants of money to Committees and individual
members shall not be used to defray any personal expenses which
a member may incur. ;

Audit of Accounts.

XXIY. Two Auditors shall be appointed annually, at an
_ Ordinary Meeting, to audit the Treasurer’s Accounts. The
accounts as audited to be laid before the Annual Meeting in
_ May.

Property of the Society to be vested in the Vice- Presidents, §c.

XXYV. All property whatever belonging to the Society shall be
vested in the Vice-Presidents, Hon. Treasurer, and Hon. Secre-
taries for the time being, in trust for the use of the Society ; but
the Council shall have control over the disbursements of the funds
and the management of the property of the Society.

XXVI. The Members of the Society shall have access to, and
shall be entitled to borrow books from the Library, under such
regulations as the Council may think necessary.

Museum.

XXVII. It shall be one of the objects of the Society to form
a Museum.

XVi
Branch Societies.

XXVIII. The Society shall have power to form Branch
Societies in other parts of the Colony.

SECTIONS.

_ XXIX. To allow those members of the Society who devote
attention to particular branches of science fuller opportunities

and facilities of meeting and working together with fewer formal

restrictions than are necessary at the general Monthly Meetings

of the Society,—-Sections or Committees may be established in

_ the following branches of science :—

Section A.—Astronomy, Meteorology, Physics, Mathematics,
and Mechanics.

Section B.—Chemistry and Mineralogy, and their application
to the Arts and Agriculture.

Section C.—Geology and Paleontology.

Section D.—Biology, i.e., Botany and Zoology, including
Entomology.

Section E.—Microscopical Science.

Section F.—Geography and Ethnology.

Section G.—Literature and the Fine Arts, ineluding
Architecture.

Section H.—Medical.

Section I—Sanitary and Social Science and Statistics.

Reports from Sections.

XXX. There shall be for each Section a Chairman to preside
at the meetings, and a Secretary to keep minutes of the pro-
ceedings, who shall jointly prepare and forward to the Hon.
Secretaries of the Society, on or before the 7th of November in
each year, a report of the proceedings of the Section during
that year, in order that the same may be transmitted to the
Council. : :

Ta I cae eth at
Ta ah Sloat Soe:

xvii
Section Committees—Card of Meetings.

XXXI. The first meeting of each Section shall be appointed
by the Council. At that meeting the members shall elect their
own Chairman, Secretary, and a Committee of four ; and arrange
the days and hours of their future meetings. A card showing
the dates of each meeting for the current year shall be printed
for distribution amongst the members of the Society.

Money Grants to Sections.

XXXII. By application to the Council, grants of money may

be made out of the General Funds of the Society to the Sections.
Membership of Sections.

XXXIII. No person who is not a member of the Society shall

have the privilege of joining any of the Sections.

XVIi

THE LIBRARY.

1. During the Session, the Library shall be open for consul-
tation and for the issue and return of books between 4 and6
p-m. on the afternoon of each Wednesday, and between 7 and 10
p-m. on the evenings of Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, and
during the recess (January to end of April) on Wednesdays,
from 4 to 6 and 7 to 10 p.m.

2. No book shall be issued without being signed for in the

Library Book.

3. Members are not allowed to have more than two volumes
at a time from the Library, without special permission from one
of the Honorary Secretaries, nor to retain a book for a longer
period than fourteen days; but when a book is returned by a
member it may be borrowed by him again, provided it has not
been bespoken by any other member. Books which have been
bespoken shall circulate in rotation, according to priority of
application.

4. Scientific Periodicals and J ournals are not to be borrowed
until the volumes are completed and bound.

5. Members retaining books longer than the time specified
shall be subject to a fine of sixpence per week for each volume.

6. The books which haye been issued shall be called in by the
Secretaries twice a year ; and in the event of any book not being
returned on those occasions, the member to whom it was issued
shall be answerable for it, and shall be required to defray the
cost of replacing the same.

————————

Ree eee eee Teen

EE I ee

xix
Form No. 1.

Roya Socrery or New Sourn WaAtzEs.

Certificate of a Candidate for Election.
Name

Qualification or occupation

Address

being desirous of admission into the Royal Society of New South Wales, we,
the undersigned members of the Society, propose and recommend him as a
proper person to become a member thereof.

Dated this ay of y 40-0
From Prrsonat KNOWLEDGE. From GENERAL KNOWLEDGE.
Signature of candidate
Date received 18
Form No. 2.

Rorat Socrery or New Sourn Watzs.
The Society’s Rooms,
yes Sydney, 162 %

I have the honor to inform you that you have this day been elected a
member of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and I beg to forward to
you a copy of the Fundamental Rules and By-laws of the Society, a printed
copy of an obligation, a list of members, and a card announcing the dates
of meeting during the present session.

According to the Regulations of the Society (vide Rule No. 6), you are
required to pay your admission fee of one guinea, and annual subscription
of one guinea for the current year, before admission. You are also requested
to sign and return the enclosed form of obligation at your earliest convenience.

I have the honor to be,
Sir,
Your most obedient servant,

To Hon. Secretary.

Form No. 3.
Royat Socrery or New Sovrm WALgs.

I, the undersigned, do hereby engage that I will endeavour to promote
the interests and welfare of the Royal Society of New South Wales, and to
observe its Rules and By-laws, as long as I shall remain a member thereof.

Signed,

Address

xx

Form No. 4.
Rorat Socrety or New Sovurn Watts. |
The Society’s Rooms, :
Sir, ; Sydney, 18. :
I have the honor to inform you that your annual subscription of one
guinea for the current year became due to the Royal Society on the Ist of
May last.
It is requested that payment may be made by cheque or Post Office order
drawn in fayour of the Hon. Treasurer.
I have the honor to be,

Sir,
Your most obedient servant,

To Hon. Treasurer.

No. 5.
Roryat Socrety or New SourH WALES.
The Society’s Rooms,

Sir, Sydney, 8.
Iam desired by the Royal Society of New South Wales to forward to 5
you a copy of its Journal forthe year 18 —_, as a donation to the library of
your Society.
am further requested to mention that the Society will be thankful to
receive such of the very valuable publications issued by your Society as it
may feel disposed to send.
I have the honor to be,

> ae
Your most obedient servant, 4

Hon. Secretary.
Form No. 6.
Roya Society or New Sovurn Watzs.
The Society’s Rooms,

Sir, dney, 18°.
On behalf of the Royal Society of New South Wales, I beg to acknow-
ledge the receipt of and I am directed to convey to you the

best thanks of the Society for your most valuable donation.
I have the honor to be,

Sir,
Your most obedient servant,

Hon. Secretary. es

xxi

Form No. 7. ;
Balloting List for the Election of the Officers and Council.
Royat Socrrry or New Sourn WALEgs.
ay, 18 .
Bartrotine Last for the election of the Officers and Council.

Present Council. Names proposed as Members of the new Council.

Vice-Presidents.

Hon. Treasurer.

Hon. Secretaries.

Members of Council.

ee

If you wish to substitute any other name in place of that proposed, erase
Sng the printed name in the second column, and write opposite to it, in the thd
J that wh which you wish to substitute.

of the Co’
} Life Members.

Elected.

1877 Abbott, Joseph Palmer, Murrurundi.

1877 Abbott, Thomas Kingsmill, P.M., Gunnedah.

1877 Abbott, W. E., Glengarry, Wingen.

1877 ms, Francis, A.J.S. Bank, Sydney.

1864 Adams, P. F., Surveyor General, a Point, St. Leonards.
1878 Alexander, George M., 48, ane rgaret-stree

1874 eee John, Macquariestrect

1870 , The Hon. Sir George e Wig ram, M.P., Speaker of the

Legislative je Flizabeth- street North.
868 Allerding, F., Hunter-stree

1873 Allerding, H. R., Hunter-s

1856 Allwood , Rev. atin ids \Cantab, , Vice-Chancellor, University
1876 pe oy dla Wilson, M.B. Edin., Mast. Surg. Edin., 455, Pitt-
1877 hedeous A. W., Oriental Bank, Sydney.

1877 Anderson, H. C. ir; M.A., Sydney Grammar School.

1876 Sonia, W. D., Surveyor General’s Office.

1878 Are LA. A u

1876 Atchison, Cunningham oe a E., ‘North Shore.

1873 Atherton, Ebenezer, M.R.C.S. OF ‘Connell- street.

1873 houe: ‘Beery, ni entre at gay

1876 ise, Benjamin, Lars Elizabeth Bay.

1878 Backhouse Alfred P., M.A., Ithaca, Elizabeth Bay.

1878 r, James, Union Club.

1876 |P 4 Barks, Wm. James, Lic. R. Col. Phys. Lond., M.R.C.S. Eag:,
1878 |

PM embers who have contributed papers which have — ‘published | in the Society’s
Transactions or Journal. Shader numerals indicate the number 0
+ Members

LIST OF THE MEMBERS

OF THE

Koval Society of Hew South Wales.

oa

Byker, Freneis fodiies 130, Pitt-street.

wince

: Members are p
: of address to the Hon. eaeuue for which purpose this cpt is
inserted.

Corrected Address.

F

an a aa a a aa

“=< «<_< a
a naan ee,

ee ee ee ee ee

Elected.

A

bo

A ag

XXill

Bartels, W. C. W., Union Club.

Bassett, W. F., M. RC. 8.; i Bathur:
Bayley, George Wi A; , Railwa ee Soc ey

Bedford, W. J. G., M.R.CS. ag: ., Staff Surgeon

Beilby, B ws Pitt- street.

_—— Thom as B., M.D. Edin., M.R.C.S. Eng., 153 Eliza-

bet
Belfield, po ert Hi, Pare Armidale.
eee o, John, Terrace.

ntact 6 A., im Co ollagestrest
Bens SB, ds, Exchan +34 ag -street.
Bennet, George F., C.M.Z.S., Toowoomba, Queensland.

mey, "Au ugustus, H. M. patos Sydney

Bests pio —_ nry, L.R.C.S., Zrel., L.R. 0. P., Edin., Arthurs-

Black, Reginald I ames, mag of New South Wales, Sydney.

Blac k, Morrice A., aa Actuary, Mutual Provident Society.

B aden, Th Thomas, P

Bode, Rey. G. “ St. fc Tecmanda, North Shor

Bolding, Hed, PM., Newcastle and Union Clu

Bowen, George M. C., Keston, Kirribilli Point, ae Shore.

Bradridge, Thomas H., Town Hall, George-street.

Brady, Andrew John, Lic. K. isa a Coll. Phys. Jrel., Lic. R.
C e

Brazier, John, C.MLZS., Corr. M.RS., Tas., 11, Windmill-street
Brereton, John we Gay, M.D. St. Andrew's, L.B.C.8. Biia.,
main Terra
Brewster, John, Gemlehmiel
Bristowe, E. H. C., 435, Choancileest Sydney.
2 ¢

‘ GQ. e Bay

Brooks, Joseph, F.R.G.S8., ‘Ho serch Bank, ile: Woollahra.
Brown, Henry Joseph, Neweai
Brown, Thomas, Eskbank, So rerkdi: and Australian Club.
Brown, Cowie. wes Darlinghurst Road
Bundock, W. ralian Clu

ose James He rir 3, Palmer-street, Woolloomooloo.
Burton, Edmund, Land a Pees Elizabeth-street North.
seal Arthur, 6}
Burnett, Robt. H., C.E., Rai il y Departme
Busby, ba Hon. William, MLC, Redleaf, ‘South Head Road,

Daneel George, Survey Office.

Cadell, —— ¥ a oo Creek, New England.

East St. Leo: —
rena ‘Allan , L.R.C. ROP, hese
Campbell, The Hon. Ale xander, M.L.C., “Woo: llahra.
Campbell, The arles, M.L.C., Clunes, South Kingston.
Campbell, The Hon. ot bi L.C., Clunes, South Kingston.
Cane, Alfred, Stanley-stree'

we

XX1V

Cape, Alfred J., eke Elizabeth Bay.

Chandler, Alfr ed, 185, Pitt-street.

Chatfield, William, 69, Pitt. street.
hisholm, Edwin. , M.D., M.B.C.S., L.S.A., &e., Ashfield.

Christie, blag L. 8, Hawthorn Lodge, Glen Times.

are v. v.W:B Can E.RS., a: G.S., C.M.ZS.,
F. GS, Mem. pig Soe. rans, Page ae Roy. Geol.
Inst. Austria, a Mem. N.Z. Inst. Cor. Mem. Ro oe.
Tasmania, Fellow of St. Paul’s College, Vice- President :
oats ite, St. is North Shore. Odzit, June 16,

Clee William, BE. 8. & A. C. Bank, Pitt-street.
Clay, Wi cage French, M. A., Contes “ee on Syd., M.R.C.S. Eng.,

Fellow s Coi., Nort
ries Michael Nose M.A. ,Lie o Kk & Q. ny Phys. Irel.,
R. Coll. Sur. Zrel., 4, Hyde Park Terrac

Codrington, ohn Fredk., M.R R.C.8., E. ; Lic. RO. Phys., L,;
Lic. ., Edin., aaa

Collie, R ak Behe rt, New

Colquhoun, George, 3, oi pect ieatiael eating at ad es

Colyer, John Ussher Cox, A.S.N. Com Eacgapes

Com: mrie, se Northield, Kurrajong Meig

Conder, ee. rvey Office, Sydney.

-st .
Cox, James, M.D. Edin. C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., Hunter-street.
Cracknell, E. C. , Superintendent of Telegraphs, Telegraph Office,
eorge-stree
Creed, J. Mildred, M. Latte Eing., Scone.
Cro udace, Th as, Lambto
Cenniighiias: ye Ha use Queanbeyan.

cpa Edwin, Ro sca wick.

stig ee V., Telegraph Office, Geo

Danse Ap Ya e Frederick ox oie CS. Looe, ¥ York and Mar-
pi int Wynyard Squa

Dangar, pak H., genes Darlinghurst.

Darley, Cecil West, Newcastle.

Darley, F. M., M. A, Union Club, Sydney.

Davidson, L. Gordon, M.D., M.C., Aberdeen, Goulburn.

Dean, Alexander, Blzabeth-stret

Deck, John Feild, M.D.,

1, Mae
Deffell, George H., . Bayfl, ‘Woolwich 1 Road, "Hunter's Hill.
Alfred, Pi

De Lissa, S., one ee a
De Salis, The pede yrieeg Fane, M.L.C., Sgiathizapeerss

yon.
De Salis, L. W., junr., Bteathmore, Hewes Queensland.

as a i ica

Pb

Dibbs, George R.., nei Fe Ke Pitt-street.

Dight, Arthur, Richm

pros ti a s, Australian Club.

Dix , Fellow end wa Inst. of Chemistry
of a ona ‘oa Trel., n Chemistry, oe

Arts; Chemical tatoo School of Arts, Sydn

Docker, Ernest, M.A. oa he

Douglas, James, L.R.C.S Hope Terrace, Glebe Road.

Drake, William Hedley, Shesenaid Ser aan ane

Du eur, Eccleston, ¥.R.G.S., Lands Offi

Eales, John, Duckenfield Park, Morpeth
Egan, Myles, M.R.C.S. Zng., 2, Hyde Park Terrace, Liverpool-

pitta
gies Charles F., M.D. Heidelberg, M.R.C.S. Eng., Bridge-

Eld ate. W. HL, 119, hegre aad
rs Thomas An ugustus, C.E., e Phe. street.
s, George, solicitor, Pitt- a eet.
Bran, Owen digg M.R.C.S. £ng., Darling-street, Balmain.

Fache, Charles James, Cleveland House, ———
Fairfax, Edward R., 177, Macquarie-stre

Fairfax, James R., Herald Office, Raecades:
Firth, Rev. Frank, Wesleyan Parsonage, Waverley.
— “si it OM. me F.L.S., Soc. Zool. Bot. Vindob. Socius.,

’

, Mac
Fisher, Chas Maminll, 132, Pitt-strect.

tFitzgerald, R. D., F rae son oe General’s Office.
Flavelle, "Soin, George-str
Fortescue, G., M.B. 7, RRC. $:, F.L.S., Lyons’ Terrace.

a A. Os 23h perro
raser, Robert, 12, rescore
Frazer, Hon. John, M.L.C., York-st'
n, Richard, M.R.C.S. Eng., Sydney Infirmary.
reehill, Bern nard Austin, ort Elizabe h-street.
Fry, Edward H., 5, Verena Te ‘esa, Walkie atest Redfern. |
Fuller, ee John, St. Scuubédes North Shore.

-Griffiths, G. Neville, the sr n, Sydney.
Grundy, Ess 183, Pitt-stree
+Gurn ponte T. a M.A.

XXVi

heres ey, Rev. C. F., Or ae — eer ae Sydney.
rran, ecw LL.D , Herald Office, Hunter-street.
Serres J. P., 130, lilizatotl- dust Sydney,
Gedye, Charles Townsend, Ea age aes Dy rng Point.
d Office.

Giblin, "Vincent W.., row gran Joint Stock Bank, ee

Gilchrist

aan Henry ae precy Club.

Gill peTeenee tt enry, B.A., C.M., M.D., Queen’s Univ. Jrel.,
Ma seta Queen’s Univ. Trel., 1, Clarendon Terrace

Hyde P.
Gipps, F. B. 134, Pitt-street.
Goddard, William C., The AA New Pitt-street.
Goodlet, John Hi.» ~ George-st
Goode, Geor TE — M.D., m8 Ch., Trin. Coll., Dub., Enfield

House, Cam
Gulhait, "Hon, Wa, M.L.C., Stratheam House, Waverley.
Greaves, W. 5
Griffiths, Frederick C., acquarie- -street.

a " Fellow of St. John’s bei
rofessor of Mathstuntics and Natural i-
eta Srivensity ‘of Sydney

‘Tale, Thomas, Gresham-st

Hall, Richard T., —— Msi Crown-street, Surry Hills.

Hardy, J., Hunter-street.

Hargrave, La re SA 94, Upper William-street. :
- , Bell’s Chambe rs, Sincuenn: |

Hart, Ludovico, Government Printi ing Office. |

Haviland, E. Cyri “a Civil —* Five Dock.

a M.
y, The Hon. a John, KC. M.G., M.L. C., M.A. Glasgow,
eee Legislative Cow neil, Rose Bay, Wool ollahra.
Heaton, J. H., Town a ountry Office, Pitt- street. a
Helsharn, Douglass, York’s Terrace, Glebe. 4

Oe en

eorge-street. =
Herborn, E. W. s Victoria-street, Darlinghurst. oe
Herborn, Eugene, 318, en a Ea
Heron, Henry, solicitor, 49, Hun
H ward, Gtaeusnaags ne

collate.
seiner Lawrence, Careenin oc Cove, North Shore.

, 379, George-street
odgson, Rev. z.. G., M.A. Oxon., 8.C.L., Vice-Warden of
St. Paul’s Col ersity.
Belt, She Hon. Thomas, = oe The Warren, near —

1876
1877

|

Pl

XXVii

gf Arther Todd, M.B. Cantab., M.D. Edin., F.1S.,
F.R.G8., ’Master-in- Equity, Sherwood Seru bs,
Pe seliain
hea, Rey. Thomas, Tna at Woollahra.
e, J. K., Cooma Cotta,
Hont, Robert, F.GS. Dente Master of the Royal Mint, Sydney.

Icely, Thos. R., Carcoa:
Innes, Sir J. George L., “Knt., stare ROTTS

Jackson, Arthur Levett, Government Printing Offi
enry William, L.R.C.S. Edin., Lic. R. Bhiys, Edin.,
130, ’Phillip-street.
Jenkins, Richard Lewis, M.R.C.S., Nepean Towers, Douglass

Jennings, P. A., en Road, Woollahra.
Jennings, W, E., , Mining Department, Sydney.
Jones, Jam — Glicasta tae R.C. Phys. £din., Booth-street,

es, Ric hard Theophilus, M.D. Bo are L.R.C.P. Edin., —
Tone, P. Sydney, M.D. Lond., F.R.C CS. Eng., Co ollege-street
es, Edward Lloyd, 345, George-street, Sydney.
one James, Bathurst-street
Jones, Eva n Russell, B.A., Syd., 382, Crown-street,
Jommphiiet Feslien Frey, F.G.S., District Court. Judge, Enmore
ee
Josephson, J.P. ee North.
Joubert, Numa, audi

Keele, Thos. Wm., Harbours and Rivers Department, Phillip-
street.
Keep, John, Br ton, Leich

hardt.
a A. Oxon. Pagans sh Vieigteny Pelee

gh , Wiliam-strect, Double Bay.

Jolin, M:A., Hurlstone tome tans Aan

P5

PO9lt

XXVill

Knaggs, Saml. J., M.D., Newcastle.

Knox, Edward, a Fiona, Double Pay.
Knox, George, M.A., eae Wraegalion
Knox, Edward, 24, Bridge-st

yngdon, Fred. H., M.D pane 2 S. A.,L.; MRB.CS., £.;
C.M., Aber deen, North Sh

Lange, .E., — Office, Sydney.
tta, Pe fi a ee

Latixe, Toni Thos., M.D. Surg. Univ. Paris, 138, Castlereagh-
street.

Branch of the Royal Mint, — Secret

ger es Ph. D. Heidelberg, Senior Assayer to the
ary.
‘Lenehan, yo Alfred, Sydney Obserr

MacDonne!
MacDonnell, William J., F.RAS.,

| M‘Guire, W. ——

tory.
rehibald, F.C. S.; Fel : Thek Chemistry of Gt. Brit.
R.G

and Irl. ; F.GS.; ree ; Assoc. 'y

Mines, Lond. ; Mem. Phy. Soc. London; Me neralogical

Soc. Gt. Brit. and Irel. ; y. Soc. Tas. ; Cor.
Mem. Senckenberg Institute, Frankfurt; Cor. M :
d’Acclimat. M 8; * y. Hist. Soc. Lond

Mem. M Professor of Geology and 7
ea in the University of Sydney, Hon. ,

Shore
Lisye George Alfred, F.R.G.S., 0’ Connell-streo
Lord, The Hon. Francis, ac L. C., North 8

Lord, George Lee, W. salioa ooloo.

Low, Hamilton, 139, Phillip-street.

hemi W.F., pe gee Pitt-street.
ms A. H., , 165, Pitt-street.
Mout —: John = tlio Assayer to the Sydney Branch of a
int.

MacDonald, Ebenezer, Oriental Bank, Sydney.
street.

MacDonnell, Samuel, 326, Sietecntsem Bedae: 4
uae ateanan

as)
aos

Moi
P1it!

a)
ra]

ics te tog

M‘Kay
tMacPherso1 , Rev. , M.A., Bank-strect, East Maitland.
re

Macke abe ge 3" estates ner of Coal tn Newcastle.
Mackenzie, W. F., M.R C. S., Hng., Lyons’ Ter
Mackenzie, Rev. P. F. : Wijendrills. Paddington
Mackellar, Chas. Kinnard, M.B Ae Glas., Eons Terrace.

Maclaurin, Henry Norman, MA MD. Univ. Edin., Lic. R.
Coll. Sur. Edin., 18 7, Maoquarie-strect
ar cone ie Mearns, junio

fakin errima.
x ality Shen, eRe st Printing Office.
fann, Jo an, Neutra
Manning, - ames, M saan 8 Point, ta Shore.
— si rederick Norton, M.D. Univ. St. And., M.R.C.S.
. Soc. re eee ‘Gad ‘Gladesville
Manst 1d, GA. , Pitt-street.
nara James, ‘LBC. S., frel., L.R.C. Phys., Edin., Regent-

=
Mark ioe Robert J., 52, Pitt-stree
Masi, "The Right Rey. Dr., Bishop of Bathurst, Bathurst.
Marsh, J. M., Edgecliff Road, Woollahra.
Marshall Geo orge, M.D. Univ. Glas., Lic. R. Coll. S. Edin.,
s’ Terrace.

Mart hapten George, Sosa street.

rabbit s, R. H., Mundoo

= pine - cd Vietoria Tecvier! Victoria-strect.

s, Mayor of pits eye

Metcalf, Miele} Bridget
Roe: Heidelberg, MRCS.. Eng g-, 3, Clarendon
rrace, W yde

Milfo er 8.7. ¥. Lande Office

Millard, Rev. Henry Shaw, Newcastle Grammar School.

Montefiore, George B., F.GS., s. Groshani-street.
Montefiore, Octavius 7" Pp te Consul, Gresham-street.
+Moore, Charles, F.L. S., Director a ‘the Botanic Gardens,
i 8 residen

ot:
Morchead, R. A. A., 30, O’Connell- at
Morgan. Cosby William , M.D. Brussels, L.R.C.P. Lond., 137,
Castlereagh-street
aorgse. alee te radley, M.R.C.S. Eng., Lic. Mid. Lic. R. Coll
Phys. » Ashenhurst, Burw ood.

Morrell, G. A Rp, OF OER Pitt-st t-st
Morris, William, E.F.P.S. G Glas. & F.R.M.S.L., 5, Carlton Terrace,
ynyard Square, Sydney
aan k ery F.R.GS., 34, Shenae street.
— fT. isenfels, Nat

tt-

7 W. G., 52, Pi
Mylex’ Chas. Henry, Wyn, Burwood.

1878
1877
1875
1875

Neild, John — Bg & C.D., Berlin, M.R.C.S. Rag. Lic.
Soc. Apot , Elizabeth-street, Sydney.
ea Willian, city 7 Rink, Pitt-street.
LA. L ity Bank, Pitt-street.

street.
Nilson, Aroid, Department of Mines
Norton, waren solicitor, Elizabeth- street.
Nott, hoeecrmm , M.D. Aberdeen, M.R.C.S. Eng., Ocean-street,

Woo
Nowlee Joke, Union Club and West Maitland.

Ogilvy, James L.,Oriental Bank, Sydney.
Olley, Rey. Jacob, Manly.
ee W. W. EEE M.D., M.C., Q. Univ. Irel., M.R.C.S., Eng.

erpool-street
Pees The Hon. Robert, M.L.C., 88, Elizabeth-street.

Palmer, J. H., Legislative Assembly.

Pa Chas., Union Club. ,

arrott, Thomas §., Ashfield.
erson, Hugh, Macquarie-st

ate —— junr., 247, aagunste-abeeet
te

ry A., Pem!
Phillip, 5 Pacific oo Company.
Coll

| Pickburn, Thomas, M D. Aberdeen, Ch. M., MRCS. Eng., ®,
ege-street.

, 154, Pitt-street,

" ‘Scalbis

XXX1

Elected
1876 Quaife, Fredk. Harrison, M.D., Mast. Surg. Univ. Glas., Piper-
Poa “s tere) “34
1876 Quir v. Dr. d., Lyndhurst College.
1878 Quik Ren. D. Piseid, Lit. nN “yl Mair: 5 Pon Office, Cook’s River.
1876 Quodling, W. H., Burw
1865 | P 1/tRamsay, ser F.L.S., Curator of the Australian Museum,
College-str
1876 tRatte, = Notnce , New Caledonia
1878 “Read, George H., Secretary to the diene General.
1874 Read, Reginald Bligh, M.R.C.S., Hng., Paddington
1877 Read, Richard, M.D., Singleton.
1868 Reading, E., Mem. Odont. Soc. Lond., Castlereagh-street.
1876 Reece, J. D., abi a grog ce.
1870 Renwick, Arthur , M.D , B.A., Sydn., FRCS. £., 295,
Elizabeth-street.
1856 Roberts, J., George-street.
1868 |P 3} Roberts, Alfred, M.R.C.S. Eng., Hon. Mem. Zool. and Bot. Soe.
Vienna, Bridge-street.
1878 Roberts, William, Australian Club.
1871 bertson, oye solicitor, 91 Pitt-street.
1872 Robinson, His Pxce y Sir po _— _ C.M.G., Governor of
Sou: th ae ovis
1873 rs, Rev. Edward, Rural rate
1856 | P6 tRellecton, Christopher, Auditor Geared uations street.
1878 Rose, nio b.
1865 Ross, fton, 24, Bridge-street.
1876 Rowling, Dr., e.
1864, se Henry C., B.A., Syd., F.R.AS., F.M.S., Hon. Mem.
S. Aust. Inst., Goverment Astronomer, Sydney Observa-
tory, Ho on. Treasur
1875 Sahl, Charles L., German Consul, Consulate of the German
pire, Wynyard \
1876 Saliniere, Rev. E. M., Gle'
1876 Samuel, The Hon. Saul, C.M.G., M.L.C., Gresham-street.
1876 Schuette, Rudolf, M.D., Univ. Gottingen, Lic. Soc. Apoth. Lond.,
10, eww
1856 | P1 |tScott, Rev. illiam, M.A. Cantad., Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc. Vic.,
1876

Scott, AW., M.A. Cantad., Ferndale, South Head Road.

Sp |

1878 | Thomas, E ssarnsin parce oammampaeeast:

tSmith, Sols, The Hon., C.M.G. ., LL.D., Aberdeen, M.L.C.,
F. ag

-Raylor, Chas., M.D. Syd., M.R.CS., Eng., Parramat

XXX11

ocklei ain.
=a site Barleieh, CE; Clif on Wood, Yass.
Sharp, wet Green Hills, cine
Sharp, Revd. W. Hey, M.A. Owon., Warden of St. Paul’s
College, Cai iversity
Sheppard, Rev. G., Liver rpool
Skinner, J. H., B.A Heyes St. Paul’s College, University.
Shields, nea M.R.C , Ed., Viewforth, Bega.
Slad P., solicitor, Brdee street.
Slattery, Thomas, Premier Terrace, 169, William-street, Wool-

Slep, Jl s, 139, Pitt-street.
Sloper, Fredk. k. Evan s, 360, ee eee

°
on, Mem. "Roy. S Wie », Professor of Physics and

Chemistry in —_ “University of ’Sydney, 193, Macquarie-
street, Vice-Pres eS |

Smith, Marshall, nek ea mba, New :

Smith, Robt., M.A. § yd, Solicitor, eae

Smith, re : “Gave, Hante ter-street. 4

Smith, R. 8., Surveyor General’s Office j

Reith BE. E, pala Roslyn- -street, Upper William-street, =

foathes. i. E., Oaklands, Mittagong.
St em, George —— , B.A, FGS, Mem. Geol. Soc. of Ger-
any; Cor at. Hist. Soc., Dre sden; F.R.G.S. of
Gora ‘all ; 3 Combihies Terrace, Newtown
Pret aa William con = A. Ozon., 233, Darlinghurst Road.
topps, , Surve neral’s Office.
rab John Rendell, Birtley, Elizabeth Bay ‘Road.
Strong, Wn. Edmund, M.D., Aberdeen, M.R.C.S., Eng., Liver-
1. +

Ee ee Te ee eh ee Ne

Neha Alexander, M.L.A., Sydney.

Stuart, Clarendon, Upper’ William Street Sout

Suttor, The Hon. Wm. Ife enry, M.L.A., Seems for Mines,
Cangoura, Bathurst

Re nT ee

: FRCS, Lond., yaw Pitt-stroct:
Wi

Thom ont a needa as aig

carom Arding, Narellan.

Elected,

1874
1876

XXXili

Thomas, Wm. Smith, M.R.C.S8., Hng., Wollongong.
Ibis ‘Walter Hugh, Dubbo.
hey, J. T., Melrose pears Cleveland-street.
rebel Prosper mee eee
Trouton, F. H., Ny Company’ . Offices, Sydney.
Taek, Ay, Ph, D. , Superintendent, Bay View Asylum, Cook’s

Nairaite Wiliam, ence pric Shore.
Tulloh, W. H., Margare
Turner, G., 8 Fitzroy hence Pitt-street, Redfern.

Vessey, Leonard A., Survey Office.
Voss, Houlton H., Union Club.

Walker, Philip B., Telegraph Office, George-street.

Wallis, William, Moncur Lodge, Potts’ Point.

Ward, R. D., M.R.C.S. Eng., North Shore

Warren, William Rivard” ™M. D., M.R. C. 8., 281, Elizabeth

street, Sydney.
Waterhouse, J., M.A. Syd., Perkin: gts ods ties le.
Watkins, John Leo, B.A. Cantab., M.A , Randwick.
Watson, C. Russell, M.R.C.S., gory Ganon Terrace, Newtown.
Watt, Alfred Joseph, Ashfield, Parramatta Road,
Watt, Charles, New Pitt-street.
Waugh, Isaac, M. a M.C., 7.C.D., Parramatta.
Webster, A. S., Uni n Club.
Weigall, Albert eehaees , B.A . M.A. Syd., Head Master
of the Sydney Grammar Schoo , allege atrect.
Welch, Edward Wm., St. Oliv:
Westgarth, G. C., solicitor, Pitt. oe
Weston, W. J., Uni
White, Rev. Fisnse B M.A., LL.D., Syd., Gowrie, Singleton.
White, Hon. James, M. L.C., Cra nbrook, Double Bay
rie Rey. W. Moore, LL.D., Arthursleigh Se Elizabeth-

Windeyer, W. C., M.A., Syd., M.L.A., King-street.
Wise, George Foster, Immigration Office, Hyde Park.
Wilkinson, C. 8., F.G.S8., Government G gist, Depart

Wilkinson, Henry Toller, Department of Mines.
Wilkinson, Rev. Samuel, 5, Argyle Terrace, Patathee, Bedi,

XXXIV

Wilshire, James Thompson, C.P. cen Scone.

Williams, Percy Edward,

Wise, Henry, Savings’ Bank, Barrac .
Wood, Harrie, Under Secretary for come ni a of Mines. a
Woods, RA, a nison-, Phillip-street, Sydney.

Woolrych, F. B. W., 194, William-s

+Wright, Horatio, G. ha M.R.C.S., Eng., Wynyard Square.

Wright, Rev. Edwin H., Dubbo.

XXXV

Honorary MEmMBERs.

Elected, August, 1875.
AaGnew, Dr., Hon. Secretary, Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart a
Bartex, The Hon. F., late Colonial Secretary of Western Austra
Brrnays, Lewis A., F.L.S., Vice-President of the Queensland ime bie
e.

Etery, Robert F., F.R.S., F.R.4.S., Government Astronomer of Victoria,
Melbourne.
mange “eeaeaig Charles, F.R.G.S., Surveyor General of Queensland,
risban

aes Dr. z ulius von, Ph. D., F.R.S., F.G.S., neo Carma Geologist and
Director of the Canterbury Museum, New Zea

Hector, James, C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., Director of ot Colonial Museum and
Geological Survey of New Zealan d, Wellington

M‘Coy, Frederick, F.G.S., Hon. F.C.P.S., C. M8, Professor of Natural
Science in the Melbourne Universi rsity, roi ent Palontologist, and
Director of me N Te Museum, Melbourn

Mutter, Baron yon, a eo, Ph. Di PRA FGS.;
Government eoaaian Malbearn

ScoompureH, Dr., Director of a Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, South
Australi

Warternotst, F, G., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Curator of the Museum, Adelaide
South Australia.’

Woops, Rev. Julian E. Tenison-, F.L.S.,F.G.8., Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc.,
Victoria, Hon. Mem. Roy. Boc., Tasmania, Hon. Mem. “Adelaide Phil.
Soc n. Mem. Linnean Soc., &e., Union Club, idaes

Elected, 6 December, 1876.
CocktLz, _ Honor Sir James, Chief Justice, M.A., F.R.S., Brisbane,
Queen and.
Dr Py Prof., M.D., Liége, Belgium.

Elected, 1 May, 1878.
Watker, Tuomas, Yaralla, Concord

Osrrvary, 1878.

1876. Bennett, Samuel, Little C

1850. Clarke, Rev. W. 'B., M.A, RS., F.GS., &., it
1867. Lang, Rev. John Dunmore, D.D., A. Glasgo

1870. Macafee, A. H. C.

as Pe

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

By Curistopner Routestoy, Esq., Vice-President.

[Delivered to the Royal Society of N.S.W., 1 May, 1878.]

GENTLEMEN,

The absence of our highly esteemed Senior Vice-President
must be a subject of great regret to all of you, more particularly
when it is known that his absence is not a matter of choice, but
of necessity, forced upon him by failing health, and it is
especially so to myself, upon whom devolves the duty of opening
this year’s Session. I may venture to say that nothing has con-
duced more to the success of the Royal Society, and rendered its
meetings at the same time both instructive and popular, than
meeting under the presidency of a gentleman of such varied
scientific attainments and general mental accomplishments as
are concentrated in the person of the Rev. W. B. Clarke.

Whilst the Institution affords ample scope for every class of
workers amongst us—for the man of reading as well as the geologist
or naturalist—the laborious collector of facts must always hold
the first rank amongst us; and foremost in this rank stands the
name of our venerable Vice-President, whose researches into the
geological formation of this country would fill volumes, and

- whose contributions to this Society have done so much to illus-

trate the Natural History of Australia.

In a new country like this, whilst we may not, perhaps, look
for great original thinkers or investigators of the calibre of
Darwin, Tyndall, or Huxley, we may be well satisfied to have
amongst us so accomplished a geologist as Mr. Clarke; and
although it may be true that his unobtrusive labours in the
field of science have not met with that public recognition to

2 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

which, in the opinion of his friends and admirers, their impor-
tance entitles them, I venture to suggest that this arises rather
from the lack of scientific knowledge amongst us than from any
lack of generous sympathy or appreciation of the services which
he has rendered to the country. But however this may be, it
must be as gratifying to our venerable friend as to ourselves to
know that his labours have met with flattering commendation
_ from the most eminent men of science in Europe—that his name
has been enrolled in the list of Members of some of the chief
Scientific Societies of the Mother Country, and occupies a high
place amongst the leading geologists of the day. I should parti-
cularly mention the honor conferred upon Mr. Clarke in the year
1876, by the Royal Society of England, in his election to a
Fellowship—first, for valuable geological work in classifying the
rocks of New South Wales; secondly, for services rendered in
the discovery and development of gold-fields; thirdly, for his
contributions to knowledge, amounting to upwards of fifty,
published since 1826, in the Journals of the Geological and
Meteorological Societies, and elsewhere ; and, fourthly, for the
important part taken by him in the re-founding of the Royal
Society of New South Wales, and in the promotion of scien- |
tific knowledge in the Colony. Here we have an epitome of
Mr. Clarke’s valuable labours in the cause of science, as set forth =
in the “ Journal of the Royal Society of England,” which stamps
him as a man of whom the Colony has reason to be proud.

The spread of a taste for scientific inquiry is one of the leading
_ objects of our Society. With this view the different Sections
-hold their meetings, and with what degree of -success may be
gathered from the records of their proceedings published in the
Society’s Journal for the past year. Doubtless we are all of us,
each in his own sphere, anxious to promote this object, and to
direct our efforts to make the Institution the vehicle of practical
rather than theoretical science. Those who can collect facts will
- communicate them to the Society, so as to give value and interest —
to its proceedings; and those who, like myself, have no special —
en combine those general

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 3

scientific facts which may come within the range of their observa-
tion, or which can be collected from scientific literature in a form
to enliven our meetings, and to make them at the same time both _
attractive and instructive.

In order, then, to keep alive an interest in all the higher
branches of science, we must not allow to pass unheeded the
great discoveries and expansions of thought which characterize
the age in which we live, and which in Europe as well as in
America are traversing the realms of nature at greater depths
than have hitherto been sounded, and continually stirring up
to greater efforts the inquiring intellects of the master-minds —
of the present generation. In pursuance of this view, I propose
to lay before you to-night a slight sketch of the progress of
science during the past year, in those phases of it which will
interest not scientific men only, but all who regard with general
interest the investigations and di ies which mark the stirring
times in which our lot is cast.

Foremost, I think, in point of interest is the Telephone of Pro-
fessor Graham Bell, which may be claimed as a British invention.
Mr. Bell, a native of Edinburgh, originated the idea whilst
enaged in the work of teaching the deaf and dumb to speak, in
Boston, United States. His researches began with the produc-
tion of musical sounds by means of electrical telephony. It is
generally supposed that the dumb are mute because they are
_ deaf, and that when they know how to regulate the action of
their vocal organs they can articulate with comparative facility.
In his attempts to perfect his system of teaching it occurred to
Mr. Bell that if, instead of presenting to the eye of his pupils a
system of symbols, he could make visible the vibrations of the
air, a great step would be gained in teaching them to articulate.
To this end Mr. Bell directed all his energies. Employing appa-
ratus by which he had been producing undulatory currents of
electricity for the purpose of multiple telegraphy, Mr. Bell —
attached a rod loosely by one extremity to the uncovered pole of
& magnet, and fastened the other extremity to the centre of a

4 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

stretched membrane of gold-beater’s skin. He supposed that
upon speaking in the neighbourhood of the membrane it would
be thrown into vibration, and cause the steel rod to make a
corresponding motion, thereby occasioning undulations in the

electrical current that would correspond to the vibrations in the.

density of the air during the production of sound; and further,
that the change in the intensity of the current at the receiving
end would cause the magnet there to attract its rod so as to
copy the motion imparted to that at the sending end.

Mr. Bell’s first experiments were not altogether successful,
but, persevering in his efforts, he at last produced a model which
consisted of a permanent magnet with a coil of wire round it,
and an iron plate in front, which produced audible results. The
vibration of the voice caused the vibration of the iron plate, that
vibration produced a current of electricity, the current of elec-
tricity caused a variation of power in the magnet in the distant
instrument ; the variation of power in the distant magnet caused
the iron plate in front of the magnet to vibrate, and that vibration
produced a sound. ‘Thus the voice was converted into electricity
at one end, and electricity became voice at the other end.

Such was the instrument that Mr. Bell sent to the Centennial
Exhibition at Philadelphia, and the following is the official report
of Sir William Thomson upon it :—* Mr. Alexander Graham Bell
exhibits apparatus by which he has achieved a result of trans-
cendent scientific interest—the transmission of spoken words by
electric currents through a telegraph wire. To obtain this result,
Mr. Bell perceived that he must produce a variation of strength
of current in the telegraph wire as nearly as may be in exact
proportion to the velocity of a particle of air moved by the
sound, and he invented a method of doing so—a piece of iron
attached to a membrane, and thus moved to and fro in the

neighbourhood of an electric-magnet—which has proved pertectly

successful. The battery and wire of this electro-magnet are in
circuit with the telegraph wire and the wire of another electro-

magnet at the receiving-station. This second electro-magnet has. _

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 5.

' a solid bar of iron for core, which is connected at one end by a
thick dise of iron to an iron tube surrounding the coil and bar.
The free circular end of the tube constitutes one pole of the
electro-magnet, and the adjacent free end of the bar core the
other. A thin circular iron dise, held pressed against the end of
the tube by the electric-magnetic attraction, and free to vibrate
through a very small space without touching the central pole,
constitutes the sounder by which the electric effect is reconverted
into sound. With my ear pressed against this disc I heard it.
speak distinctly several sentences. * * * I need scarcely
say I was astonished and delighted; so were others, including
some judges of our group who witnessed the experiments and
verified with their own ears the electric transmission of speech.
This, perhaps, the greatest marvel hitherto achieved by the
electric telegraph, has been obtained by appliances of quite
a homespun and rudimentary character. With somewhat more.
advanced plans and more powerful apparatus, we may con
fidently expect that Mr. Bell will give us the means of making
voice and spoken words audible through the electric wire to an
ear hundreds of miles distant.”

Inspired by so flattering a verdict, Mr. Bell returned to his.
experiments with renewed enthusiasm, and in 1877 he subjected
his instrument to a series of experiments in America, of which,
if not. greatly exaggerated, the accounts we have received are
perfectly astounding. We read of concerts being heard at
places forty-three miles distant, and telephonic communication
being carried on between Boston and New York, a distance of
250 miles. The first practical application of the telephone is
stated to have been made in May, 1877, by the Water Board of
Cambridge, in the State of Massachusetts, who established tele-
phonic communication with the waterworks at Freshpond, in
order to facilitate the sending of messages. Now more than 500
houses in New England hold telephonic communication, and
more than 3,000 ph daloghonee are said to be in operation in the
United States.

6 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

The invention was introduced into England last year,
where it has received marked attention. Telephonic com-
munication has been established between the mainland and
Jersey. Several business houses have been connected with the
private residences of their principals, whilst at the Prescott
Colliery, near Liverpool, remarkable success has attended some
experiments made under the superintendence of Sir W.
Thomson. In these experiments 600 yards of ordinary electric
wire were used, the end in one instance being at the bottom of
the pit, while the other end, to which the tubes or trumpet-like
orifices, which resemble ordinary stethoscopes, were attached,
were brought into the office of the Company, some distance from
the pit’s mouth. While one of the Government Colliery Inspee-
tors and others went to the bottom of the pit, the majority of
the audience remained in the office. Complete success crowned
the experiment—which was merely to test the telephone as a
means of communication. Questions asked in the office were
answered instantaneously from the pit—even the cheering of the
colliers at a distance from the instrument was distinctly heard.
The telephone was afterwards applied to test the ventilation of
the mine, and so adjusted in connection with the air-measurer
in the mine, that the overseer above ground could ascertain at
once at what rate of current the air was running in the mine.
It is hardly possible to conceive a greater benefit to colliers
than this discovery entails. Sir William Thomson expressed his
own amazement at the great improvement which the instrument
had undergone since he tested it at Philadelphia, and stated that
if such admirable results had been accomplished by the tclephone
while still in embryo, what may not be hoped from the future?

At the meeting of the British Association in Plymouth, im
August last, Professor Graham Bell himself explained the pro-
cesses by which the telephone had been brought to its present
state. He stated that it had been evolved from a study of the

mechanism of the human ear. What ultimate form it might yet
assume he did not know ; it was as yet only in its embryo state;
experiments and investigations were still being carried on by

“ee
ee
;

EL RT OE ee Ne OL IE Ee ee PE RT RC Oe ee ON I ae Eee eo Teer eS eee eT ee

cf

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 7

himself and other scientific friends. Mr. Preece conducted
some experiments on the same occasion by placing the meeting
in connection with the Guild Hall, and in a very short time a
verse of “ God save the Queen,” as played on a harmonium, was
distinctly heard. A song, with chords, was afterwards played,
which was clearly heard by numbers of the audience seated near
this instrument. But Mr. Bell stated in reply toa question
that the report that a concert had been heard in America by
means of the telephone was not correct. We may not unreason-
ably hope that our able Superintendent of Electric Telegraphs
will favour this Society with some experiments in connection
with this remarkable instrument during the course of the
present session.

In the month of December Professor Tyndall communicated
to the Royal Society the results of certain experiments made
by him in relation to “spontaneous generation,’ which had
been confirmed by further experiments during a summer resi-
dence in the Alps. This question has for years been one of

interest and experiment by men of science; but it appears

now to be determined that the theory of spontaneous generation
of infusoria—the lowest forms of which, called bacteria, are the
known agents of putrefaction—must be abandoned. The
method by which boiling has been employed to destroy germs in
the infusion used has been thoroughly tested. The difficulty of
killing germs in the infusions, and the difficulty of being sure that
the infusions were opened in air free from germs, appear to have
led to the belief in spontaneous generation and to the early mis-
takes in connection with the subject. Ina lecture before the
Royal Institution, in June last, Professor Tyndall showed that
oxygen was necessary to the life of these low organisms. Hence
the idea of sterilizing the infusions by depriving them of air.

This was done with perfect success. Subjecting an infusion for
four or five hours to the action of the Sprengel pump, and after-

wards to one minute’s boiling, with a view to extinguish its —
already expiring life, germs -were completely destroyed. A
_ minute thus sepaauen what three hundred minutes in the

8 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

presence of air had failed to accomplish. Nor is the effect here 4
mentioned to be ascribed to a mere suspension of the life of the
germs. They are deprived of life when they are deprived of air ;
for when after a sufficient time germless air is restored to the
infusions it fails to revive them. There is a singular similarity
between the vital actions of these lowest organisms and those of
the highest. \Privation of oxygen stifles both high and low, and
excess of oxygen poisons both. Professor Tyndall concludes by
saying that he is led inexorably tc the conclusion that no evi-
dence of “spontaneous generation” exists, and that in the low-
est as in the highest of organized creatures the method of nature
is that life shall be the issue of antecedent life. A perusal of
Professor Tyndall’s paper on the subject, contributed to the
Nineteenth Century Review, in January last, will well repay any
one who will take the trouble to look it up. Professor Sander-
son, who at one time favoured the belief in the possibility of
spontaneous generation, has since announced himself as entirely
in accord with Professor Tyndall on the general question.

Fhe important researches of Mr. Dallinger and Mr. Drysdale on
the origin and development of minute and low forms of life, which
were communicated by Mr. Dallinger to the Royal Institution in
May last, being closely allied to the question of spontaneous |
generation, call for passing notice. After years of special train- |
ing for the work, these gentlemen watched in turns through a
powerful microscope the whole life and reproduction of a monad.
The largest specimens examined by them were the one-thou-
sandth of an inch when young, and four-thousandths of an inch
when adult. The spores were so small that it required a magni-
fying power of 5,000 diameters to see them as they began to
grow. Among other points of interest, they observed that while
it was possible for monads to live with a gradual change of
temperature from 45° to 125°, any sudden increase of heat was
fatal ; and that, whilst adults could stand 140°, the spores could
live for ten minutes in a temperature of 300°. :

‘In December last, Professor Stokes ieated to the Royal
Society some of the latest investigations of the radiometer, and set

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 9

forth in his paper the many difficulties which surround the problem
—a problemwhich, involving the consideration of somany apparent
anomalies, seems to suggest the need for re-examination of some
of the accepted theories in physics. Most of us are familiar
with the small glass vacuum bulbs enclosing the rotating discs,
which are shown in the windows of philosophical instrument
makers, and no doubt many have noticed the greater rapidity of
rotation when much light is thrown upon them than when there
is little light. When the instrument was first invented it was
thought to be conclusively shown that the rotation resulted from
a hitherto unknown mode of action of light. The fact that the
light of a candle would cause a radiometer to rotate, even when
the light was passed through a solution of alum, which is
believed to stop all radiant heat, was put forward as a triumphant
proof that an important discovery with regard to light had been
made. A multitude of experiments were, however, soon brought
to demonstrate that heat unaccompanied by light would pro-
duce the same results. The theory of the mechanical action of
light had therefore to be given up, and many and various experi-
ments were made to solve the question of “ repulsion resulting
from radiation.” Mr. Stoney gave the results of his experi-
ments to the Royal Society in connection with the question ;
and subsequently Mr. Crookes, in April, 1877, exhibited to the
same Society a form of radiometer differing so far from the
ordinary instrument that he proposed to give to it the name of
“‘otheoscope.” In the radiometer the alternate sides of the
dises of the fly are bright and dark; in the otheoscope the
heater is stationary, and the cooler rotates. In the radiometer
_the glass bulb is an essential part of the machinery, for without
it the fly would not move. In the otheoscope Mr. Crookes
believes it is only uscful to preserve the requisite amount of
rarefaction. The unsolved mysteries which still enshroud it give
to the radiometer an interest second to none amongst the scien-
tific problems of the present day.
I dare say most of you may remember the visit of
H.M.S. ‘‘Challenger”. to this port, and some of you may
i

10 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

have had the pleasure of becoming acquainted with Mr.
Moseley, the naturalist, on board that ship. In the early
part of the past year that gentleman published a very interesting

paper on the colouring matter of various animals, especially of.
deep sea forms, in which are mentioned some interesting facts —

referring to light in ocean depths. At a depth of 60 fathoms
it has been proved that light has no effect on sensitized paper,
and it is considered probable that at a depth of from 1,000 to
2,000 fathoms solar light has no effect. At adepth of 450 and 490
fathoms respectively, two blind decapod crustaceans were dredged
up in the “ Challenger” expedition; and other forms without
the eyes possessed by their shallow water congeners were found at
various depths. Other animals, however, living in very deep water,
were found to have very large eyes ; hence it seems to Mr. Moseley
fair to infer that some kind of light must exist. He mentions
that all the deep-sea aleyonarians dredged up were highly
phosphorescent, and suggests that there are probably large areas
peopled by these; so that there may probably be illuminated
patches in the ocean with dark tracts between. He further
threw out this interesting idea,—that it is quite conceivable that
animals may exist to which obscure heat rays may be visible, and
to such even men and animals generally would appear constantly
luminous.

‘The periodicity of Indian famines has been another sub-
ject of importance which has engaged the attention of the
learned in investigations of this nature. The question between

these and the sun spot period has been discussed, but the theory __

has yet to be worked out toa practical conclusion. The theory
is that the rainfall rises and falls as the sun spots increase of
decrease, and that the minimum of the solar spots is the period

of the maximum sun heat, which prevents the atmospheric water

supply condensing into rain clouds. A trained observer has
been sent out to India to arrange for the taking of daily photo-
graphs of the sun, and we may know more by and by as to the

merits of this problem. This is a question so full of interest to —
——— able and indefatigable |

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 11

Astronomer may have had his attention directed to the subject ;
and if so we may hope to be favoured with the results of his
observations before the present session of our Society closes.

The Astronomer Royal has during the past year issued a report
on the Transit of Venus Expeditions, and intimated that when
the photographs of this transit have been measured and worked
out another report may be required. The observations of our —
own Astronomer were, it is well known, amongst the most valu-
able of the contributions offered towards the solution of the
problem of the earth’s distance from the sun, and the result of
the working-out of the caiculations gives the mean distance as
equal to 93,300,000 miles.

Mr. Romane’s observations on the nerves of jelly-fish,
communicated to the Royal Institution in May last,
were a valuable contribution in the direction of our know-
ledge on the evolution of nerve and nerve systems, possess-
ing additional significance when considered in connection with
Mr. Herbert Spencer’s “ Principles of Psychology”; whilst the
studies of Mr. Osborne Reynolds, on vortex motions in fluids,
which were communicated to the Physical Society, and which
may be illustrated by puffing rings of smoke into the air, will, it
is believed, when further carried out, afford many valuable data
in shipbuilding, as well as in other ways. His communication
to the British Association “ On the difference of the steering of
steamers with the screw reversed when under full way and
when moving slowly,” is specially valuable to such a maritime
country as Great Britain.

But I must not attempt to pursue this interesting inquiry
further to-night. It would be impossible within the limits of
an address of this kind to follow out and bring under notice
the progress that has been made in all the departments of
“science in the Mother Country, and I must now return to
matters of local concern calling for notice at my hands. In the
first place, I should call attention to the work that has been
done by our own Sections towards the promotion of the

12 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

scientific objects of the Society. It is both interesting and im-
portant, covering as it does the fields of—1. Astronomy and
Physics; 2. Chemistry and Mineralogy; 8. Geology and
Paleontology; 4. Botany; 5. Microscopical Science ; 6. Geo-
graphy and Ethnology; 7. Literature and Fine Arts; 8. Medical
Science; 9. Social and Sanitary Science. Good work has been
done in nearly all of these Sections, for particulars of which I
must refer you to the Journal of the Society.

In addition to the interesting address delivered by your late
Vice-President (Mr. H. C. Russell) at the opening of the session
of 1877, seventeen papers were communicated to the Society,
which will be found at length in the Journal of the Society’s
proceedings. Of these papers perhaps the most noteworthy are
those of Mr. Tenison Woods :—I1st. On “the Tertiary Deposits
of Australia.” 2nd. On “the paleontological evidence of
Australian Tertiary formation”; and 3rd. On “some Australian
Tertiary Corals.” And next to these, the two papers by the
Rev. W. B. Clarke, on “Dromornis australis, a new fossil
gigantic Bird of Australia,” and “ Sthenurus minor, a new fossil
extinct species of Kangaroo,”—as illustrative of the geological
history of animal forms long since passed away—are full of
interest to the paleontologist. Professor Huxley, in a lecture
delivered at the Royal Institution last year on “the History of
Birds,” says that there is not one of the distinctive characteristics :
of birds as they now exist but has to be given up as 4 :
characteristic in looking at fossil forms. How true this may be
of the fossil remains discovered in Australia further researches
may be necessary to determine. He further says that the —
discoveries to which he alluded, if they did not indicate the
actual gradation between birds and reptiles, did show the
intermediate forms that had existed.

ee bee

The report of the Council which has been read to you 4
by the Honorary Secretary, dealing, as it does most fully,
with all the details of the Society’s position and progress —
— the past year, relieves _ me of the duty - inyit.

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 13

these matters before you; but I cannot help noticing
the munificent gift of Mr. Thomas Walker towards the
Building Fund of our contemplated new Home. This instance of
liberality on the part of a gentleman not bound to us by member-
ship ought to animate us with greater zeal in the cause we have
in hand, and instigate us to greater efforts to secure for the
Society a permanent habitation.

In his last address the Rev. W. B. Clarke laid great stress
upon the obtaining of a Charter for the Society, and I may
venture to say that the announcement that has been made
to-night will afford to him in his sick room the pleasing prospect
of a speedy accomplishment of his aspirations in that behalf.
Whether the Home should precede the Charter or the Charter
should precede the Home has been a moot point amongst us.
We now see an early prospect of obtaining the one, and can have
no difficulty, I apprehend, whenever we see fit to apply for it, in
obtaining the other. But whilst the one and the other will give
stability to the Society, we must never forget that, upon the
individual efforts of its members to collect facts and to supply
information in a manner to attract attention and to stimulate
thought and discussion, rest the popularity, the usefulness, and
the success of the Institution.

And now gentlemen, before closing this address, I will ask you
to favour me with your further attention for a few minutes,
whilst I submit to your notice a very remarkable and interesting
piece of information contributed by Mr. Henry Bessemer to the
Times newspaper, in the month of January last. It is headed
‘A Billion dissected.” Few, if any of us, are I dare say aware
of the vastness of the quantity expressed in that little word, and,
as I have not seen the information reproduced in this Colony, I
make no apology for appending it to my address, being assured
that you will not grudge the time occupied in listening to its
very remarkable revelations.
~ He says: “It would be curious to know how many of your

readers have brought fully home to their inner consciousness the
D

14 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

real significance of that little word ‘billion’ which we have seen
of late so glibly used in your columns. There are, indeed, few
intellects that can fairly grasp it and digest it as a whole; and
there are, doubtless, many thousands who cannot appreciate its “
true worth even when reduced to fragments for more easy
assimilation. Its arithmetical symbol is simple and without
much pretension; there are no large figures—just a modest 1
followed by a dozen ciphers, and that is all. Let us briefly take
a glance at it as a measure of time, distance, and weight.

“As a measure of time, I would take one second as the unit,
and carry myself in thought through the lapse of ages back to_
the first day of the year 1 of our era, remembering that in all
those years we have 365 days, and in every day just 86,400
seconds of time. Hence, in returning in thought back again to
this year of grace 1878, one might have supposed that a billion
of seconds had long since elapsed ; but this is not so. We have
not even passed one-sixteenth of that number in all these long
eventful years, for it takes just 31,687 years 17 days 22 hours
45 minutes and 5 seconds to constitute a billion of seconds of
time. -

|

.
|

“It is no easy matter to bring under the cognizance of the
human eye a billion objects of any kind. Let us try in imagina- |
tion to arrange this number for mspection, and for this purpose — |
I will select a sovereign as a familiar object. Let us putone om ~
the ground and pile upon it as many as will reach 20 feet in
height ; then let us place numbers of similar columns in close
contact, forming a straight line, and making a sort of wall 20 feet a
high, showing only the thin edges of the coin. Imagine two —
such walls running parallel to each other and forming, a8 ib
were, a long street. We must then keep on extending these 4
walls for miles—nay, hundreds of miles, and still we shall be —
far short of the required number. And it is not until we have
extended our imaginary street to the distance of 2,386} miles
that we shall have presented for inspection our one billion of

ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS. 15

“Or in lieu of this arrangement we may place them flat upon
the ground, forming one continuous line like a long golden
chain, with every link in close contact. But to do this we must
pass over land and sea, mountain and valley, desert and plain,
crossing the Equator, and returning around the southern hemi-
sphere through the trackless ocean, retrace our way again across
the Equator, then still on and on, until we again arrive at our
starting point; and when we have thus passed a golden chain
around the huge bulk of the earth we shall be but at the
beginning of our task. We must drag this imaginary chain
no less than 763 times round the globe. If we can further
imagine all these rows of links laid closely side by side and every
one in contact with its neighbour, we shall have formed a golden
band around the globe just 52 feet 6 inches wide ; and this will
represent our one billion of coims. Such a chain, if laid in a
straight line, would reach a fraction over 18,328,445 miles, the
weight of which, if estimated at } oz. each sovereign, would be
6,975,447 tons, and would require for their transport no less than
2,325 ships, each with a full cargo of 3,000 tons. Even then
there would be a residue of 447 tons representing 64,081,920
sovereigns.

“For a measure of height let us take a much smaller unit a¢
our measuring rod. The thin sheets of paper on which these
lines are printed, if laid flat and firmly pressed together in a
well-bound book, would represent a measure of about 1-333rd
of an inch in thickness. Let us see how high a dense pile formed
by a billion of these thin paper leaves would reach. We must,
in imagination, pile them vertically upward, by degrees reaching
to the height of our tallest spires ; and passing these, the pile must
grow higher, topping the Alps and Andes and the highest peaks

of the Himalayas, and shooting up from thence through the fleecy
clouds, pass beyond the confines of our attenuated atmosphere,
and leap up into the blue ether with which the universe is filled,
standing proudly up far beyond the reach of all terrestrial things ;
still pile on your thousands and millions of thin leaves, for we
are only beginning to rear the mighty mass. Add millions on

16 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS.

millions of sheets, and thousands of miles on these, and still the
number will lack its due amount. Let us pause to look at the
neat ploughed edges of the book before us. See how closely lie
those thin flakes of paper, how many there are in the mere width

of a span, and then turn our eyes in imagination upwards to our

mighty column of accumulated sheets. It now contains its
appointed number, and our one billion of sheets of the Times

superimposed upon each other and pressed into a compact mass ~

has reached an altitude of 47,348 miles.

“Those who have taken the trouble to follow me thus far will, _
I think, agree with me that a billion is a fearful thing, and —
that few can appreciate its real value. As for trillions and —

quadrillions, they are simply words, mere words, wholly nee |

of impressing themselves on the human intellect.”

I think you will all agree with me that the moral conveyed in .

this communication is not the least interesting nor yet the less} |
instructive feature in it.

:

Tasmanian Forests: their Botany and Economical
Value.

By Rey. Jurran E. Tentson-Woopns, F.G.S., F.LS.,

Hon. Mem. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., Victoria, Tasmania, Adelaide
Philosophical Soc., &e., &e.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 June, 1878.]

various districts. I had thus. an opportunity of becoming
wee ss with all a inhabited portions, except the north-west

and two or three places on the east coast. I sometimes resided
for weeks together i in some localities, and on the south coast made

P
strictly oe eee but some have a more simple an
popular aspect , for instance, are the notes made upon the
forests an shat resources, an enture to think it may be
worthy of a place in the Royal Society’ s proceedings if I
before them what I have been able to note on this subject. Itis
well known that Tasmania has in its timber one of its ve 8 ath
industrial resources, and a more intimate knowledge of
ppm are i. fail to be of service to the public

Tas may be said generally to be a thickly timbered
eotinitey. With the exception of the table-lands and the slopes
between the main ranges and the sea, the soil is usually clothed
with forest. But these forests are not the timber-producin
forests of the islands. These are confined to a few localities, an
are limited in extent. They are only found in the narrow dee
gorges and gullies ap hea Be i

tains. They do not appear to be confined to an Peay bas soil,
though some of the best are found on modern (Certiary basaltic
rocks ; neither are they confined to any particular nedeht bors
the sea level. The fine timber near the Mill-house Fa lls grows
in gullies 1,000 feet and more above the sea, while the forests on

.

‘ which contrasts so strongly with the sombre green atmosphe

dith in Dcleccen-siilile ds said to have a musky odour, but I have nero
observed ophylla.

18 TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE,

the banks of the Huon and Kermandee oe right down t
the beach. The aspects of these forests are most peculiar, and
quite different from the thickly timbered lint of other par
of the island. The vegetation is dense and almost tropical i in
character. The most conspicuous objects are the tall and taper-
ing blue gum feat which name I shall always refer subse-

fron 300 to 400 feet high. _ Long bands of bark ha ang down from

motion by the wind keep up a constant rattle and creaking,

filling the gloomy forest with the strangest echoes and sounds.
The great height of the trees would never be imagined sn the
aspect they present. As they always grow on very steep slopes
and never crown the summit of the ridges, their height; is lost
against the adjacent ranges. It is only when standing at the foot

of their moss-cove ems, where the roots rise gracefully uP
around from the buttress-like base, twisting and turning roun

the bole like massive moorings, that one gets an idea of their
enormous size. Jar above one’s head, twinkling in the spe le

around, a moderate tuft a leaves is seen at the summit of ihe
gracefu il yet massive stem. The branches look nothing beside
the butt, and in reality the effect of the crown W rith the straggling

la it is generally what is called sassafras (Atherosperm@
moschatum), muskwood (Olearia argophylla), beech (Fagus cum-
minghami), pine (Frenela sant ope sik Underneath this there is
always an almost impenetrable scrub of pear tree Pdemayor
elliptica), stinkwood (Ziera smithii), varied with fern trees,
rarely any other vane Dicksonia —— a, with an undergrowth 4
of patersoni, &e. Sometimes the fore little

OED EE ae

See

ged i Gipetiance by a Seams etl of Bedford slicing
pat rosmarinifolia, Senecio lautus, australis, and v leioides, —
learea viscosa* and glandulosa, Aster ramulosus, &e. ; er it is
very beautifully covered over with the showy blossoms, or still

es,

a Oe

TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE. 19

To acasual observer there seems os be absolutely no difference
between these forests and those of the Dividing Range in
Victoria; as, for instance, on the Up er Yarra and along the
Wood's Point Road, the great bulk of the vegetation is certainly
the same. Thus the Olearea rosmarin nifolia, Aster stellulatus,
and ramulosus, Pomaderris a sav and Bedfordia salicina meet
the eye on every side. The lens sri almost exclude
every other undergrowth, the To stele w stems of the Poma-
derris forming almost impenetrable thickets on the Black Spur.
But the Eucalyptus, though identical in aspect and graceful
height, is not the same species. E. amygdalina* taking the place
of LE. globulus, —— is the more singular as they are both
rie a nied by strin te — A oblique), which rt the

me lofty habit in both lo e fern tree is different ; at
le ian Dicksonia is not so common as oie duaitairs the arom
common plants are the same in both places, such as Olearea
argophylla, ena stellulata, dow a8 cunningham,

a om close
course, will reveal a good anes " differene ees. One will miss
numerous familiar beauties of the Tasmanian forests, and their
places will be taken by forms as peculiar and interesting.
This close resemblance is more remarkable if we bear in mind
how very distinct and almost complete these Sowehin of Tasmania.
and Victoria are from those of New South Wales at the east side

tion is i al aracter; at least as far south as
Ullad e gigantic nettle (Laportea gigas) and cedar
sr ge ‘austr alis) take the place of Fagus cunninghami ;

e the fern trees are few in comparison with the stately
silat Seaforthia elegans and the ca a (Corypha
australis) shoot up continually, high above the rush, and vie
in elevation with the elegant sesh me ( Syncope leptopetala)

sub-t

aried and
adorned with immense fronds of the epiptestie lenis (Apteninm
see at sigh alcicorne), which here reach their per-

ee on eet Som hasa poor and worthless character
tulight sells bot becomes in the a eee
ee en ot ew

20 TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE,

qientihens, a labiate of very pretty flowers but most offensive :
3) seems to be given off from a fag resinous exuda- 4
Hon abounding in the branches and leave e same shrub is’
very common in the bs of the wae and Shoslwras
ae ay. abandon’. and equally offensive. It is
asmania, bu never noticed it amon
producing forests of Tasmania ; indeed there are but few species
common to all three. Those found gaat fe in Victoria and
Tasmania are not common in New South Wales, and those
common in the forests of the latter Colony are either absent
m Tasmania or from Victoria. Of course this is apeanine in

eral wa dt

Leptospernum lanigera, Daviesia ge eS D. ulicina, Hakea
pugioniformis, Gleichenia dicarpa, G. flabellata, and a fow others.

Before I pass on to the consideration of the timber products
I may say a word here as to what I regard as the cause of the
singular height and straightness of the Euealypti i in these forests.
This is a peculiarity almost restricted to Tasmania and Victoria.
The trees grow to a great height in the forests of New South
Wales, but Stbing like the altitude they attain in the other
Colonies. In this respect the greatest height seems to be

reached in Victori i

he
this (to m my mind the most se wonderful ae of the Buoclyptes
ness and moisture

TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE, 21

exceptions, the leaves and young branches are quite of a
different pattern and plan from those of the gore tree. The
earlier stages fall mite and leave the tree still more bare as it
grows up. That light and shade and absence of ‘aentenieit are
the main causes.can be easily seen on the more exposed summits.
At Mount Juliet the trees at the base are very lofty, though not
the most lofty of the range or equalling those of the Black Spur ;
but at about 400 feet below the summit the timber becomes
stunted and ragged, and those lofty trees on the slope which send
these branches thus far partake of the knotted twisted character,
and have them all very singularly bent towards the mountain
y the prevailing direction of the winds to which they are

exposed.

it is a very important fact to ascertain if these views as to the
growth of the Hucalyptus are correct. There are plenty of deep

might tried
Alps favourable places might very easily be foun am convinced
that the trees are of very rapid growth, a even the largest are
not of great nen ee abt not affect them. In many of the
gullies of Tasmania the snow sig around ‘the trees for six months

neither would much time be re a for the experiment.
Baron yon Mueller assures us in his “ Select Plants’ that the
ee is wang more hardy ee the — or lemon tree

size, one would be Sicliaed to attribute to Foss wreat antiquity.
I was very anxious to collect data on the subject; but to
nea all my inquiries I i received mere guesses ; from

R. Hill is the proprietor of an extensive sawmill at Honey wood,
on the Huon; he is alsoa shipbuilder and hop-grow:
from him that I sie derived the most of the statistical ‘tector
tion in the paper, and the facts which did not come under my
ersonal observ sian and I take this aca of pang
im for his readiness in affording every aid to inquiry, an
express the hope that the Colony may long profit by his intelli-
gence, industry, and enterprise. Mr. Hill assured me that some
of the gum trees, a A atic all of them, shed their bark twice
in the year. The stringy bark (£. obliqua) is one of the most
striking instances of this. He further informed me t at hearing
a lecture from Mr. Bicheno on the growth of trees, and the
statement that a ring of wood was added to the Sawster each

=

22 TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE.

year of growth, he was induced to test the truth of this. There
was a blue gum tree in his garden in Hobart Town, the age of
which he was sure of, as his brother had planted it ee
years previously. He felled it and counted the rings, and fou

them to be thirty-six in number, or two for every year. Fis

this, and from the shedding of the bark as described, and a Tong
series of observations, he concludes that the sap rises twice in
the year. He has for many years watched the growth of the
trees, and he believes that for the first twenty years the average =
growth is about one inch in diameter for each year. Out 0
Dieusends of trees felled or cut in his mill, he has not found one

reticle - my e exatination of ‘the piel of young saplings in the
_ gnee cr which we are now clearing. Number i
ongest saplings, Abit thats : size across the heart-wood where ~
the rings cease, one inch. The rings, I observe, are not an equal
distance from ‘each other, some of them being three tim es the _
size of the others. On making inquiries I find beyond a doubt
that it i - exactly sixteen years “this summer since we last crop
was taken off the paddock.—Yours truly, D. Rarroy.” From
these facts I think we may — adopt Mr. Hill's conclusion
that there are two rings of growth for each year, and that the
— trees of the forest, the haa timber of Tasmania, range
m fifty to seventy-five years old
= may mention here incidentally two inconveniences to which
the Tasmanian forests are subjected. One is the “ tick.” is is
a small insect which lives on the fern leaves, It burrows readily
under the skin of any animal upon which it creeps and produces
much irritation and inconvenience. It is said sometimes to cause
the death of dogs, calves, and goats. I do not know whether the
— 8 is the same as that which is found in the fern gullies of
ew South Wales and Queensland, where the bite is regarded,
though erroneously, as almost venomous. The other pest is the
abun ndance of leec 8 which swarm the undergrowth. After even
slight and unless a pele
takes precautions against them, and bese a careful watch, ne
_ may not only be painful but “dangerous in their attac! attacks. :

°

TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE. 23

similar plague used to be ea on the open swampy plains of
the south-eastern district o Australia, especially on the
Mosquito Plains. Cattle iteded much from them in the long
grass, but Be late years they have disappeared.

The principal use to which the tdinbel: is put is for what is
called “ sawn stuff,” yet staves, shingles, and palings. The
shingles are for the most part now e by young girls, and they
do all the work, even in some instances to the felling of the trees.
It is —_— rte tree that will suit for the purpose. It must bea
young tree “spar” as it is here called, and must be very
sitaight in ‘the grain. This is ascertained by cutting a square
block out of the side at about 10 or 15 feet from the ground. A
stout young sapling is first cut down. One with a good strong
fork is necessary, and thus it is seldom a Eucalypt. It is cut to
a length of 18 or 20 feet. A deep notch for a foothold is cut
a lit rer :

notch. This $ gives a firm nough foo roning to wield the axe. The
tree is then tried, and if Soni suitable a stage is erected at a
height of 10 or 12 feet from the infidlace, From this the tree
i

cut into mas lengths with, a crosscw aa aw. The bi + ob are again
split with wedges “into the requisite width, and then by a rapid
series of blows with a wooden mallet and a shingle knife, the
shingles are split, two being generally slit with one blow e
shingle knife is first used as a wedge; the handle, which is at

knife is worked down. The wet sap of the wood is full of tannin,
with which the iron of the knife combines to make a deep black
stain wherever it rests. The poor girls who work at this trade
have their hands almost permanently stained a deep inky hue.
Where the useful timber grows the brushwood is always so
thick that regular tracks have first to be cut to the places. “First
of all the owners of the different sawmills run out tramways in
various directions for three or four miles. These tramways are
of the simplest kind, being nia cross sleepers, on which square
n rails are pegged down; yet they are rather expensive

8. m vari
tracks are cut into the thick scrub. First of

24 TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE.

either by cutting fresh trees, or by using the stems of fern trees
either as flights of steps or pathways. Thus, perhaps, the scrub
will be penetrated for half a mile, and the huge and lofty timber
ill be seen rising on every side. The scene is one of peculiar
beauty. Dull green is the light, and the perfect stillness and
na is disturbed by nothing but the distant rustling of leaves
ar overhead, the sound of some woodman’s axe, or the peculiar

population, they are simple and innocent and wonderfull acces-
sible to religious impressions and teaching. The gl
are able to earn about 2s. 6d. or 3s. a day, while men can make

i A atl ag EN a A etal Rr

TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE. 25

of this are felt on both sides, yet the very few inducements for
small capitalists to settle in these wild districts renders this
system almost unavoidable.

brought to sta ve ie it 3 is speedily cut up into “ sawn
stuff.’ The thickness and length of course depend upon the
kind of timber required. At the time of the goldfever (1852-34),

as neve n dem:
But it could not be, em too the thinnest stdcalew sada:
i The

explain this peculiarity. At the present the trade is very fluc-
tuating, and the supply probably in excess of the demand. The
favourite timber used for sawing is stringy-bark ( an

most in use—first of all because ee is more abundant, but Bre

corded. i is aaa “mountain ash” of New South Wales
aces and occurs in the deste: nies aps of this Colony and
in Victoria. In South Australia it is re twiggy bush 15
to 20 feet high. It is exactly like ariogy-back in the fibrous
twisted bark, but it is very much more like the blue gum in the
leaf. I nev i

is lighter in colour than Eucalyptus ees which goes by the
name of brown stringy-bark. The top” is close-grained,
and very few are able to distinguish the timber ps blue gum.
It is much used for shipbuilding purposes.

- But for all work where length, strength, and durability are
required Eucalyptus globulus, or blue gum , 18 most in deman
It is generally procured by hand sawyers, who cut up the trees
where they fall in the forest. Its uses are very various. It is
in demand for bridges, railway sleepers, coach and wheelwright
work ; but to shi Soechaers Fd is invaluable. It makes roth
best planking for ahiipa? bottoms. It hast
ing under water to such an xt Getitbeatse uniecel

26 TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE.

that contain heart-wood or sap-wood must be rejected. These
are both worthless and soon decay. e true serviceable blue
gum must come from the omar nseeie of the tree, about mid-
way between the bark and ce
ce are other trees used beatlni these, but — are not the
in sources of supply. The celebrated Huon p ne (Daer: oti
froniilints Hooker) is much in demand, but getting daily mo
scarce ; it is only found in a few remote spots far in the stoi
ain ranges. e sources of the Picton are now the principal
localities whence this timber is derived. Another tree, much us
for spars, is — celery-topped pine (Phy caisgge rt rhomboidalis®)
it is much more common than the former. Muskwood (Olearea
piviglias: dogwood (Bedfordia salicina) are used for orna-
mental purposes with lightwood, or blackwood, for it goes by
both names (Acacia melanosylon) she-oak ( Casuarina str iste), and
0 trees.
The blackwood (Acacia melanosylon) is largely used for oil-
casks, and is the only wood we have in Australia, as far as we

ider
iture, railway carriages, boats, — billiard tables, pianos
(for sounding boards and actions), and n merous other purposes.
Silver wattle ~apenye currens) is im much used for staves,
from 20 inches to 5 feet long; it is shipped in —
to Victoria, and | for beef and water casks.
12 to 24 inches in diameter are the usual sizes poadiie

ly esteemed because of the many dyeing purposes for
which it is found they are almost unequalled. Young are
still very common, but the time is not far distant when Tas-
manian soleate er find it worth their while to cultivate a

ma moschatum) is found to be very
wimahis ee sash and on creak, The wine or beech (Fagus
0 gpeig " 8 equally prized for the same purposes, and
indeed all ki a of light _ sa Latterly sash and door

* Besides the Tasmanian tree, whic h is endemic, there are onl:

semen hin aren ge gests kn, nen New Zand od the other im

SE OTE ee PER eee ee ee

4
;
.

TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE. 27

preci have been sag ea into Hobart, and thus these
s have come into much demand amon 61 the sawyers, thoug
hitherto they have ay in @ Measure spar ey are both
splendid trees, but the beech, for elegance of folinge—that is to
say, in shape, denseness, a nd for colour, which varies in every
shade from light orange to a rich dark glossy green—has no

backings for vases of flow ers oF eect ‘It is to be
regretted that it is not used more to vary the monotony of the
Moreton Bay fig in our streets and parks; it is quite equal.to it
as a ee tree.

brou ught up from these places to Hobart Town in small cutters or
“ crafts” as they are amet ery much like the oyster dredgers
or herring ketch of the British Channel.

Quite a flotilla of se small vessels are employed in the
trade, and the port of Hobart is principally occupied with them.
Were the export trade of timber to fail in Tasmania pe harbour
would look barren indeed. There is a considerable trade with
New Zealand as well as with Australia; the former icland sends
timber, kauri pine ammara australis), to Tasmania, and
receives hardwood (blue gum an u

The question naturally arises whether the supply of timber is
likely to fail. I have had the opinions of some of the most
experienced sawmillers, and they were unanimous that the

: : shite ast

where the sawyer could precede the settler. Under the pre resent
(1876) Waste Lands’ Act of Tasmania, the 24th section binds
purchasers to reside for fourteen years upon the ground he

y worth ing s the roe?
aera and weathering is termed. The consequence is, that
pee is daily greater difficul sperinnced 3 in finding ‘suitable

young Pung were allowed to grow up to supply those
which have been felled, the supply might be eet ics teen al
at

-haustible. But this is not the case. If the ground has

6

/

28 TASMANIAN FORESTS: THEIR BOTANY AND ECONOMICAL VALUE.

last thirty years, there is vb a doubt a supply for fifty years
at ae same rate of productio
only way to ceireat. the wholesale destruction of the

hey

rite done in Victoria. This is what the sawyers and splitters
erying out for, vig as yet without effect. I do not under-
fake to pronounce an ion on a ae which may have
political difficulties ump piodia able by me; but it does seem a
mistaken liberty to allow selectors to settle on land of great
value as a timber forest but useless for agriculture, until the
whole of the valuable timber is ruthlessly destro oyed. It seems
to me Sire as long as any available can be obtained
m timber, or with timber of little value upon it, no

forests of Tasmania, pwr and priceless as they once were,
will soon be things of the p

Gb ce ee

Ix

The Molluscan Fauna of Tasmania.

By the Rev. J. E. Textson-Woops, F.L.S., F.G.S., Hon. Member
Royal Society, N.S. W., &e., ‘&e., &e.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 September, 1878.]

Havine recently completed a census of the ceaeapgee Fauna of
Tasmania, it will be bey = ful if I add some remarks ea
the nature of that fauna and its geological ieie The ti
has hardly come when this can be done completely.
operations have not been carried out to any extent, so that the
nature of the laminarian zone is little understood. The Mo oe
Fauna of Australia is also only very partially known. New
Wales or the east coast is a Teg the best explored, but still “far
a completely ; and as for South Australia and ig ase our

owledge is extremely pant ae It will be seen, th erefore,
that I can only give broad and very general po such as

es

n order to understand the fauna of Tasmania we must bear
in mind first of all the physical character of bes island. It is
separated from Australia by a wide and deep strait, 90 miles at

more temperate latitudes than ay part of Australia, and on
its southern side it is exposed to the full force of the southern
ocean, as well as to the influence of much colder seas. The coast
is almost without exception bold, precipitous, and ro cky y, with

anting. e
not a warm one, appears to be very equal eo temperature It is

uaries. In these particulars Tasmania Ssnbvants very strongly
with the south coast of Australia. The sea there is warmer,

or brackish water ike: The south-east coast of Australia differs
to some extent from this, resembling Tasmania more. The
shore is often bold and much more broken; there are scarcely
any islands, and the seas are exposed to the full influence of the
southern ocean

E

30 - HE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

First of all, it may be necessary to note from what naturalists » —
ae knowledge of the Tasmanian Mollusean Fauna is principally

ved. The first that ever visited the island were undoubted!

Banke and Solander, in the celebrated sepmliion of Captain Coo
in 1770; yet from these, or any subsequent naturalist up to the
time of the voyage of the “ Astrolabe,” it does not appear that Tas-
manian or even Australian conchology received any development.
No doubt collections were made, and these stored in the museums
of London and Paris, awaited the advent of — menas Lamarck;
ut, from actual observ rt! —_ sovsee , we find no othing

-

ct
ea
"oO
bo
pa
| ef
mR
he
a4
=)
R
oO
ar)
B
eB
+
i
(a)
“s
=
G
S
a =
sf
a
2
ot
—
9°
je

ceased to pee a.part in orientif discovery ; yet we sits no less
than eight Tasmanian species with his name as an authority.

to
Lima and Pecten, cng in the second Ostrea, Malleus, Pedum,
The shell described by him was taken from Lister (1685) and
Rumphius (1705). He describes it as “ Shell nearly equivalve.
twelve convex ar crossed by crenate stria 3} inches long by 25
broad.” He says “it inhabits the Indian Ocean, and is oblong,

pl. 17, fig. 154-5). item ead is described 1 in Linné’s genus

Lister 42) ye bem: to inhabit Barbary, Guinea, and
h America. Fuse a trapezium is also of Linné’s Murices,

by Se 3 (Tab. 930, 931) and Rumphius (Mus. tab.

29, E. , tab. 49 is said to inhabit this Indian Ocean,

0 ie oh: above ne inches long. Sowerby says it occurs ™
the West Indies also.* Cyprea annulus is figured. by Rumphius,
but not very succes cessfully. It is said by Linné to ‘mhabit pra
and evr which is not very likely. It is said also

from the Red Sea, and certainly its appearance is different from

any of the Australian Cy I have been assured however
that it that it occurs in Tasmania, where specimens in private collections collections
© Jn this In thie case the shells of ck te pl being similar is no I 0

that the animals are equally alike. = = ©

ae ee ee ee

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA, 31

are not at all uncommon. It is much more like a Red Do ae

than of any other locality. It is stated to occur in New Z

but Captain Hutton assures me that he has never seen or gem

of an instance. It is raph on the E. Australian coast. Further
inquiries are needed to clear up this rather mysterious case of

irregular distribution. Phaline ae ) aperta is Brena d asa

lower lip spread out “Tt inhabits ‘Europe and Afric at ic —

fig by
was described aR thin transverse longi
inal strie cron some sehealis ones towards the ma
posterior impression ovate, margin crenate. Inhabits the Test
Indies. Turton adds that it is white, with brown lines, veins,
and spots, pra slope oblong, gaping, veined blackish brown,
with 4 hinge teeth. (See Lurton’s Linneus—-A General System
of Nat ae P tonne: 1806. Vol. 4, p. 226+.) No doubt many

by one as a description or a figure of a no n species is denied
by eacbe: and thus considerable pears results. For my
part, it does seem a useless waste of time, space, and printing to
burden our scientific books with synonyms of a pre-Linnean
history. They are doubtful at the best, and can serve no useful.
purpose whatever.:

. distribution in] oye hewin ehach the
gesting were ma ae con from nt West Indies, the Re
the Indian Ocean, or the Mediterranean. nus, Ostrea

edulis was the common iinet form. No difference ean be:
detected between our species and that of Linné. It may well be
questioned if it be not beri in Tasmania at least.
Australia the case is different, for it is more abundant, and i is.
found as a Pliocene fossil. Zeredo navalis is most ce

* This work is especially interesting as containing a conchological system
composed by Tournefort. 4

+ As Turton translates Gm cr hon ceaime ited etimeen npr n
<n a eats «eet inas- 5 aun eceeuaniner observations are his:
by the continuator of Linné.

32° THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

ae
introduced and was known to Linné only from European forms;
It has been brought in timber from Europe, ak amore unwel-
come case of acclimatization we can hardly ima

ae Linné we have very few names or des abciptibiil anterior

those of Lamarck, who Elbe the first edition of his
Histoire Naturelle des Anim sans Vertébres in 1815-23.
During the period intervening betes en Lamarck and the dis-
coveries of Capt. Cook in 1770 0, we have only the following
names:—Argonauta oryzata, Meuschen; Triton spengleri, Dillwyn. i
Both these were not fro m Australian Specimens, as the species )
have a wide range. ‘Heliotis nevosa, Martyn; Purpura succincta, :
Martyn; Risella melanostoma (or Trochus), Gmeli in; Phasianella ad
tritonis, "Chemn itz; Trochocochlea Australis, Favanne; Patella
tromoserica, artyn ; atella radians, Gmelin ; yprea angustata,
Gmelin; C. ete Gmelin ;* Turbo undulatus, Chemnitz; Turbo
stramineus, Martyn.

efore I make any observations on these, it may be necessary
to say crite about the authors and the various works where
their pee pry are to be found.

The daw a true science of conchology may be said to date
from the backs of our countryman, Lister, who in 1685 com-
menced the publication of his great work entitled, Historia sive
Synopsis Methodica Conchyliorum. It was in four books: 1, of
land univalves; 2, of freshwater nities and bivalves; 3, of
marine bivalves and Balanide (Conchis anatiferss 3); 4, of marine
Patelle, Dentaliums and Buccinums. I have tiavielited the title

he divisions of “this really marvellous work—marvellous for
the age, whether one regards the genius of the author or the
accuracy of the figures. These were 1,057 in number; but, the
plates being bequeathed to the University of Oxford, another
edition of them was published in 1770, where the figures
of shells alone (exe sive of fossils) amount to 1,153—all

executed with rare indust ster’s daughters, Sus-
ter. gl avail mys h

opportunity of helping to mak wn their n o
i Dr. Lister’s Museum are still to be seen im the

abe éclaircie dans deux de ses Part es principales, 3, les Litho-

= et la ig a a Montpellier, 7 42, laid the foundation

system which Linné subsequently adopted. His genera

‘clade Padilla Haliotis, Dentalium, “Nerita, Helix, Trockus,

Strom _ Nautilus, Conus, 'Cyprea, Ostrea, Venus, Chama, Pholas,
ese genera correspond very nearly wi with

* On the testimony of Dr. J. E. Gray.

‘

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA. 33

pb under the same name. The figures were excellent, and
arned for the author ra Linné the title of “ nitidissimus,”
a8, ae - most exa
The advent of the eatin systematist Charles von Linné +
began a new era for conchology. The first edition of his Systema,
pabbahad in 1735, was little more than a small shapes ra
fourteen folio pages, but which was sufficiently impor
attract universal attention. His efforts in the matter of shells

was less happy than other portions. e great aim of the
author was simplicity, and this feature was decidedly ietttioak
by his yenera being too few. Confusion, not simplicity, was the

result. His original genera were only eight in number—viz.,

Cochlea, Cyprea, “Haliotis, Patella, Nautilus, Lepas, Concha, and
Dentalium. Two or three more genera were added; but it was not
until the tenth edition (1753) that he augmented the number to
thirty-two, which was subsequently increased to thirty- five, and
the most of them we have seen were taken from D’ Argenville.
The genius of Linné was seen in the way in which he seized
upon salient specific characters, and rejected the weak, shifting,
and multitudinous seattonbie of preceding cig es 0 which im-
peded science, as the re too sigan rous, non-per rmanent, and

pier ay Still Linné never rose aca perception of the
na of the nthseary with which sg ha d to deal. The shells

were vail Testacea, and the animals which dwelt in them Vermes

volume is published in 1764—that is "Ghee the ‘enth edition of
his Systema—it preserves his old divisions of Conche and Cochlee.
His Mantissa altera Se addition) embraces the description
of t Pa new specie

m Linné to Lamare oki is nearly half a century, that is from
hy ‘dale of their systems; yet we have only very few pre-

wainson, — — that the ~ are inferior, and whatever
pase in the work was m Lister. “Shells and Shellfish,” p. ry
+ The Swedish form ory ta name—i.e., gg» Tamera the one most in use.
When kni a poe better known as Ch arles yon Linné. It is said that
the ’ denotes a plebeian origin, and that when in 1757
ie wae admitied amongst the hereditar obty be was called C. von

Bersted lec
lie

34 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

to Poe. &e., in the last twenty years the 18th pat

ea
Poi
I
“I
=)
fa]
Qu
ct
=>
fo)
™
oO
co
9
jd
oO
B
oO
=|
os
2
=e
weE
e)
=
er
ei &
pp
O°
oa
mR
°
SS
a
=|
_
“J
a
os)
Py
)
BS
4
a
=
Oo
=
>

casteaux, with Labillardiére as naturalist, in the same year.
en ca

under Baudin with the naturalists Peron and Freycinet. No
doubt the ral contributed largely towards Lamarck’s work;
but until rst from the time of Linné, we have only the names
already given: Argonauta oryzata and Triton spenglert. ma

ura
Martyn’ st eo cecblines tet is described by the author

as “ exhibiting the figure of every known shell accurately drawn

and le after nature with a new r aysteratic oe
and explanatory tables in “English and French; also figures of
nondescript shells collected in different voniisa to the South —
Seas since the year 1764, with seventy-seven coloured draw-
ings of shells. London, 1789. 1 vol. 4to.” I have had ®
‘copy of this very rare work sent to me from London pee A |

k nished.

published “ Drawings of Shells of the South Sea. 1 vol. 4t0. —

fifty-eight plates.” The whole work is an édition de luxe, and —

cannot be too highly praised for accuracy as far as it goes. The
° eee

* This work of Meuschen’s must not be confounded with the catalogue

usly published by Grono — ye ————

came out in 3 parts, viz. :—Fasc. 1, 1763 ; 2, 1764; Fase. ae 8
Bt a” a «tS ns of 589 anes

THF MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA, 35

author was a systematist, but not of much genius. He gave
tables of the Linnean method as well with many valuable obser-
vations on conchological writers. Gmelin was the continuator of

Vv
species of shells to 2,334. Messrs. Maton and Kackett,* OF
ever, do not give him much credit ws — r accuracy or geni
or to his translator Tur The names of Martini and Chemuitte
occur pretty pena in "every conchologcal work of modern
times. Both authors were engage on one work which is
entitled “ Neuve Systematishes Ganchylicn: Cabinet.” It was begun
F. H. rtini, who published the 1st volume in 1769
volume 1773, the 3rd 1774. The work would have been
left unfinished but for a Danish cle ergyman name em-
nitz, who published the 8 concluding vols. as follows: “4th, 1780 ;
5th, 1781; 6th, 1782; 7th, 1784; 8th, 1785; 9th, 1786; 10th,
1788 ; llth, 1795. An alphabetical index of spe ecific names was
added by J. 8. Schrétter, in 1788, to the first 10 vols. All were
published at Nuremberg. There were over
and in the latter volumes very many species from the South Bean,
It is one of the most valuable of the old works, though some of
the figures are barely recognizable. Its greatest value was from
the new materials which it made use of from various cabinets,
more sok eri that of Spengler, who had one of the finest col-
lections then known.
In the year 1797, George Humphrey, F.L.S., the chief dealer
in shells then living, published a small pamphlet entitled,
“ Museum Calonnianum — Specification of the various articles

mixed up w e question of nomeneli iture. Som
have deined fn it a merit to which it is scarcely entitled, and
would even make the genera of La k give w e
latter published his work, iho tee aio Tableau Encyclopédique
er ome Paris, 1797-98, 390 Plates, a i ocd later, but Hum-
’s work is in every way intents It is a mere list without
vty eierrioke its principal ral

e may be: sure, Rowers, ‘iat hacack Mr.
god gener. a large number of Tasman shells became known to
His son was one of teen very early colonists. Had

* “ A Historical Account of Testaceological Writers.” Linnean Transac-
tions, vol. 7, 1804. I have found this essay of great use to vey though some
of the omissions are remarkable, and the details at times scan

Mr. jwainzon, im bis * Shells sod She ell-fish,” noe far as to say that
ware crn samp Lamarck and — borrowed from Humphrey wi with-

*

36 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA.

the pursuit of shell-collecting any really scientific pretensions at
that time we should have had little to glean; but size and colour

were more regarded then, so that the smaller shells or the unat-
tractive shells were left for the scientific gleaners.

In the list I have given of the shells with pre-Lamarckian
names there are none which may not have come from Australia, as
they are equally common there, and two, as we have seen, extend
to the Indian Ocean. One, Patella radians, Gmelin, cannot be
made out at all, unless I am right in supposing that it is one of
the many varieties of Quoy’s Acmea septiformis. (Patelloidea s.
in his work.

Having stated what I think important in reference to those
books in Meine h the older names of Tasmanian shells are to be
found, I proceed to give a list of all the books in which any part
of the same fauna is described. I have marked with an asterisk
those works which I have not been able to consult, and shall
merely name the works already referred tex marking them thus f.

ht enumerating the serials, we hay

. PRocEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL , Socrerr or Lonpoy—

generally. The earlier numbers containing the mono-
graphs of Hinds, Reeve, Adams, and the later (from
1865) the lists of Australian fauna of An ngas

2. Annats or Natura History generally.

3. Procreprnas or tHe Linnmwan Socrery or Lonpoy—
the earlier transactions.

4, THE Goon LOGICAL JOURNAL. vols., 8vo., with supple-
mentary coloured plates. Seales "1825-35.

5. Proceepines or THE Royat Socrety or N. S. WALES
m 1866.
6. Br bes OF THE Royat Society or Vicrorta from
185

4 peti ry or THE Royat Socery or TasMANIA,

oe 1854-55, pra valuable papers by W. Swainson.
ears 1875-76-77- sa 8, papers on conchology from myself

and various autho

8. Procerprnes oF Saas Naturat History Soctery,
teins 4 all Dr. A. A. Gould’s is fie sama
of Australian shells in nearly every v

9. Journan pre Concuytiorierr, from aa . date, con-
taining all the diagnoses of Crosse and Fischer's new
Australian shells, and numerous monographs and lists
of our fauna.

10. Brrtisx Museum Catatoaurs. All the conchological =
ones contain Australian materials, notably the elaborate =
diagnoses of Deshayes.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA, 37

11f. pra fe The tenth sero ee is the first which contains
any details <a — ology. The other works have
been referred to alre

12+. Martini and rhea oe ut sup.

18+. Marryn’s eit eer Concnotoey, &e.

14+. bony tach Museum Conon., wt supra. I have only

en Swainson’s entetisition of his system. -

15*t. MevscueEn, ut supra.

16*+. Dittwynn’s CATALOGUE.

17. THe a gt ag AND Pig cae wee: oe
By G. B. Sowerby, Parts I & II, London, 1838-9.

18. Species ConcnuyLiorvM, or concis Spain} decsdoties
and observations of all the species of recent shells, wit
their varieties. Part I containing a monograph of the
genus Cymba, by W. J. Broderip, and monographs of
the genera dealias, Ovulum, and Pandora, by G. B.
Sowerby. 4to, 14 col. plates. London, 1830.

19*, A catalogue of the shells contained in the collection of
the late Earl of Tankerville, arranged according to the
Lamarckian Conchological System; with an appendix
containing the descriptions of many new species. Small

9 col, plates. London,1825. By G. B. Sowerby.

20. Tursaurus ConciHyLioRuM, or figures and descriptions
of shells. By G. B. Sowerby, j jun., London. Begun in
1842, and continued for some years. I have only seen
three volumes, and believe that the work was. not
continued.

21, A pad isto Manvat. By G.B. Sowerby, j jun.,
8vo., second edition, 662 figures (only 500 in the first
edition). London, 1842.

22. stagrapag aor aain Intustr are or coloured figures of
all the e fi cent s

cellaria,

12mo., 158 coloured plates. London, 1832-41. The
figures excellent, “tet the letter-press very bad, and the
arrangement ¢ sed.

23. Tue Genera or Recent anv Fosstt Suetrs. 2 vols.
8yo., ig col. feat By James Sowerby. London,
1820-

24, is Ase s TREATISE ON SHELLS AND SHELL-FI
—- Longmans, 1840. 12mo. Woodcuts only, cma

. A rather fanciful work, but some of the
tae been adopted, and full justice has hardly been
done to it. It is one of Lardner’s Cabinet Cyclopedia.

38 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA.

25. Exotic Concnoroey, or drawings of rare, beautiful, or
agg ae shells. 4to., 48 col. plates. London 1834.
By W. Swainson. Cantaiam only one or two Australian
species.

. 26%. AprpENDIX TO THE CATALOGUE OF THE BiiaH COLLEc- ’
T ] . Swainson. I have not seen this work;
_ my knowledge of it is Guvly ed from the reference in the
xotie Concholog

27. ZooLocicaL InpUsrramioss, or Original figures and
descriptions of n rare, or otherwise interesting
animals. W. ecasieme 3 vols.,8vo; 182 col. plates

of birds, insects, and shells. memes 1932- 33.

28. Caratoctur oF Marine Motiv &c., or NEw
Zeauanp. By Capt. F. Wollaston Hatton "NZ. 1869.

29. Crirtcat List or Martne Motuvsca or NEw ZEALAND.

von Martins, N.Z., 1872

30. Addenda and Corrections to same. 1877.

31. *Born (Ignatius, Baron) Txstacea Mouser: VINpo-
BonEnsis. (A Catalogue of the shells Sac eye in the
Museum of the Empress of Austria at Vienna.) 1 vol.,
fol. Vienna,1780. It is printed in Guid and Latin.
The method is Linnean, ord eae terse and —_—

of

Z Renee es
ee aes eee

18 in number, with above 200 figures, in a splendid
folio. I am not —— that there is a copy in any of
the Australian Colon

32. ConcHoLoGIca Srerstatab or 2 complete system of
conchology. By Lovell Reeve. 2 vols., 4to, col., 1,500
figures. ‘London, 1842.

33. ELemenrs OF Conta HOLOGY, an eee So Nat.

ist. of Shells and of the animals which form th te
Lovell Reeve. 2 vols., large 8vo., with 174 bck “plates,
- containing Ait figures. London, 1860. The system 18
marek’s nea. rly. There is a useful list of all the
species.

34. Concwotoatca yah A complete repertory of
species, pictorial and descriptive, 4to. London. :
Lovell oo oo is andes begun in 1842, and is
continu to nt it forms aps

e present day _perbaps

- mont valuable. ‘gat;must be admitted, however omens
: fal kdcteieS and Gheshattate

iv)
+.

ive)
jor)

i)
va

w
i? 9)

ro)
©

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA. 39

seldom be relied upon—Tasmania, Australia, and New
Zealand are confounded; but in this respect most
European writers are not ‘particu war. The figures are
generally very good. But since Australian a

manian conchology have made their greatest advances
subsequent to the earlier aR OER the work will be
necessarily very incomplete for the Australian provinces
unless a supplement should be published.

3. IconoGRAPHIE DES COQUILLES VIVANTES.

Par L. C.

iener. Paris. 4to. A series begun im 1834, and very

similar to Reeve’s. I have only seen one or two o parts,

but in those the figures, &c., seemed to me superior to
the English work.

. Diz SUDAFRIKANISCHEN i eden: 4to.,6 coloured

plates. Stuttgart, 1848. By Prof. Ferd. Krauss.
Though this work professes s to deal only with 8. African
shells, a good many Australian and reagan species
are described amongst them. Dr. on Martins states
that in the collections sent to the Sata by Baron
von Ludwig there were a good many Australian shells,
and that Krauss was not aware of this.

. Vorace or H.M.S. “Surenvr.” Zoology. 4to. Lond.,

oology
1839. Mollusca by 8. Hinds. A very few Australian
species in si work, but it may be consulted for the
tropical fau

. VOYAGE DE LA pele iiens . L’ASTROL ABE” sous le com-

mandement de M. Dumont d’Urville. Paris, 1835.

Zoolo ar and Garmard. 4 vols., 8vo. Atlas
with coloured plates. This work is one of the most
valuable we for Australian species. The figures

are good, an e drawings of the animals, anatomy,
&e., very full ad detailed.

Voyacr or H.M.S. “Samarane.” Zoology. 4to,coloured
plates. London, 1848. Mollusca by “Arthur Adams,
R.N. Useful for our tropical fauna. The Bivins of
the animals are most useful.

. Voyace or H. M.S. “Rarriesnake.” 2 vols. 8vo.

London, 1852. Appendix on the Mollusca by Prof.
For A very few tropical Australian species
described.

. Kiye’s Voraces ty Avsrratta. London,1827. The

appendix onthe Mollusea, by J. E. Gray, of the British

Museum, is very full, and contains many descriptions of

new eer which, however, are too brief. It
(De‘conslted nal queton of nomenclature.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA.

42. Drerrenpacn’s New Zeatanp. 2 vols., 8vo. London,
The appendix to this work is also by Gray, and
contains very many new species.

43. Yatr’s New Zeatanp. Appendix by Gray, with many

new species. In this and the preceding work the
diagnoses are e far too brief. 1 vol. 8vo. London, 1835.
44.+ Lamarck, wt supra.

45. Menke Mortiuscorum Novm HoLianpim® SPECIMEN.
Hanover, 1843. 4to. A very thin tract in Latin which
contains full diagnoses of a large number of Australian
species, the most of which, however, were from the south-
western part of the continent. A few Tasmanians are
to be found amongst them. ‘The work is very rare;
have never seen but two copies in Australia. There

ar
very small expense, but a great boon to reprint it.
. Woon’s GENERAL peeps London, 1815, with
59 coloured plates, 8
47. Woon’s Inpex seaadleiins: or a catalogue of
shells, British and foreign, arranged according ‘to th
nnean system. vo., 2nd edition, 2,300 coloured figures.
London, 1828. Supplement with 480 coloured figures.
This work, though the figures are all of one size and
small, yet are tolerably executed. The arrangement 1 is
very co rand but still, I may safely say it is indis-
e any person collecting, and is a very con-
venient bandheok of spec
48. Genera or Mo.tusca, ri A. & H. Adams. 8 vols.,
small 8vo., with 138 plates. London, 1858. This is
certainly one of the most valuable books on re subject ;
but, according to the opinion of many, muc b
the revival of many useless genera, and b the substi-
tution on the most slender claims, of the forgotten
names of Humphrey, Bolten, Montague, &c., for the
well-known ones of Lamarck. I shall refer to this sub-
ject again in this pr
49. Woopwarp’s Manva tue Mottvsca, being 4
treatise on Recent As Fossil Shells, 3rd edition, —<

bh
o>

edition ae It contains, therefore, descriptions a er
genera founded since 1866. It is tel an 3
Atustentedby 2 Woblegutic. Mbemnondation ienecdsd a
for this most excellent manual. Thee Senn other book "

a rr ee ec ea a ee ee
Fee — is r di = z
: ¥

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA, 41

in any language like it for Sc te and high scientific
character. It has done more to popularize conchology
than any other book in the nd ei the subject. Pro-
fessor T'ate’s additions are very valuable

50. Manvet DE ConcHuyYLio.oGiE etde Paléontologie conchy-
liologique, par le Dr. J. E. Chenu. 2 vols., large 8vo.

and name the most of the species in any collection.

. A Moyocrapn or Avstratian Lanp Suetts, by James
C. Cox, M.D., 8vo., Sydney, 1868, with 18 coloured
plates, containing over 400 figures. This work, I need
hardly say, is perfect of its kind, and reflects the highest

credit upon the author. It is truly an astonishing
ieodietas for a young Colony.

Cn
ee

4!
ie)

. A Monoerapu or THE Lanp achat OF ® Vier 1
vol., 8vo. Ramos 1873. By W. Legrand. A smaller
work than that of Dr. Cox, but hialy equal to it in
finish and srs tbat

54.* Favanne DE Montervitte, pére et fils. 3 vols., 4to.,

ad uals 80. This is an augmentation of D Argenville,

56.

or)

Prerrrer Monocraruta Hexicorum Viventium. 2

vols., 8yo. ipzig, 1848.

57. Jonas Ze tschrift, fiir. Malac., &. The German
Journal of Doachalonty: in which many Australian
pecs are described.

ee 0 now of one copy of this scarce work in
these Colonies, which is in the library of the Royal
mania. —
59.* H. ©. Kuster. This is a new edition of Marti

ni and
Chemnitz, published i in Be mberg from 1837, xe for
Pare! Ahr subsequently. ES, new Austr shells

*

42 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA,

60. DESHAYES Historie Nar. des animaux sans vertébres.
This is a second edition of Lamarck from 1835-45,
in 11 vols., Svo. In this edition Milne Edwards also
assisted. A good wy of the Tasmanian shells ar
described in it, but the diagnoses are very brief.

61. ee i Trarre fit wesies tte DE CONCHYLIOLOGIE.

8 pl. Paris, 1838.

62. ey "Soues Concuoxtocist’s Boox or Spectres. Uni

valves. 12mo., with figures. London, 1840. By Silvanus

Hanle
63. An ‘Thuadrat ed and —— Caratocue of recent
shells. By Srnvanus Han Svo. London, 1844.

64. Cooper in Magazine of Britich Zoology, vol. 2
65. BuLAINVILLE in Bulleten des Sciences N abcicltae: Feb.,
1817.

S

. BLaINvILLE. Manvern pr Maracoroere et de Conchy-
liologie. 2 vols., 8vo., 87 plates. Paris, 1836-7.

. Ep. _Doxovax. Tare Narvrarrer’ s Repostrory, vol. 3,

: e whole work is in 5 vols., 1824-27.)
68.* Srexoren Schrift. Nat. Ges. Z. V. Copenhagen 1790.
69. D’Orntexy-Atcipe. Voyage dans l’Amérique Méri-
dionale, dans 1826-33. Molttieques Porainnnitees et
Gé gat Paris, 4to., 1834-44.

70. A. Adam and Angas refer to the Zé0l. of Beechey’ s Voy.
of the “Beacle” for a ays by Sowerby of Patella
costata = caiman costata Angas. I have not been able to
find any such name.

. Jay’s eines or Suetis, 4to. New York, 1852.
This contains a very prema x list_of Australian and
New Zealand species. There is also a bibliography,
though not extensive, in be library catalogue of the
author at the end of the w
I have not arranged these works itehionielly, because I have

kept the works by the same authors together. I have only

enumerated those authors or those works where the ——
figures or descriptions, or both, of species inhabiting Tasmani
are to be found, or else of works which will — the greatest nal
in the classification of the Tasmanian fauna

_ It remains to state that until the date of the census oS
year’ i sm

for)
“I

~T
om

any part of hraltitins cuntie at Mr. An gree
: 1865, published a very compete lit oe ki hells os South

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA, 43

Australia. This appeared in the eae of the Zoological
Society, and was accompanied and follo by the description
very many new species. In 1867 a sailor list was made in
the same periodical for the cathe of New South Wales.
This, however, was more than a list, ya it had descriptions or a
short diagnosis of each species dealt with. Ever since that time
Mr. Angas has been making additions’ Pi the list by publishing
new eich s, and we may say “that no a dap has so persistently
laboured to classify Australian shells, or done more for our
molluscan fauna. Next to him Dr. Gos a Mr. J. Brazier.
The latter, in his pains eink enumeration of the mollusca of the
Chevert Expedition, has done much to simplify the labours of all
future observers
now proceed to enumerate from the works of the naturalists
named are what shells Tasmania really possesses; for the
mistakes of eye found in most European writers are really
innumerable. nd ‘the following shells mentioned as occurring
in RE which I have not been able to trace. Ancillaria
ronata, Sowerby ; Terebra Kieneri, Deshayes ; 7. nitida, Hinds;
* 0p ‘onus pontificalis, Lamarck ; Littorina philippi, Carpenter
0 us nodulosus, A. Adams; Cerithium serotina, A. !
pene mat granulatus, Born ; Patella costata, (?) Patella Bo
Gmelin ; Chiton: C. piceus, Gmelin ; C. proteus, Reeve; C. glaucus.

Gray; C. y; Anapa
triquetrum,.Hanley; Tellina diemanensis, Deshayes ; L. tristis,
Deshayes ; Gari compta, Deshayes; Hiatula vitrea, eres
le exigua, H. Adams; rere planetella,
candida, Deshayes; C. rutila, Desh.; C. citrina, Lamarck; je
coryne, ‘A. Ada ams ; D. crocea, Deshayes ; Rupellaria brevis, Quoy;
Mytilus Dunkeri, "Reeve. To this m may be added Patella limbata,
which Phil states came from N. Australia, but which has been
identified with P. tramoserica Chemnitz; but whether rightly or
no we have no authentic specimens to o determine. Some of these
shells are distinctly stated to have come from Tasmania by the
authors, and others are referred to as coming from sate which
can only be doubtfully identified with Tasmania.
It is curious however to observe the converse of this list, that

only to Tasmania. A list has lately “awry published in the

Journal de Conchyliologie (1878, p. 4, » by Capt. F. W. Hutton,

of the shells known to —_ in New Zeala

Islands. In this list is given the names of eesti adnate to

New Pt a but whic “the author had been unable to find
Amongst those the following are found. i in jel

Talat enon; Gray ; Stphonaria diemanensi $, Quoy; ast

© itks the West Austtilinn diel”

At THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

hirsutus, Lamarck; Venus (Chione) lamellata, Cardita amabilis,
y

list are chronicled as occurring in New Zealand, which is the
true habitat of the Nebel Tr sinclari, Chiton glaucus
Corbula zelandica, Mytilus dun

I must now refer to another wee. that is, the names of the
genera. Mr. G. F. Angas, in his list, has followed the generic
names of Messrs. Adams in his critical list, a plan which I have
not adopted. My reasons for this are best found in the words
of M. Chenu, whose opinion I shall quote in the extract which

llows—* Lamar ck is the true founder of conchology as a

“ equivocal and trifling genealogies, which are not in most cases
mprovements. The principle of priority is a good one, but it is
se sia to apply it too strictly in such cases, and above
in the names of genera. Most of the authors ‘whose generic
names are mou revived knew but a small number of species, and
their observations were too limited for the names they employed
to have any other importance than their historic interest.

collections with which Linné had to — —_ not propo rtionate
to the power of his genius, and we cannot suppose that he —=@
would have misunderstood the Elonex: which did not pe |
Lamarck, whose opportunities for observation were more
double : which have led nie to divide the great genera pro-

that prince se science. It was thus that Lama
more favoured than Linné, was able to lay the foundations of

same time giving us an example by respecting the names given
by his predecessors when they had come into general use. For

cessor for the principal one. We have always thought that
everything should be avoided which tends to render the access
to science difficult, and all that would discourage the. first

ut wi we regreb tones e that Messrs. Adams, in order to

5
¢
=
8
aes
=
fe>)
re
%
=
=
wa
>
fer)
A
ase
E :
nm
=
u ®
AL
=e
a
5
Ss

*

Pe ee

a

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA. 45

which all conchologists know perfectly well by names long
consecrated by use. e will give some instances to prove that

exist, or whose characters, re ep and limits Lamarck was
lae

the question will be decided at once. us—. eoroagemorar

Bolten = Solarium, Lamarck. Bursa, B. = Ranella, "h. n

ta, B= See ee L. Harpago, Klein = Pterocera, “

Actinobolus, K. = Cardita, UL. Rrhagh gant K. = Ricinula, L.

Dactylus, Ke m= Oliva, L. Gladius, K. = Rostellaria, L. ‘upiee

peras, gc rae = Ovula, ae ee Humphrey = Phasia-
a.

nella, L. mb rank =
Rostella, L.” ‘After stating hig sigeetatin and admiration of
the labours of Messrs. Adams, whose divisions he follows where

possible, as well as those of ‘Albee , Pfeiffer, — ave Sik

and he expressss a hope — I am sure has been generally
reciprocated, — by few conchologists in Engl
that as will itade or the defence and ra etn of the

vantage whatever.’

I am sure there are few who will not be convinced by this
most reasonable appeal. What _ we to gain by the new

® See Preface to Manuel de Conchyliologie..

46 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

For these reasons, therefore, I have declined to follow the
example of Mr. G. F. Angas, whose labours in other respects
have been such a wonderful help to conchology in Australia. I

of Eutropia, Ranella by the name of Bursa, Modiola by the
name of Perna. The latter is a good instance of the contusion
which would result, for Perna is a most important name in
geology, and means quite a different shell. Nether will I call
Pectunculus Syed but I need not extend the list, which will, I

oy see for
t not As sanaeieac however, that on this account all the

names are to be rejected which have been ajeouee by the
necessity of creating new genera. But I not adopted all
ew me of them appear to me ‘to be erected on

and more Sree and industrious men have erected after
such care and labour. But I have been doubtful of their appli-
cation to Australian siells, and in cases where the genera were
wholly Australian I may perhaps safely estimate their value, but
psa what grounds I have always given and will always give
entific men an opportunity to judge.
yee the census published by me I did not attempt to mention
families, except in rare and undisputed instances. With regard

o now.
preface: “There is now cok declamation about the wortbless-
ness of ‘artificial systems and the excellence of nat methods.

But this excellence is more apparent than real. Many of those —
natural grou ps which are so much praised are are ill-defined, and it —
is even acknowledged by their admirers rs that precise limits must :

ey

Siete afer ORT

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA, 47

not be assigned to them. Hence it frequently happens that the
definition of a group is applicable to a few genera only, which
its type, and does

ieee that the plan of nature is followed when that she is

confessedly ci ae a gp Indeed it ges a, t pgs the

admired natural method of one differs from the censu

ficial method of fear be merely in the aiteediones yd different
systems of organs have been made choice of as the

- respective classifications. Unless zoologists in “the forma-
their primary groups endeavour to determine those
pee which all the members possess in name mit

only such marks into the de apie and practise the same

as the euisivauan: of the science are num

I now proceed to give a brief view of the Molluscan sub-
kingdom as it affects Tasmania.

Class, CeEPHALOPODA.
Argonauta, Spirula, Sepia, &e. I do not enter into detail in
this matter, as absolutely next to nothing has been done towards
their classification in Tasm

Class, GASTEROPODA ; pie Proso-BRANCHIATA ; Sub-order,
PROBOSCID ; Famil URICIDE.

Shell thick, with numerous scaly spiniform projections, and
more or less wae — or spines ; ‘operculum oval, oblong;
nucleus apical. 3, Typhis 1, i. Tephon 9, Fusus 6,

honalia 5.

2nd Family, PLevROTOMIDs.
Animal, with a posterior slit in the mantle corresponding t
— in the shell, and a straight siphon. Shell turriculate, with
operculum horny; odontophore, two lateral series of
tcash only. sive setaray 1, Drillia 7, Clathurella 2, Mangelia 9,
Daphnella
Family, Trrronip 2.
Animal : Head large; foot short, thick, truncated in front ;
adentophore 7, only 3-1-3; Spcennn horny, oval, oblong : b
us subapical. ell ridged, with irregular mario Triton
5, 3 Paitin 1, Ranella (varices cag a 3, Fipagia.l

48 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA.

Family, Buccrnip2.
Animal: Head flat, , large, two conical tentacles, with ocular

tubercles at base ; op m horny, small, dentate at the edge;
odontophore, aa igual teeth | in the series, one central and two
ateral. Shell oval, * oblong, turriculate, notched anteriorly ;

columella inerbeth, outidnd: with conspicuous callosity, Susie
(alveolatum) 1, Cominella 5, Adamsia 1, Nassa 5, Eburna
Family, Purrurrp2.

Animal: Head small, two conical tentacles often obtuse, in
the eatie of which are the eyes; foot short, elliptic ; operculum
horny, with a lateral nucleus.. Shell s mooth, tubere ulous or
spiny; columella flattened, pointed, a ance wide with an

scaly OLIVID2.

Animal: Almost aha the shell ; foot very large, with two
auriculate lobes in front; opercu ulum rudimentary. Shell
polished, th ae almost ce very short; columella often
twisted, callou

acilavin 2, Oliva 1.

Fam
saat with an enclosed mantle dnd. a strai ight si iphon.

Family, CoLuMBELLIN2.

Animal: Head large, flat, foot narrow, elongated, oval, siphon
short, no operculum, Shell short with a periostraca, spire sho rt
aperture rather narrow often toothed on the Us eahee in, a sligh
notch at the anterior oo of agg erture. > ae 10.

sID
Ani e, ree with rire tentacles, eyes at ,
sign | exieni, is, tk a d salient, mantle with filaments anda =~
double Opirinalans aceite, Odontophore, 3-1-3. Shell solid, =
gl pobre or or or less tubereular »aperture narrow, canal abruptly — x

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA. 49

ee Naticrp®.

almost r ound, with an umbilicus or a eal sity. Olbutighans
short, 3- L3, central quadrate, acs based.
atica 4, Ruma 2, Sigaretus
Family, wicca
nimal, cylindric, foot short, sub-quadrangular, head short
Situs flattened, tentacles conical, eyes at the external base.
Operculum horny, 1 or 13 whorled, nucleus central. itis. nts

ee taemitha
Animal: Head saree her guineas small, a rather long siphon
between, mouth at t , operculum oval, horny. Shell very
long, conical, with a notch i in the apertu
Terebra 4 (though others are desetbed):
Family, PyraMIpELLip2.
This is a rather heterogeneous aaa as will be seen by the

genera included in it by various authors. M. Chenu makes it
receive such genera as Ringicula. Messrs. Adams’s definition
is less than that of ae phir n Je “tea who caine Stylifer. But
following his arrangement we shou ave the Families

Pyramidellide with Turbonilla 4, Odostomia 2, Aclis 1, Fam.
Eulimide, Eulima 5, Elusa 1, Syrnola 2, Stylifera 1, Stylopti
Cingulina 1,Acus 1. All small shells, agreeing generally 1 in their
terriculate habit and entire peers with or without plaits on the
columella.

Family, CERITHIOPSID.

Animal: Head short, broad, tentacles subulate obtuse, eyes at
ei pane with retractile probocis, mantle not reflected with
rudimentary siphonal fold, Resabsneene horny, on a well developed

be. Shell turreted, many-whorled, spirally keeled. Odon-
tophore like Naticide. Cctithiopaia 8 2.

amily Soranrpx, doubtfully represented, no species
determined.
Family, Conrp2.

Animal: Head with produced tubular vel, unre subulate,
eyes on tubercles at outer side, mantle sed, an elongate
‘Spnone at fore part, foot simple, iaieded, rime conspicuous

© This? This name is Klein’s, and before Linneus, but we may adopt it as it is
shorter and not. much different from Lamarck’s.

iy oO. bot, ; Garde

50 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA.

aquiferous pore is middle of under surface. Teeth subulate im
two series, on tubular prolongation of retractile probose
bundle of shes ‘mubidlate teeth at extremity. Shell crrvenaaif
conical, aperture as and narrow, outer lip thin, free or notche
near suture. Con

Family, CYPREIDE.

Animal, elongate, mantle very large with many cirrous fila-
ments, almost concealing shell, tentacles ve long, eyes upon a
protuberance siphon short. Odon ontophore with seven rows 3-1-3,

ra plume single, no operculum. Shell in pens: like
cowry. Cyprea 6 (one do ubtfal), Trivia 1, Birostra 1.
Family, CaNCELLARIDE.

Animal, with subulate tentacles united at the base, eyes at
the outside, foot capes simple and triangular without operculum,
spire short, whorls convex, often cancellate and ribbed, mouth
entire, no icatanbise. rostrum rudimentary. Cancellaria 4.

roti CERITHIID2.

very wide apart. Odontophore long linear, 3-1-3, conical, curved.
culum horny, subspiral. Shell turriculate, many whorls,
notched at the anterior aperture, labrum produced.
Cerithium 3, Lampania 1, Bittium 4, Triforis 1.

Ng Ree

Family, PLANAXIDS.

Animal, with a long rostrum, subulate arene eyes sessile
on the swollen exterior base, foot short, imple w with small
tentacular filaments, operculum thin, honey sicievieed, odon-
tophore 3-1-3, and in general much like te perrywinkles.

s
n representatives (included doubtfully), Diala 3.
Family, Rissorp2.

Small ie or horny shells of various forms, but more or les3_
turriculate. Animal with a proboscidiform head and i

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA. 51

Family, Turrrrenim.

Animal: Rostrum short, broad, tentacles long, fine, eyes at base.
Mantle with a fringed margin obscur ely siphonated at right side.
Operculum horny. ‘0 ontophore very short, 3-1-3, median square,
laterals ligulate, summits hooked, serrulate. Shell rreted,
subulate many-whorled imperforate, spirally grooved, aperture
entire, outer lip acute.

Turritella 5. Siliguaiia® 2. Vermetus is also placed in a different
family. We have two of the former and one of the latter, or
perhaps two. Both are abnormal mollusca—the latter fixed,
and with the foot rudimentary. Lingual dentition unknown.

Family, CanyrTrmIp&.
Animal dilated and depressed on its sides, tentacles medium,
eyes at “ine external base, foot large, no operculum. onto-
phore winged on each side i in front, 3-1-3, central small, beosd,

subspiral, interior simple o or with a diaphragm. The egg-c cases
in this family are membranaceous in a tuft in front of foot, under
the neck. Trochita 1, Concholepas ~ Crepidula 1 or 2.

It is doubtful whether some of the species ranged under the
above genera aa pss be A oa in others. In the family
Pileopside they are not ut from the animals. Amalthea, of
which we have probably two species, is referred to the latter
family, which generally Scieeaurceie to Adam’s Capulide. The
animals hardly differ in either.

2np OrpER, ScUTIBRANCHIATA.
Hermaphrodite molluses, with a double branchial plume in
wy neck, or in cirrhi round the
. Sub- order, Podophthalma—eyes pedunculate.
Family, Nerrrip2.
nimal : Muzzle broad, short, tentacles slender, eyes on stout
setae at outer base, no head lobes or neck ppets, foot
oblong, triangular, no filaments, operculum shelly, articulated,
subspiral, opereulum m central, teeth 5-1-5, with a long com
numerous Ara ge Shell depressed, oval, spire short, no
sbilicun 'N, al.
Family, Trocnrp2.

meee Head probosecidiform, tentacles fine, ‘het cilia,
eyes on free peduncles at their outer base, head lobes between
eticton of gill single, long, neck lappet at sides of foot near fil

e, continucus with a side membrane with 3 to 5
i on her i aa oes lobe o:
opereulum horny, s often caleareous. Odontophore
Tike Neritid. Shell Saeed turbinate, or ear-shaped, nit,

“ : ¥ i,

52 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

within. : Dhabinbblle 5, Turbo 4, Carinidea 2, Astele 1, Liotia 5,
Cyclostrema 7, Monilea 2, Ethalia 1, Adeorbis 1, Minolia 2,
Clan culus 13, Euchelus 3, Thalotia A, Zizyphinus 7, Elenchus 4,
Bankivia 1, Gibbula 6, Trochocochlea 2 Trochus (Diloma) 2,
Stomatella So Gena 1

‘Family, Hatiorip2.

Animal : Head large, flat, tentacles long, eyes on terminal

onaay foot very large exceeding the shell, and fringed,

very large. Hali otis
Sub-Order EpriopuTHatMa, eyes sessile.
Family, FIssURELLID2.

Animal : Head with short wide apron body broad, conical,
tentacles short, fine, eyes at base n pro otubérances, mantle

not "a conical, pence at the apex or slit.
Fissurella 4, Macroechisma 1, Emar rginula 4, Scutus 1,
y

Family, DEnratm2.

iuemninaben 3 ina frin ged o r plicate varix, foot preboeciorm, head
distinct and peducadlatey lips with — but n fila-
ments or eyes. Dentalium 2: but there are others whith may

belong to the aye Caecum, which is a family by itself near to
the Vermiti
Family, Tecturi2.
Animal like preceding, but with gill plume at back of head.
Odontophore long, two central and two hooked lateral teeth on
side in an oblique line. Shells like limpets, apex not
central. Acmea
Family, Paretiip2.
Animal like preceding, but with gills in cirrhi all round foot.
ontophore very long, teeth 8 sea in numerous transverse
rows. Shella simple cone. Patella 6 or 7.
Family, pane
Animal cena Gills in lamellae, placed like last. Heart
tral, alim canal terminating at end of median line.
‘ ophore mi ong, teeth 3 central, pris small, laterals
large, with dentated hooks, uncini five. Shell of numerous plates,
Chiton. 6 ? Cryptoplax 2.

Feo ey rent re eee

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA. 53

Sub-class, OpIstHoBRANCHIATA.

Hermaphrodite eee branchia away posterior uncovered,
or only covered by a fold of the mantle. sae ae or in-
ternal, testaceou ibe nceous, rudimentary, o

1st Order Tesbibrabchixte: Branchia oneal iy hell or fold.

Family, CyLicunip am.

Animal with frontal disk, head sub-quadrate, truncate in front,
produced behind into broad flattened recumbent lobes, with eyes
immersed in front of their bases, mantle with posterior thickened
lobe, foot shorter, thin shell truncate in front, no operculum.
Odontophore 6- 6, no median, inner large and hooked, outer uniform.
Shell without colour, eylindrical, ci ie convoluted, spire short.
Cylichna 2, Tornatin

Rane BULLID2.

Animal, partly or wholly covering shell, frontal disk expanded,
no eyes or sessile on frontal disk, mantle with right margin
thickened, gg thin. Odontophore, one central tooth and lateral

r an arched series, gizzard with calcareous plates,
foot expanded for a gh Shell thin ventricose, spire none.
Bulla, 1, Haminea, 1. LI include in this Philine 1, but the shell
is wholly per. and the head differs

Family, avi eirod.

Animal large, eyes sessile, tentacles (?) ear-like, mouth with
tentacles, mantle with internal calcareous plate ic ypeea gil.
Odontophore broad, short, teeth, central one, lateral numerous
similar, gizzard with cartilaginous plates. Aplysia 2

N ri has been done se: erto with the Nudibranchinte
rsue the classification for

5
2
re)
2
)
Lan
B
°
er

extend this essay pa long to explain the intermediate system.
Our Marinula is a marine shell, and until the animal is studied

tinguished by a siuinichiie ber Fr” respiration, a conical shell,
and a short ligulate odontophore, iseol e small central tooth
and an immense number of latera
The length to which this paper sa extended prevents me from
ing a synopsis of the Conchifera, to which I may return on a
oe occasion, as well as to the Land and Freshwater mollusca.
I wish to conclude with some observations on the geographical
distribution of the species. I have already published my opinion
that for convenience it would be “9 to divide Australia into
several molluscan provinces. The S.E. coast forms one, Victoria

* The Bullina lineata of Wood found at Port Jackson has a horny operculum.

54 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA.

another, South Australia, as far as Eucla, another, and Western
ee ae another. In this sense we should have to divide Tas-
o two provinces. e nort e, which would have

its aatiint with the South Australian tor and the eastern
and southern, which would be found more in vobtices with the
S.E. province of Australia. But just as there is in all these 4
provinces the same general character, or as we term it, the same

which are very ¢ the South Australian coasts.
Beginning with the "littoral shells we have the same Patella
(P. tramoserica Chem.) on the rocks of New South Wales, of
Port Phillip, or South Australia, but it differs a good deal in
character. In its young state it is streaked with bright ver-
milion in Victoria; on the New South Wales coast it is often a
rosy red; in South Peres it is of a beautiful golden yellow;
wale i in South Tasmania it is a dull leaden colour, and attains a
much larger size than anywhere else. Perhaps the two most
common shells on all the south coast of Australia are Phasian ella
Sitios and Turbo undulatus. Every one is familiar with the
former of these shells, which assumes casey astonishing varieties 2 |
of colour, all of great beauty. It would be hard to find any ei
part of the Tasmania coast where ees are not Pe up on the
beach; but as we proceed south they become more scarce,
T. undulatus especially so. On the other hand, the common
coast shell of Tasmania is the beautiful Venus lamellata. On —

the beach of Sandy Bay, near nena’ sir they are drifted up 4
in immense numbers at tim The same shell is common on a
the north coast, and on the South Australian coasts they are con-
sidered great rarities. As that is very common throughout
Tasmania, and equally common on all ie south coasts of Aus-
tralia, is Buccinum alveolatum, Kiener. The animal acts as a kind
of scavenger to the coast. Its powers of sight or sc ent must be

ery

eerie ai

.

Tasmania as » places foe m e find a
difference from the Australian ante. "Th he ere ‘an covered —
nee inven: tramoserica, P. ustulata, Acmaa altcostata, A.
A. septiformis, Siphonaria aoe S. diemanenss
cnet “(Risellay melanostoma. (L. nan and aurea occur, but
Ihave shown that these are simple varieties) Trochocochlea aus-
tralis, T. constricta, with the variety 7. teniata, Diloma
Littorina caerulescens, the many varieties ziczac, Phillipi, &e.

THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANTA. 55

All aa “rine are between the tide marks. A little further
from the we find Haliotis nevosa, Carinidea aurea, Cominella
costatum, rset littorinoides, Ostrea edulis, and in sandy places

ual
varieties of Littorina. But in place of the Trochocochlea vaubeabie
which in Tasmania swarms under every stone, we find large
numbers of a Thalotia, T. conica, with occasio onally T. picta, and
the variety (which is regarded as a species b essrs, Crosse
and Fischer), 7. Ram buri, ome bellulus, £. badius and £.
trosodontis are als6 very common and very large, but not upon
the rocks ; me are found Sonilings on. the sea-weeds a little way
out from the shore. Now all of “these shells are found on the

Tasmania. Haliotis nevosa is common through all the S. E. and
. coasts, and in Tasmania everywhere ; it forms an ditiche of
export to some Chinese fishermen on the south coast. Haliotis
albicans is found ony on the north aang it has not been found
in Victoria, and is more generally on the 8. A. coast.* The
TTittori ndx of Tasmania sagen are those of the Australian
coast, except Littorina scabra, LI. pyram pegd - common on
the’ south-east. The latter is deen on the Tasmanian

been said to give a poaslect me of the differences of the fauna,
and as the subject is too large to be disposed ge in one paper,
further details may form the mabjecs of a oe

clusion, I give a list of those fossil forms more or - hae abundant
in our tertiary strata which are found liieg in Australia.

* This shell was first named H. glabra by Swainson, but as that name was
sapien orgy the name albicans, of (a0 by which it is generally known, may

56 THE MOLLUSCAN FAUNA OF TASMANIA.

Pecten laticostatus, south coast only, small and rare. Limopsis
decussata, doubtfully on the north coast. Cylichna arachis
common. Liotia discoidea, rathercommon. Fissurella conical
rather rare, and in Sydney.

Discussion.

- The Cuarrman said, pars the same thing occurred with the
vegetable kingdom as with the animal, as “described by Mr.
Tenison-Woods. Along our own beak and the coast of Queens-
land there were upwards of 200 species of ferns, whereas on the
west wie of Australia there were not more than two or three
species. As we go to the southward and westward the number of
ferns decrenses, while as we go to the north the number increases.

t
short papers read in arias to excite discussion. He believed if
they had short papers read, they would excite discussions that
best be both interesting and instructive to the members of the

Dr. Net thought, with regard to the suggestion of the Chair-
man, the idea about discussions could be carried out in even @
simpler way, namely, by m saa having the power to propose
certain subjects. He was a member of an institution in England,
and they met once a month and had exceedingly valuable dis-
cussions in this way. He thought the se if carried out, wou uld

ings.
The onccpee thought that could only be done by means of
short papers.

ee Se eee ee

57

On some Australian Tertiary Fossil Corals and

Polyzoa.
By the Rev. J. E. anyon la aa oe Hon. Mem.
Roy. Soc. N.S. W,

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 September, 1878. ]

a year I published in the Proceedings of this Society (vol. 11,
a description of some tertiary fossil corals from the
Nudd Creek beds, Western Victoria. Since then I have found

corals generally. In the first place I am or to signalize the
discovery of a Monitlivaltia in our terti en i this is
another link to that chain of facts which iam lary

such a mesozoic aspect: I allude especially to yay rove esa of
Salenia and Belemnites as the inga beds, nastrea
Tsannanie, our simple endothecal corals generally, and Pleuroto-
maria. wy aoe apne ei &e., among the mollusca. Most
of these genera have probably livin ing representatives, though
they were a their ate development long before the pany: of
the tertiary period. Montlivaltia is a similar instance.
genus was established by Lamouroux ee Méthodique des

in the jurassic or the chalk formations. There are about ten

tertiary species known, but none living. The tertiary species

are Eocene and Miocene. The forms of this coral vary very
nical to discoid.

which I draw attention belongs ; but it is *: discoid form which

is flat or even concave beneath, and that is, I believe, rare in the
genus. There is a fossil fa lately a by Mr. Tomes
* This Trigonia is a kable i as it is so diff t fr our living

species and so tike some mesozoic forms.

58 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY

(Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. 34, p. 193) from the Lias of Warwickshire,
which is very like our species, but it is attached while the present
is free. ‘The following is the diagnosis :—

Family Astreip®. Diy. LirnopHyLiiace2.
Monrrrvantra discus. Oorallum circular, depressed, convex,
_ but slightly Sopiened | in the centre. Costa ‘corresponding with
septa, faintly visible under the a covered with rather large
but faint rounded geaoniee: 7 a thick, smooth, showing
scarcely any concentric lines of gr arg Systems six, cycles s four
pta moderately thick, ficial ca finely dentate, the serrations
extending as ridges far along the higher orders ; moderately
nul Primaries = always free tothe centre. Tertiaries
curving round a and joining secondaries at about three-fifths from
centre, but the secondaries are not subsequently thicker. Fourth

cud and join the primaries close to the centre. Diameter,
alt. 2 millims. Muddy Creek ; not very abundant

e this ti
—— _ and from the Professor’ 8 description I judge the
differe o be that it has a columella, the septa do not unite
in ‘daira inaaed here described, and the ehdvtheos i is not abundant.
In all other respects they might easily be mistaken for one
another.

The next fossil I have to describe is one of most singular and
interesting characters. Itis a combination of some of the lead
ing cha aol isties of several families and sub-families. It is
a Turbinolidian coral with pali, withogk a columella and a per-

the wall, Sapna ier ban are very ere the
wall which separates them becomes little more than a eet
verse bar, an arrangement which aint us of Porites. There

FOSSIL CORALS AND POLYZOA. 59

are other peculiarities which I will notice in the diagnosis; it is
su

ient all attention to the singular beauty of the
design of these corals. They m rviceable as
designs for ornamental purposes, a ss ote which has more
than once been made with regard to other members of this order.

ste in which this fossil occurs are so little explored. I propose
e the genus from its perforated aspect Trematotrochus,
which i is i ie characterized :-—
TREMATOTROCHUS, new genus.

Corallum free, with the visceral chambers free, the = distinct,
only united in the m iddle, pali present; no endotheca or synap-
ticule and the wall incomplete, so as to leave mies interstices
at regular intervals. No epitheca. TREMATOTROCHUS FENES-
TRATUS. Corallum, a regular cone, cylindrical, finely pointed,
without trace of attachment. seh in three cycles, the third order
branching off very close to the base, rather prominent, thin and
closely covered with short blunt chin GRO RE Marginal
edge of ealice rounded. No fossa. han ge sert in rounded lobes

rath nular process
not rising so high as the septa. In addition the septa sometimes
send out long narrow lobes such as recall the Astrangiacee

is one athe of costa more than the septa. I have Tay r the

plate which accompanies this a remarkable fossil from Adie:

which has a structure mise may — a light upon this pecu-
In Trochocyathus heterocostat

while the costa corresponding to the primaries and tertiaries
appear until abou t half way. ‘The fourth and fifth er of

60 ON SOME AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY

septa are only rudimentary ; so that if we found this coral in its
young stage we should have no fourth cycle of septa, and no
primary and secondary costa. Thus the costa would alternate with
the septa. We see in this, probably, a proof that an extra cycle of
costa shows that a cycle of septa to correspond with them either
will appear or is aborted. It would be very interesting to learn
if there are tentacles in the animal to correspond with the extra

cle of costa, or organs of any kind that will account for the

which an imperfect knowledge of the plan of nature has rendere
apparently anomalous, and which may eventually lead to a more
sound system of classification than that at present adopted.

Class, Poryzoa. Order, Infundibulata. hag order, Cheilosto-
mata. Section, Inarticulata. Sub-se ion, Bi-multiserialia
Family, Gemellariade. Cells canna in pairs

The fossil which I am about to describe is close to Gemellaria,
— = cells are ae back to back, and all the pairs face
the sa ee But in this species the faces alternate in two

rine sere is of generic value, I propose the name 3 of Tetra-
plaria for the genus. A fossil similar to this has been included
in the genus Cellaria by A. E. iocene form of

SCHREIBERSI. C. Shree. raro — cellulis quadrifariis
ovatis aut semt-cylindraceis, plus minusve convexis, medio punctatis
_ a supera, immersa, late slleption poris duobus minimis later-
a .

The specimen figured by me differs from this in the cells ee
smooth and not punctate.

* This fossil coral has been described by me in the Proceedings of the
Adelaide Philosophical Society for this year, along with all the corals found
eo Professor Tate in the Aldinga beds.

Ps aay Fossile Polyparien des Wiener Tertiar Beckens. Vol. 2, p. 63, plate 8,

> Shp Sl

FOSSIL CORALS AND POLYZOA.

TETRAPLARIA, nov. gen.

P. with cylindrical smooth branches. Cells back to bae
Sachin oe the the opposite pairs of two sides alternating ati

‘the oth
TETRAPLARIA AUSTRALIS, nN. s.
P. with smooth slender —-! Cells elongately pyriform,
not punctate ; aperture nearly ov
uddy ‘reek, Western Victoria. '—The occurrence of a fossil
genus
cene or living representa-
tive, is another link in the chain of evidence which fixes the’ age
eds.

of these

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Fig. 1a. ea oe tg discus, ao a
1b. it li

oo ee oa
2a. ADEs atte Sinierwnak much enlarged.
2b itto calice

a 3a. Trochocyathus heterocotatns, enlarged
view, showi ing peculiar costa.

4a. Tetraplaria australis, pe terk
4b Ditto tan

Fig Sb

KE Teneson Woods Deis

MP Deagh eC? Luh. Pree S¢ Sydney
‘
Bt ope ‘
Hg le Vonthivaltia discus, (enlarged )

‘ ig sg Trematotrochus, Cahee
ae Ditto Calice ; Fig 5° Trochocyathus heterocostatus, | eularéed)
< 18.16 Ditto Base : Rg %> :
ig2e

Ditto end view showing mary poeta,
Trematotrochus fenestratus, (rm

63

Proposed Correction to the assumed Longitude of
the Sydney Observatory.
By Jonny Tressurr, F.R.A.S.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 5 June, 1878.)

vatory. Four methods may be mentioned for this determination,
namely, the Sc aiactiated of chronometers, observations of moon

culminations compared with corresponding ones at Gree awich,

nam

ee of moon-culminations. _ During the lniter part of

year 1859, the Rev W. Scott, the then Government
haiccaige: observed forty-eight orate transits of the moon

ich; wa s the value
in the Nautical aes ela the aincnisht Jahrbuch. During
the year 1860 fifty other meridian transits were observed, namely,
twenty-six of the first limb, and twenty-four of the second. ese
likewise, compared with the tabular positions in the WNaztical
Almanac, gave 10h. 5m. 6°84s. E. as the longitude. In the year
1 ix h

|
ta]
°
oe
7D
°
RB
fe)
pire
i
a)
=]
w
pat
wa
4.
E
°
a
{*
Bc
ic}
o
a
om
o
a
i]
o
oS
=e
5S
18 je}
jo)
oS
ta
=
oe
-—
i=)
i)
7

at the Cape of Good Hope and Greenwich Observatories.

appears from a discussion in the volume of ' es ‘8 dne = rrieriprermapneg

limb, and eight of the second, observed at Greenwich and Sydney
in 1859, the concltane s longitudes being respectively 10h. 4m.

é . 4m. . E. has als
transits of the first limb, and eleven of the second, observed at
both places in 1860, with the respective results—10h. 4m. 45° op .

a i .

64 PROPOSED CORRECTION TO THE ASSUMED

and 10h. 4m. 5005s. E. Combining the observations of the two
years, he got for the resulting longitude—10h. 4m. 45°39s. E.
from observations of the first limb, and 10h. 4m. 49°26s. E. from
observations of the second limb ; or, as the final result, 10h. 4m.

32s. E. is value differs only 1°58s. from the Rev. W. Scott’s,
before stated. The discussions by the Rev. W. Scott and Mr.
Stone, so far as I am aware of, are the only ones that have yet
appeared.* I believe, however, that the method o moon-culmi-
nations must yield in point of accuracy to that founded on lunar
occultations of stars. While the Greenwich corrections to the
moon’s tabular places in the meridian depend, of course, upon
observations made by thoroughly practised observers with the
great transit circle, whose telescope is an instrument of about 8
inches aperture and nearly 12 feet focal length, and a clock of
the highest class, the transits at Sydney were observed with a
telescope of only 3} inches aperture and 62 inches focal length,
with a clock of not first-rate quality. e determinations of
right ascension at Sydney cannot, therefore, compare in point of
accuracy with those made at Greenwich. What we want here,
therefore, are observations which are more nearly comparable in
precision with those made at Greenwich, and these, I believe, are
to be found in observations of lunar occultations of stars. An
occultation, it is well known, ean be observed within a fraction
of a second of time, and if the moon’s dise were a ect. cifcle,
and the tabular elements could only admit of being corrected at
Greenwich wit e same degree of accuracy, the resulting
longitude would be correct within a second of time. Professor

policy of the American Commission for the observation of t
transit of Venus to depend on occultations, rather than upon

* The principal portion of the i i iously to

f ; preceding r was written previously
the last meeting of the Astronomical Section 3 the Royal Society, henoe there
is no mention made of the result recently arrived at for longitude by the
resent Government Astronomer. At that meeti d by him
on numerous moon-culminations observed by himself in the years 1863
ibe 1872, 1873, and 1874. He gives for he : oie a ‘le 10h. 4m.
81s. a (see Herald, May 7th, 1878), which differs only 2°57
see ge the occultation observations. It must be remembered, however,
rap w moon-eulminations referred to have been observed by means of
old transit circle of 33 inches aperture. a

LONGITUDE OF THE SYDNEY ODSERVATORY. 65

thought it would be desirable to investigate the problem and lay
the results before our Socie ety. If the To ngitude of any point in
the Colony could only be accurately determined in this way, that
of any other point could readily be determined by exch: angen a
time signals with the electric telegraph. I thought at firs
include the observations ns ee eclipses in my" inv peli
but as these phenomena cannot be observed with the same
deere as an feckulte tion «% conxidwrsl it ailvisable to reject
em. Iam not aware if any occultations have been _systemati-
a observed at host During the period 1863-1877, however,
hay ded i observing one hundred and aay tne of
ndsor. By f

stars so observed have not yet been catalogued with sufficient
accuracy, and have been observed only at the dark limb during
the first semi-lunation. I have selected twelve stars for the
a ore of the longitude of my observ niet we ed previously
to se for which I am’ enabled t the Greenwich
hecotinnee the moon’s tabular aya They have all been

observed at the dark limb during the first semi-lunation. Their

cliff bourn )
considered fixed with almost absolute accuracy. For the compu-
tations I have adopted—33°36' 28°9" as the astronomical latitude of
my observatory. This value rests upon ninety-three prime vertical
observations with a transit instrument of 2:1 inches aperture an
20 inches focal length, of stars culminating within 39’ of the zenith,
whose positions have been determined in the Southern Obser-
vatories of Sydney, Melbourne, and Williamstown. Fifty-nine

plete observation. Re} eting only one observation for discordance,
I obtained the following results or each class of observations :—
Mean of 59 observations on a centre wire—33°36’ 288”
side wire ...—33°36’ 29:2”
The mean result, as "before "salad: Mery ak —33°36’ 28:9”

With the exception of the discordant observation before m
tioned to have been rejected, the extremes of the individual
results oe arse 20°9,”—33°36' 37-7”. It will therefore be seen
that any further c orrection to the latitude must be very small,
and not likely > emonat ls = affect the apy longitude.
Adopting now Bessel’s of the squares of earth’s
2

semni-axes, oF ee 9933254, : got 83°25’ 53:0” and sdeee
aa latitude and the log. earth-radius corre
tony ik dn

sponding
tory. With these constants, corrections of the moon’s
Hae gamete éncluded from observations at ese h, and an

ig

e

d

.

.

resulting corrections of the assume

“udaoog g |" og Lapy |

PROPOSED CORRECTION TO THE ASSUMED

the calculations and the

643 + +|¢6 —|P8 —|189 $I SIT| S8F st
9T-0T + +/80 +] 401— Le €9 | 641 68 “young | 2Z Arenagag
21-0l + +/3¢ —|84 —/|68l 42 IT) 626 19 WIw;Vsug 2 gaa
Ot —|%e—|o4 —|96S ST 89 | 628 AT Busy YY pot ady
OST + +|Fo —|08 —(/¢-8e LF 66 |. 188 9T taunby 4 log sane
re68 + +/80 +| 81 — 6 99 89 | F-IL 82 mney, 5 Tr Aawnsqog
Ss + +/60 +/ 31 — ae 14 | GLb 8 ‘“wouey 9 | pz ireaseale
r9-1L + +) %0 +/ 0 G8L OF I8 | FIP O08 TS HOD 2 ike éronagog
29.91 + + | 0-0 LT S4I G6 TL | L6F ¥9 NB, we fee Bee OS
F0-0T + +|40 —|60 —| 2 ce 78 | 619 SF mnpsty | yz deunagog
84-61 + +)92 +|/e8 —|86s e¢ 401) G£s & 1ozg eT fag Fe
“9 + + | 0.0 90 —|8-9F O08 I4 | 0.99 98 SOFT OV. |" st tudy
8 “u P Oe “u ’ ‘OS8T
ree aq'aN| vu d‘d‘N vu .
‘opngy SS :
wonauso9 babi Sed ~ ‘rig jo vovyg ‘ddy pojdopy —s ™ | e204 pe

0} sUOTOaLIOD

assumed longitude of 10h. 8m. 15-7s. E.,I have discussed the twelve

occultations.
longitude :—

in

eames er ee

LONGITUDE OF THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY. 67

The value S—e in the eighth column of the table is the difference
between the calculated apparent semi-diameter (S) of the moon
and the caleu rane = comm distance (c) of the star from the
moon's centre for the Observatory mean solar time of disappear-

10h. 38m. 23°34s.
It may also be well to state that the observation of the dis-
pearance of y Aquarii on November 30, 1870, was
It wi

for longitude is 10h. 3m. 21°58s. E., which agrees pretty well
with that derived from the occultations. In May, 1865, a number
of signals by electric telegraph were ren a between the late

myself, in order to det the difference of
longitude between Sydney and Wind sor. “The result of this
exchang ignals was that my observatory was lm. 30°04s.
west of that of Sydney. No regard, however, was paid to per-
sonal equation in this determination. If now we add this quan-
tity to the corrected longitude of my observatory, as given in
this paper, we have 10h. 4m. 53°38s. E. as the longitude of the
Sydney Observatory. This value is Fm by 7° ‘64s. than that
determined by the Rev. Mr. Scott from moon-culminations at

g
oe
®

meri rv.
made at all the principal observatories roe se the semi-lunations
in which the occultations have occurred.

68 PROPOSED CORRECTION TO THE ASSUMED

In the meantime, I must express it as my opinion that the
longitude of the Sydney Observatory, as given by Messrs. Scott
and Stone, really requires a considerable positive correction.
Before many years elapse, telegraphic communication will pro-
bably be so well established that we shall by that means be
enabled to accomplish the accurate solution of the problem, just
as in the case of Washington, whose longitude from Greenwich
has been determined satisfactorily in this way within a second of

im

the paper to the Council in time for their meeting on the 29th
instant, in order to its approval for the General Meeting on the
5th proximo.

Windsor, May 25th, 1878.

The following supplementary paper, on the same subject, was
forwarded by Mr. Tebbutt, and read at the meeting of the
Astronomical Section of the Society, held on June 13th :—

On the 5th instant I read before the general monthly meeting of
the Royal Society a paper on a correction to the assumed longi-
tude of the Sydney Observatory, deduced from observations of
lunar occultations of stars, made at my observatory, Windsor, in
the years 1866-68-69-70-73-74. In that paper twelve occultations
of well-determined stars were discussed, two of which were
unfavourable for longitude results. One of these in particular
was rejected, as having occurred near the moon’s northern limb,
and the resulting longitude of my observatory was made to
pe on the eleven remaining occultations. This value 13
10h. 8m. 23°34s. E. of Greenwich; and to it was added 1m. 30°04s.,
the difference of longitude between the Sydney Observatory and:
mine, as determined from telegraphic signals in May, 1869,
giving 10h. 4m. 53°38s. E. as the concluded longitude of the

rmer from Greenwich. Having reason to suspect that the
telegraphic difference of longitude just stated was considerably
too great, I requested the co-operation of Mr. Kussell in a new

ee

Fe ee a oe

LONGITUDE OF THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY. 69

been made, and it fully confirms the suspicions which I had
entertained respecting the old value. ‘ok following are the
results from the recent exchange of signals :

Mean os bags four signals sent from

Sydney to Windsor 1m. 28°77s.

Ditto of. forty sie Windsor to Sydney... Im. 2888s.
Mean of a 1m. 28°83s.

If now we reject both the ents deceives referre

aper, and assign sit weights to the remaining =i
results, we get ‘the fo llowing
Assumed longitude of my tcl 10h. 3m. 15°70s.
Correction from the ten occultati : + 684s.
Longitude of the eames Observatory
east of m ine + 1m. 2883s.

ser ame Eee oer a of the Piet
Observatory “10h. 4m. 5137s.

This value exceeds by 0°56s. that obtained by Mr. Rus
from moon-culminations observed by himself during the vent
1863-71-72-73-74.

I trust, before the close of the present session of the Royal
Societ , to be in a position i. nei ae i estion more com-

brought before the Astronomical Section of the Society, and
regarded in the light of an appendix to my paper already
erred to.

il ll Rte

ee

ee ee ae

71

On the Meteorology of the Coast of New South
Wales during the Winter Months, with the
desirability of issuing cautionary storm warnings,
-by telegrams to the various ports, from the Obser-
vatory.

By Marsyatt Suiru, Master of the ship “T. L. Hall.”

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 3 July, 1878. |

THE periodical return of bad weather, of a most treacherous
character, during our winter months—notably July, our worst

have generally caused more or less loss “of life and propert at
"aus

‘compiling meteorological “data, whethe

preceded i certain atmospherical doniitians site heccactek
act

The er’s experience during six years as a shipmaster on
this sth “lead im to believe “that the normal state of the

neing in a northern quarter, veering with ol sun’s course
ecneh west and sorith- arent, will blow hard for a time from the
- l

area of | ressure comes up rom the westwar e baro-
metrical eaititions are, as we might expect, steep sradients on
ou ; the lower readings being at our southern stations, the

steepness of idle between Neweastle and Eden, as a rule,
denoting the — or ne of the coming gale. While the
above conditions in force, we have a continuance of com
paratively fine ‘centre for tase cyclonic winds bring very little
rain with them, the clouds having probably parted with their
ur in assing over the high lands of the Australian continent.
But nearly every winter we have a gale of an opposite character,
namely, bad weather of an anti-cyclonic character, which comes
ei. our shoah from the eastward, bringing with it fierce gales,
eavy breaking sea, and a deluge of rain. These gales generally
commence at some point between north-east and south-east, and
they back against = sun’s course more or less during the con-
tinuance of the. gale.

~

72 METEOROLOGY OF THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES

In Knage’s Almanac we find that in July, 1866, the steamer
“Cawarra” foundered, drowning all her crew save one, and
fourteen coasters foundered or were driven on shore ; and, again,
in 1867, eight or nine more coasters followed. In July, 1876,
the barques “ Union,” “ Moneynick,” and “Ann,” with the whole
of their respective crews, were lost, with several coasters ; and in
July, 1877, the “ Yarra Yarra” foundered with the whole of her

the higher, and from observations of the barometer readings as

of July last year, during which the “ Yarra Yarra” foundered, the
writer found that the barometer readings as given in the weather
chart for Neweastle and Eden were as follows :—

New- HAon Received in Published
castle, * Observatory. in chart.
Wednesday, July 11......... 30°43 30°56 July 11 July 12
Thursday, AAR © Bpeietapeas 30°38 30°50 July 12 July 13
Friday, July 13..............: 3026 3036 July 13 July 14
Saturday, July 14............ 30°10 30°30 July 14 uly 16

From the above readings it may be seen that the readings had
been very high at the coast stations for some time preceding the

in Neweastle, for had there been, the “Yarra Yarra” would
robably have remained in port, and thus ayoided her bad end.
e inferences which the writer wishes to draw and place before
the members of this Society for their free discussion (believing
that by doing so he is best serving the cause of his fellow sailors)
are :—I. That the normal state of the barometer during the winter
months on the coast of New South Wales is low readings with
steep ents, the lowest readings being at the southern stations,
with westerly winds of a cyclonic character and comparatively
fine weather. 2. That when these barometrical conditions cease

from the Observatory that morning, or at least none was recei
”?

SIRE SAE” SSRETENNGE TOBIN / TE i a ME Pe

DURING THE WINTER MONTHS. 73

to exist, and that instead of a set of low readings we find tha
as in J uly, 1876 and 1877—the readings getting | high at our pe
stations, and the gradients beginning to stee n the reverse
order, I think we may fairly infer that an atnompherical diutuabanss
of an anti-cyclonic character is lagi our coast, which may
or may not reach our shores. If the last inference is true (as
the writer believes it is, and fo believes that it is only by the
careful study of meteorological data that this can be determined),
but if it should be found to be so, then surely it would become
our duty to urge upon the cing ernment of New South Wales the
necessity of issuing from the Observatory by telegraph to the
various outports bad weather forecasts, when cautionary storm-
rnings could be hoisted, and old and ill-found vessels would
remain in t until the storm had passed over, or the atmo-
spherical disturbance had passed away.

It may be said that the writer only gives the }
preceding two gales, viz., those o f July, 1876 and 1877, to co
stantiate this theory, a nd that this | is not sufficient. In reply he
can only say that they are the only ones ; that he has been able (by
being on the spot at the time) to look carefully. over the weather
reports, during the gale of July, 1876, he was in Newcastle, and
in July, 1 , he e was off Wollongong, when the gale commenced,

und to eran e.

In conctusion, the writer would like to place before your
notice the good that oe been done on the coasts of Great Britain
by the issuing of these storm warnings by the Meteorological
Society, and the large percentage of successful warnings issued

them ; and hopes that, by the careful study of data which
ossess, We may Pic A some knowledge of fixed laws
concerning these heavy storms which sweep upon our coast
nearly every winter, and that warnings may be sent out, and the
ives of our seamen be spared in the future ; and as one of the

logs of the vessels who may arrive mre these gales are over, an
most Spoons those vessels which may be en route to New South
Wales from New Zealand ports, st so perhaps obtain information
of their pee; shape, and their progressive movement.

Discussion.
Mr. C. Srvarr said: I consider that this is one of the most
reliable papers upon this subject, or perhaps the only one we have
ad during this year. It shows the great value that nautical
gentlemen set upon the observations from the Observatory. Al-
though the writer is not a member of the Society, he hoped the
a would be considered of sufficient importance and suflic gan
written to be printed in our volumes at the end of the y
it is Sasi aith I will move — the paper be ae

74 METEOROLOGY OF THE COAST-OF NEW SOUTH WALES

gradients, and coming in the reverse order.* These storms
interested him. Would Mr. Russell tell them if he had noticed
the state of the atmosphere before these fierce south-east storms
came on. He had generally been able to tell from the barometer
and the state of the skin when they were coming on.

do not understand i The writer of the paper really raises a
wide question as to the character of the atmospheric disturbances
on our coas In England they have clearly made out the

h
trace out the cyclonic storms, you want daily observations by
telegram from a large number of stations, and since I have

estward, a
south, the barometer indicating the approach of the southerly
wind by a steady rise. As the polar wind comes in the los

refer to the daily weather map you will see that these
gradients frequently exist, but until they rise to 6 or 7 they
are not dangerous ; that is until the difference of barometers

Sy

| si le aul tl i a ei a ie:

DURING THE WINTER MONTHS. 75

for every 60 miles is 0°06 or 0:07; but here we seldom
have anything of the sort. In the “ Dandenong” storm
there was a gradient, but there was nothing like circular
motion in = Re Pane in sion the south-west coast, followed up

t, cd

the Murr the mountains to Bathurst, and reache
Sydney by th santiel see of =p atmosphere. able to

could not have been a cyclone. It is very revident to me that the
bulk of our south-westerly storms come on in that wa

more important question which Mr. Smith raises is that of the
easterly gales; and here I confess myself at a loss. I have
Nadiad thers closely for an twenty years, and I am bet oe
say that there is no satisfactory warning of them. I know

there is a certain sensation felt before these gales.

intense dampness of the atmosphere; but this often occurred
and no gale followed. Within the last twelve months I have
obtained some scraps of information which | show that sometimes
the south-east gale not “blow home,” as the sailors say.
That is to say, a heavy sea could be seen off the coast, but it did
not come right in, and while a aieenuiily Lom was blowing

d out at sea, the wind here was west. The cause which on,
in the south easterly gale was sichibhy seiawdcaaace? press
the interior of the country ; or probably e demand of the

wind So
times the iistioris report a foie seaon Aseveik though thewind i =
light; but I know from the telegrams that the south-eas
gale i is fagotto: jad lt at the time. If such south-east wide

I expect to get a good deal more information from the dail
weather study about the gradients than I have hitherto obtained.
We seldom or never get a gradient here that represents a south-
east gale. It is found in England that if a moderate ient
continues in one direction for some days, the wind blows in that
direction with considerable force—more so than if the ge i
had existed for only a short time. I think the number o

of wind of at all a serious character on this coast are tea com-
pared with ree _ prevail in New Zealand or the M
Country. (Applause.

~

# *

Seailake Suet akon

Storms on the Coast of New South Wales.
By H. C. Russext, B.A., F.R.A.S., Government Astronomer.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W.,'7 August, 1878.]

the Ww
Wales. Before doing so, eens I ainai like to say a os w
words about some of the terms used in describing storms, ea
the sense in which re shall use them —— And first, what is

miles apart: thus a ee nt of 6 means that in 60 miles the
pressure changes 0-06 in.; on the continent of E aS gradients
are sare ip in eailimatiee diistoal of hundr ithe of an inch,
HR Lani e term is used here the Eng lish gradient is that
a Now the experien ae e amounts to this:
hy the force of wind Ned not exceed a fresh breeze, or 30 miles

‘for the bulk of the air to be set in wiotion'’ is so great t
requires time to respond to small forces, and gradients frequent

‘
78 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

exist between two places sufficient to produce gales, but before
the air can be set in motion the wave of pressure passes on and
removes the tendency to motion; and itis difficult in the ordiary
atmospheric waves which pass over us to make allowances for this
fact. At times when the wave is coming from the south a fresh
breeze comes with it, but more frequently it passes with no
appreciable effect upon our winds. Another difficulty is to esti-
mate the effect of changing pressure at two stations, because it is
impossible to tell how far the changes are going; a good illustra-
tion of this will be found in the “ Dandenong” gale, of which more

ere and rising to south, a gale was inevitable, and warning
might have been given had a system for such warnings been mM
been anticipated ; the change in pressure was so rapid that the
effect was like an impulse that doubled the velocity of the wind
suddenly. ~
_ Another term which requires defining before I make use of it,
is cyclone. By it I simply mean currents of wind moving ma
generally circular direction, and whirlwind would bea better
term, were it not that we generally confine it to cyclones of such

8.

small dimension

Two other words I should like to define, and then pass on to
our subject: they are tropical and polar. By tropical currents
or winds, I understand warm winds coming from any direction

comes to a higher latitude
tendency is so much greater than the earth’s surface motion

west and north, or from south-east. But the tropical wind being
“by far the more abundant of the two, when meeting the po
wind generally deflects it, by the friction it exerts at the place of
meeting, from its true course, and makes a south wind of it, an

qual, veering to north as the tropical
‘as the polar element increases, and

=

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 79

of miles east a west of us. Yow, if from an extra heating at
the equator, more than the usual oe of wind is sent south,
shan is to rasa ) it at the meeting? Generally it finds vent
a strong west wind. Sometimes it drives back the polar
haste till the seh of Australia is in the tropical current and
north-west winds are reported from the whole of south-east Aus-
wear at Sydney by far the greater part of our time is spent in
is dry (more or less) cloudless wind. But when the. tropical
wand loses titer the polar wind takes its place, and we
adu

have south-west winds veering gradually to sou uth- ate as ‘dey
gain power, and I have known the south-east win lo er
8 for several weeks. Now one circumstance which assists

the incoming polar winds is the aie of the country. A moun-
tain chain stretching n orth and south, and rising to some 3,000
feet, obliges the ng asimertoe “i to rise to that extent, ae 80
leave along our coast-line a way prepared for the incoming
tists wind, which comes rushing along our coast under the
north-west wind and makes the plane of meeting of the two
winds inclined to the surface, and in this meeting ground we have
the most favourable conditions for the establishment of small
¢c create vais some hill or other local cause frequently starts
m into exi e

Tumi ng now to consider the ordinary winds,

‘Thave elsewhere (“Climate of New South Wales’ oo =
indicated the normal course of our winds, but with your per
sion I should like here to state again the general laws, aaa
it is in the disturbance of these that we find our storms.

In summer our fine weather winds consist of the north-easterly
by day (an indraft to the heated interior) and the light westerly
off land winds at night, while over our —: is steadily blowing
the north-west (that i is, from N.W.) return trade wind, as ma

by any upper clouds. The <aen of the local win

in bak Leeathoss is is someti imes for weeks. it will
be admitted that an upper current such as I have indicated, and

nasal feng a from the loss of air shin 8
partly from the greater amount of warm air air which is pete

‘Should the causes continue, the warm wind comes down to the

80 “STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTIL WALES.

weather returns. If, however, the sun maintains its demand at
the equator these inrushes of polar wind are frequent, and the
regularity of the north-easters is disturbed.

Sydney. The one to which I refer was on the 27th November,
1877. That morning was very warm at Sydney ; the
temperature in the shade rose to 84°0, and the sun thermometer
in black box showing the sun’s heating power rose to 195°5. The
barometer was falling and weather very hazy, showing the presence
of the tropical hot wind nearer than usual, and afresh sea breeze
came in. e shade temperature inland was very great.

Bourke it rose to 113°. In Victoria and Adelaide a fresh 8. to
8.W. wind without any sea was blowing by9a.m. Such were the

the storm clouds could be seen in the west from Sydney, and at
; While

5 p.m. a deluge of hail and rain broke over the city.
‘flash and ate and found that one of the flashes seen nearly
nds

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 81

wee the clouds. Other flashes were observed, not perpendi-
r, 10 seconds, 12 seconds, and so The stor wr iprege ust
iesioxe have had an altitude of at eer 9,000 fee

Now, taking the interval between the time at whi oe the first
streak of sky was seen in the west, and the time at which the
end of the storm cloud passed over ‘Byailey with an altitude of
9,000 feet, as shown, ound the storm was moving at
least 50 miles per hour gna taking the time of its passing
Grenfell bo ey dis) velocity is found to be 68 sail per
hour. w these storm clouds must have been more than
200 00 miles i in diameter, for when the storm was breaking over
Grenfell at 5 p.m, 170 miles west, they obscured the sky at
Sydney. But the most remarkable fact about this storm is its
effect ete ae barometer. At 6 o’clock, when aed eae eta

be heard coming, the barometer sudde enly began rise,
20 minutes bad risen 0°12 inch; and it is Socisiniia that i in ite
middle of this rise it fell rapidly for 3 minutes and then began to
rise again. (See copy of barograph sheet attached.) At 9°20,
when the storm passed, an equally sudden fall set in for 20
s, and again a check came in the middle, and the baro-

rate of translation of the storm equal to 250 miles. Now, large
as this will appear, I believe we have here a species of eyclone
moving rapid] eshte the upper grag aiy with such force
(68 miles per hour) that it increases the pressure in front of it,
and causes a partial vacuum in its rear. fin y calculation
t such:a mass of clouds ee through the air at the

maintain its form. There ¢ , 1 think, be no pe about the
velocity of its fianaiation: ca the explanation I have —
the increase of pressure in front and the loss of it in
seems the most probable. It may be remarked that sucha yan
passing over us should disturb the surface air, and such was not

82 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

the fact, but it passed over so — that there would not be
time to get the heavier air in motion below it, impeded as such an
effect would be by surface friction. And further, in proof

siderable size were in sight, and they pinicakad the appearance
of a mass of cumulus onda; "Tolied up, the sides being shaped

great meteor stream on 13th and ith of that sone

We have still another form of summer storm which is common
enough in its milder forms, and at times rises to the danger pitch,
but as ~ will be impossib bhe besgien the — of this paper to give
many examples, I must select or two that are typical and
leave is rls imagination or spear ate that are of less con-
sequence to us in tracing the causes of our storms.

This form is the summer easterly — commonly known as

the black north-easter; that is, a strong N.E. wind, that blows

roe : bec
direction is generally inclined to the coast ; so that a vessel can

beet a off, ae the winter easterly blows from E. to 8.E., fair on
he coas
But to os to the selected example. On the 17th ae
1873, ae barometer at 30°01, weather very fine and
12 v ;

breeze ter very é
barometer 29°98, hot and cloudy, N.E. rena ; 20th, barometer

STORMS ON THE COASF OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 83

29°90, fine, hot, N.E. breeze, thunderstorm in afternoon ; 21st,
barometer 29°9, very aig S.8.E. and E.N.E. a steady rain
in the afternoon on 22nd, barometer 29°72 9 9°

3 p.m., sea breeze E.N.E., par lly ene rain in the after-
noon, and win a ye south at night ; 3rd, barometer 29°74,
cloudy day and thunderstorm at aighk "N. ow, so far, we have just
a week of ordinary summer weather, except that the barometer
had fallen; the southerly wind and rising barometer on 22nd
seemed to betoken return of fine weather, but without any other
warning a fresh N.E. wind sprang up in the night and by 9 a.m

of 24th was blowing 20 miles an hour and increased to 26 miles
per hour during the day, w ith showers and dropping rain; baro-
meter rose to 29: 83, wind blowing haa, all the evening ; and ju st
after midnight of 24th, with no change in velocity and scarcely
any in direction of wind only from E. N-E.toB.S.E,,a perfect deluge
of rain set in and the amount by 9 a.m. of 25 Sth was 8° 90, the
greatest ever Leg in Sydney for one day; and the ‘total
number of 1 of wind for the day was 494; after 9 a.m. of
25th the rain pint a eee but the wind increased phe rose to
36 miles an hour, and the strongest gust rose to 83 miles, after-

noteworthy change in the barometer. Such isa ss summer
N.E. storm ; and one feels disposed to say whenee came it, and
whither did it go? for instruments yong one scathing. In this
instance we have the storm with a low and rising barometer, and
only a few weeks before we have a less severe but similar storm
(21st November, 1872), with barometer at 30°04 and falling.
Many of these storms clear up by change round to 7 es

and others by change to south, so that ‘there seems to be no rule
which ene ate to find their source. The attached observations

uth Wales show weather a1 changes simi
to those ‘i Medare but on turning to see the weather upon the
the south coast, some light is thrown upon the cause, for at Mel-
bourne a strong S.E. to .'S. wind was blo owing ; and tr find hi
examining a number of such storms, tl strong
8.E. to S. wind is blowing in Melbourne. Now this isa significa
fact, for it points unmistakably to the cause of our N.E. ‘gale,
viz., ‘the heated interior of Australia, which, by the up-current
which it establishes draws in the wind on the south ee east coasts.
I have looked for observations in the centre ia to
confirm this view, but unfortunately I find ak few. Colonel
’ expl

December, 1872, to April, ~ and he says, deve o or no

ed near Alic
Springs or as near the centre of Australia as possible, from
= Va trageers :
aaa that time, and th the took

84 STORMS ON IME COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

show that the weather was very hot all the time, but hottest in
ebruary ; unfortunately he does not give the daily readings or
a heat wave aoe have been tr. aced. Bes Bourke we find a
imilar acco t of the we ather, viz., very hot in February,
ebpaeially froin “6th to 2ond. Such seatinee as 106-109°, &e., in
the shade, point to a sun power quite enough to require a good
deal of wind from the south and east coasts to make up for the
up-current it would set in motion.

Weather at Country Stations from 19th to 26th February,
1873 :—

Thargomindah ...19th, barometer falling till 24th, fell 0°40, gradual
rise til of month.

en
Armidale......... Barometer very steady; wind E.; raining on 22nd
and 24th; 3 inches recorded in the two pik
Bourke Weather very hot during February ; on 1

6th

maximum shade 109° ; 17th, 94°; 18th, 95° 9th,
106°; 20th, 100°; 21st, 91°.

Port Macquarie Wind W., ma round to N.E. on 24th and

25th ; thick rainy chao after 19th, with

fresh thunderstorms and a great deal of light-

ning.
Cassilis © ...025''s. Beary thunderstorms; violent'S.W. gale on 28th.
Scone ..... ...... Very hot and oppressive, winds S.

Muswellbrook... Heavy thunderstorms with rain tba 20th till
end of month; winds N.N.E. and N.E.
West Maitland Fine till 21st, dull till oath, raining rest of
month; fresh E. winds.
Newcastle ...... Batometer steady, slight fall (0°30) till 23rd, then
rose 0°10; fresh N.E. winds; raining after 22nd,
stormy on 25th.
Orange ......... E. winds ; heavy thunderstoms and rain.
Bathurst Barometer fell gradually about 0°30 until 24th,
then rose a little; fine weather; stormy on 25th;
wh oe N.E. on 19th, S.E. on 25th, calm on other

Kurrajong ...... Heavy thunderstorms and rain ; wind N.E.
Mount Victoria Barometer, » Shh fall till 22nd, ‘then rose again ;
o ti t .heavy weather till end of month ;
an . winds.
Woodford ...... ieee slight fall (0°30) till ast Page 0
Be end of month ; wind on ue
ning days

Parramatta ... Shaseoeteline with very heary 7 rain.

STORMS ON THE COAST F NEW SOOUTH WALES. 85

Weather at Country Stations—continued.

Liverpool ...... Barometer fell 0:25 till 23rd, then went back
again; wind W. till 21st, then E.; thunder-
storms and very heavy rains; 10 in. in two
days, viz., 25th and 2 6th.

Wentworth...... Fresh 8.W. winds; fine till 25th; stormy on
26th and till end of month.

Moss Vale ...... Thunder and oe “sions heavy rains; 7 inches
in one day (26th).

Goulburn ...... Rela! fell about 0°30 till 23rd, then rose
again ; wind variable; thick rainy weather

OUTRER foisi ea; Thu nderstorms on 20th and 23rd, 12°57 inghiss
recorded on 26th.

Cape George... Barometer fell 0°30 between 19th and 22nd, and
se 0°25 between 22nd and 25th; N.E. wind

prevalent ; heavy rains and thunderstorms.

Lake George ...Barometer fell 0°30 till 23rd, then — again,

ind variable ; heavy rains and thunderstorms.

Deniliquin ...... Baro meter filling 0°20 till 24th, rose again gener
end of month ; ‘prevailing wind, S.E. ; thunder-
storms and squally after 3 p.m., 22nd.

Kiandra Barometer fell about 0°20 till 23rd, rose _—
gradually ; E.S.E. and S.E. winds ; ; heavy st
after the SS foots of 19t

Pg Semen Barometer fell about 0. 20 between 19th and
24th, then rose gradually ; fine until 8 p.m., o8ed ;
storms and rain rest of month.

Ec See Oe Winds E. ; thunderstorms on 21st ; rain till end
of month.

seers *....Barometer fell 0.22 between 19th and 23rd, and

rose 0.20 between 23rd and 26th; wind S.W.

on 20th, 21st, and 22nd, and E. on 24th, 25th,

and 26th; dull 19th and 20th; thunderstorm

from S.W. on 21st; heavy rains till end of
‘month.

Melbourne....... Barometer 29°674 on Feb. 23rd, then rose to

29-804, and fell again on 26th, strong S.E. gale ;
22nd to 26th inclusive, weather squally with rain.
Turning our attention now to the south-east storms in winter,

which, from a commercial point of view, are ne most important, —

because of their destructiveness, we remark that—

The general characteristics of a south-east storm are,—high
barometer, great humidity, and rain ; strong steady gale of wind
from some point between S. and E, and very heavy sea, which

86 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

generally precedes the storm; they seldom last over three days,

n the majority of cases the dangerous part of the storm does
not last two days. The velocity of the wind seldom exceeds 40
miles an hour ; but the down-pour of rain seems to add force
to the wind, and makes hae air so thick that it is ae leaie to

blows. The most terribl cks on o ast haye been in these
oe and they are limited (almost) hs the months of June and
ag’ be

Erroneous opinions as to the cause of them, and the indiea-
tions which mark their approach, have frequently been publish
and I must confess that it is only a recent investigation ‘inti
records of the Observatory which has made clear to my own
mind what place we are to assign to our south- east storms. if,
i

meeting of these two great wind currents, you will have no diffi-
culty now in following out the history of a S.E.

For this purpose, I have taken the anemometer a other self-
registered results in the atin. and I find that since 1870
we have the following faets :

During 1871 the igi te winds were very strong in the
winter, and twice — — heavy gales om west, running up
the daily number of miles to upwards of 570, took place, an we
had no easterly gale.

In 1872 the winter was marked by still stronger westerly
winds, which twice in June reached over 500, and in July reached
592 and 759 on s eparate days. These figures represent very
heavy westerly gales, and we had no easterly gal

In 1873 we find a very marked falling off in an force of the
westerly wands; and in June, from Ast a o 19th, we had an

el to the fables will give fuller details. hod in July
this year, another moderate S.E. gale broke on the co

bringing abundant rains. In this one as in the one that

east in Soae wind had Line tween W.S.W. and 8.,

suddenly, about noon on a i. ir tab §.B. and im-

in force; on the 25th it blew said with heavy rain

aid Sting ats and soe 20h was lerng up. Here again we

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 87

have a high barometer, 30200 on 28rd; but after falling to
30°176 on 24th, it rose steadily till the gale was over.
humidity was very high—100 on ae 99°3 on 24th, 97°7 on 25th,
and then suddenly down to 67:0 on 26th.

In 1874 westerly ope were very died in the winter, oe
up the miles from 400 to 619 per day; and again we had n
easterly gale.

]

very light, Sersili the of June a little east ws gale—
if I may panes myse oa: in wif arometer, on 5th,
30°196, falliie ra on 6th and following days. Humidity
87°7, and rain very heavy; on 5th, 92; on 6th weather clearing
at night ; the sen of wind on Sth, 598 ; and on 6th, 524. Later
in the winter the westerly winds gained force up “a 500 and 659
miles per day, and we had no return of easterly gal

In 1876 the westerly winds were strong only twice, the first
time on June 16-17, and the second time, July 27— 28-29 ; and
during this winter 8. 'B. winds blew home to the coast many y times,
and twice were remarkable, the first in June 25, 26, and 27, for
the very heavy rain and high barometer 30-480, and the second
on July “Hh to 16th for the small amount of rain which fell, the
barometer at its beginning stood at 30°153, rose to 30°295 on 15th,
and a fell el as the wind backed to west, where the

storm p

187 , In June this _ prone —, were ripe , the daily
ae of miles being several times {over an one =

aW vy
barometer 307112 and falling, and fess 7 and 8 p. m. the wind
changed from 8. W. to E.S E. and began to blow fresh, increasing
rapidly to 40 miles an hour with heavy rain; as the change in
wind took place, there was thunder and lightning to S. and S.W. ;
on 15th barometer 30°00, blowing hard, very heavy rain with |
thunder and hail at half an hour after noon; at 6 p.m. on the
15th, the wind was blowing 46 miles per hour ; but fou: that.
time it fie off and the wind backed to 8S. W. At Neweastle this.
gale was very severe, and the “ Yarra Yarra” was lost there on
the Lbth (Sunday).

In 1878 you can all remember we have had unusually stron

88

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

Readings of instruments and anemometer records of these S.E.
storms are given in the Scitiaie tables :

aa 1 - g tal ohservations during . E. gales.
Rain for
Baro- | Tem- | Hu- Remarks.
Year.) Day. | meter. |perature.| midity. Lane ng
1873. | June 12 30-080 “0 99°3 0-972
13 ..| 30°158 57:3 83°3 0°120
14. 30°214 54°0 88°7 0°000
15 ..| 30°185 56°8 96°0 0°520
16 ..| 30°150 63°8 94°3 1°650
17 ..| 30°068 65°83 96°3 0°339
18 ..| 29°969 66°8 94°3 0-021
19 ..| 29°689 6771 89°3 0-021
20 ..| 29°819 58° 64°7 0-080
ps as ing. 53 710 0°000
Painted walls very pr water er running down them 1th, 18th, 15th, and 16th; lightning
and E.S.E. at 7°50 p.m. on "20th.
1873. ] July 19 .. fe 1i7 51° 87°3 049 +) Raining.
20 ..| 30°199 §2°1 97°0 1°570 s
ZL....} 80-838 §2°2 83°7 1870 ae
22 ..| 30°276 610 99°3 0°420 ¥s
23 ..| 30°200 50°9 100°0 1317 Pe
24 ..| 30°176| 52-4 99 1-085 as
25 ..|. 30°223 53°3 97-7 2°267 ‘“ and hail.
26 ..| 30°291 53°2 67°0 2111 | Cl
27 ...| 0-228 52°4 91 Fine.
Falling.
1875.| June 3 ..} 30°055 57°5 86°7 0181 | Fine.
4 ..| 30°220 572 95:0 0°000 | Heavy clouds to south
5 ..| 30196} 57:2 87°7 | 0°446 ing, stormy
6 ..| 30°059| 59°3 92°0 | 2395 | Raining, cleared about midnight.
7 ..| 20°952 57°5 80°3 1°765 | Fine.
&: 78 0°000 Pa
1876. | June 24 ..| 30°393 4 80°7 000 udy cold.
25 ..) 30°430 61°2 100-0 0286 | Heavy rain
26 ..| 30°313 540 98-0 1°725 | Raining all day.
27 ..| 29°927 598 953 “028 ining.
28 ..| 29°971 54°3 713 0-214
July 12 ..| 30-068 52°5 767 0
13 ..| 30°154 52°3 92°3 0-010 | Cloudy, cold rain.
14 ..| 30°261 53°9 71 1°675
15 ..| 30°205 57-7 73 0-000 ”
17 | soem | cea | od | oom | Raifing.
és y 0°600
18...) 29°971| 569 | se7 | 0-495 a
19 ..| 30227] 547 | 80°7 | 0-660 | Clearing.
20 ..| 30079 53°7 723 0076 | Fine.
1877.| July 11...) 30-453] 520 | 94-7 —
12 ..) 30-418 617 99°0 1-088
13 ..| 30271 63°8 98°3 0°875
, 14..| 30112] 6546 O4 1°538 lightning 8.W. 8 88 p.m.
: ; ; 8. 8°
15 ..| 30°001| 55°3 | 1000 | 8-109 rsy oh s., and hail
om at 12°30 p.
= 29°889 — 92°3

EXTracts FROM THE SELPREGISTERING ANEMoMETER.
Direction of Wind, and Velocity (in Italic figures), at each hour.

June, | 1873

e 8

July, 1873
R

ia

8

June, 1875
Qa nT >

Lon ett,

June, 1876
SS

emiaare

ee g

A,

July, 1876

—
a

a 0 Sn Bs8ugog oat Bag

a
38] 22s

pm pm pm pm * Pp pm pm pm am am am am am am am am
w | sw | Sw | wsw! w Ww Ww | Ww | ssw | ssw 8 s s SSE | SSW
Baw weit = "7 A ? 6 h 6 * 42-9 h 17 17 20 uu 26 «| 195
ENE | ESE E E E "Bs ee E | E E E E E E
ESE i ;
ec} | |S th |_10 15 15 | 18 | 15 | 18 | 18 | 18 20 | 16 18 20 | 390
= ENE | ENE | ENE | ENE | ENE | ENE | ENE | E ENE | ENE | ENE | NE | ENE | ENE
ae) ee ne | is 2%, 18 23 20 20 26 21 2h 2 19 23° | 539
—« |
NE | NE E NE NE | ENE | ENE | NE ‘E | ENE | ENE | NE | NE | NE
a) ee eee ee ae | a oe te el ae le | ee
27 24 2h eae
res NE.| NE NE NE NE NE NE NE | NNE | NNE | NNE| NE NE NE:
NNE | NE | MS 20 | 2 | 18 ee ee | 18 3 | th 7 | — 406
17 16 15
WNW/} W | wNw|WNW|wWwsw/] w | wswiwsw!| w |wswiwsw | ws |wsw
aw ae oe eS ee | il | 12 | 1 | 10 | 23 | 27 | 32 | 23 | mh | 295
Ee |
8 s Sw | WSW | wsw/| Ww | Wsw/| w Ww 8 SSE SE | ssw | SSW s
8 8 3 (eee, 3 5 3 2 5 9 6 8 | Ibs
6 ae 8 s ESE | SE SE SE | ssE | SSW | ssw | SSW | ssw | SE 8 SSE
SSE | SSE ae 3 10 11 16 17 12 10 11 9 9 9 11 | 248
9 10 E | SE SE | SE SE | ESE | SE | SE SE E SE | SE SE | 8
wir shel em wee 11 olf 16 23 | 28 25 23 0 | 8 27 23 | 35
E | SSE 8 8 SE WNW | WNW wiow SSE
SSE | SSE | SSE | SSE ~ ;
“ - " B rf 17 9 7 7 6 8 8
~ ssw SSw | ssw | ssw | ssw | SSW | ssw | SSW | ssw | ESE | ESE | ESE | ESE w
8 8. ; 1 2 1 3 1 0 12 20 27 27 «| 231
1? 12 st ESE ESE | ESE | ESE | ESE | ESE | ESE | E E E E
8E | sE | & 0 25 19 17 18 2 19 B 27 27 32 32 98
26 2h 27 WNW] WwW WwW Sw | wsw | Wsw| w W | WNW | WNW | WNW | ENE
ENE | ENE | EN es 18 10 10 10 5 6 2 2h
36 Al 35
E | ESE | ESE 3E | ESE | ENE | ENE | ENE
WNW | sw | SW = 16 18 16 11 12 10 18 11 ra
5 9 Mie ee E E E /) ENE | ENE | NE | ENE| ENE | ENE
ESE ESE 18 18 20 20 18 20 Bee aa Y npA 12
? ul ae Nw | W W | WNW| WNW |wNWw | NW
N ae ee cee eee aw | oe 9 Ae 9 9
4 | SSW s SSE | SE SSE | ESE | ESE
sw | SSW ty 1 16 17 | £6 19 2 19 18 13
57, ts S| ge | ESE | ESE | gE SE SE SE SE SE SE
SE SE SE 7 | 87 27. 26 28 27 27 27 26 28
20 27 27 SE || SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE
SE SE | ESE ra [| 2 27 23 27 2 ? 27
23 23 2 SE | SE SE SSE s 8 s s
SSE | SSE SE ‘of 18 18 18 th 7; uh il il 9
% | 26 | el ae Sw | sw | ssw | ssw | ssw ssw | sw | sw | sw
SSW ssw sw ib 16 17 2 27 28 32 27
sw SE | ssze | 5 8 SSE | ssE | SSE | SSE | SSE
Ss My 23 23 23 23 27
11 16 —
eres: 8 8 s sw | wsw | sw | ssw s s
8 33 | 19 7 8 2 12 BtA 15
45 Ww Soom
Ww > | WSW | wsw | wsw | Wsw | wsw | WSW | WSW |W
s 9 : 7 7 7 ul 9 ? 9
9 a

nC ee ee eee ee a ee
+ «

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES, 89

The weather at the end of last sete ba uly, 1878) affords
such a good example of the course of wi ak changes which
Ss ale

lead on to a S.E. ga that we may ian a few moments in
eedidewe them

4th J uly barometer stood at 30°03, cloudy and cold, with
westerly win

5th, barometer =f 96 ; wind and weather similar, barometer
unsteady and falling fa
On 26th, barometer fallen to 29°64; cloudy with warm W.N.W.
wind owine fresh; and the weather map shows that on the
south coast, where N.W. winds had revailed, a change to S.W. had

set in—in South saad and Portland—and indications of
change appeared at Wentworth, where weather looked stormy
n ind had Saat to ere, blowing fresh aa cold ;

wet and squally, with heavy sea on the south coast ; beans
very low at Sydney and along the coast south of it

28th, strong cold W. to W.S.W. wind ; barometer 29°89, and
generally rising fas

29th, 8S. to S.W. winds generally on the weather map; baro-
meters all from 30°10 to 30° 30; very heavy sea reported at Gabo,
and a as faras Cape George. Bya letter from Mr. Thomas
Hale, at Bulli, I was info rmed that this sea began on Sunday
ianeniag (28th) with a aw! quick swell from S.E.—hea’ pe fincas

clouds in east—rollers making up a mile from the sho
fathoms. On 29th the S. E. sea did “ps “ach along the coast,
but missed Sydney and Newcastle, and at 3 p.m. was report

P at
Port Macquarie. af ote to foot of Pa map stated that there
was S.E. gale off the coast.
30th, barometers all high, 30°30 to 30°40; winds between south
and west ; very heavy sea along the coast from S.E., but still not
— at Sydney, and did not get home here until 4 p.m. ; easterly
reported on the high lands, but by no station on the coast ;
ge whe evident thet 8. sr wind was blowing overhead, and the sea
only was coming hom
31st, barometers nearly the same ; heavy sea on the a.
winds westerly, an weather seems to be cle earing. During the
a barometer ae it see at 3 p.m. smooth sea at Cape deg
arauey and New ill heavy to north and south—looks as
the easterly gale was ey over; but a very rapid fall of

_ pressure was going on at Sydney, and sheds west of it to Forbes ° cs

90 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

becoming more rapid after 11 p.m., and by midnight a light
easterly wind with rain had set in, and looked very like the gale
ominghome On 31st, from Clarence River to Cape George wind
had changed to N.E. to E. with rain. Still heavy sea in places. At
Sydney the morning looked very dirty, and barometer fell 0°18
by 12°30 p.m., when a terrific shower of rain came on. 1 inch
fell in 6 minutes, and the weather cleared up from west.
On August Ist and 2nd, the wind got round to west again, and
the weather cleared up. :

to the east of us, for during the recent storms the miles of wind

ied

om west by south-west and south to east. Now,
this is the normal way for the wind to veer here north-
west d tropical; the west— compound of north-west
and south-west—is ge ally with us a low b eter wind,
proving that we are generally in the light or tropical part of the
current; and a wind veers to south the barometer rises to
its may and when the.wind reaches south-east, that is in the

westerly (tropical) winds, we see nothing of the polar (south-
east) current; but in the same series we have seen that if the
_ westerly fails in force then the south-east gale comes in. nae

£

ta a let a a Sagres

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 91

etic: investigation bear out these results, as I have no doubt
will, the south-east — is shorn of one of its dangers, for we
shall know when to expect it. Of what might be called the
immediate indications it is more difficult to speak. The safest
guide I think is to be found in the sea and the clouds to south
and south-east. The barometer, as apt will see by looking -
the results given, sometimes rises and at others falls, is at on
gale 30°430, and at another 30°101 ; and tho humidity varies froin
73 to 100, sothat barometer and thermometer are not much use.
Now, you will doubtless have notion’ that I have confined this

investigation to the past seven years. have done so becaus
during that period the records of the Observatory have been
sufficiently complete to enable me to trace out the st com-

- On 18th,
wind ee: on 19th, niece of 0, cloudy, oa 8. to
8.S.E.; on 20th, 30-020, ra rains owi avy gale
from ES. a to ENE; Ist, "er had fallen to 29°750,
8.E. to 8. wind; on 28rd, fhe “wind was south, weather clearing.
Now during tlris winter (1857), mu westerly winds were almost
S.E. v e home ently. During

a
om
4

absent here, and the S.E. wind
June 15th, 16th, and 17th, peta was a “ater storm from S.E.,
with torrents of rain ; barometer 30°192 on 15th, and falling as
the gale blew itself out back by south into fine weather. Again
in July of the same year, on 21st, with barometer at 30°188, wind
changed to S.E. on 22nd; batometer had risen to 30°199, and i hen
gradually fell as the wind backed into §.W. on 25 th; on 26th the
wind was again in S.E. ‘Sege aieie falling ; torrents of rain fell on
27th, wind E. to E.N. E., heavy ee a floods.. Barometer
‘966 on 28 8th, baitaicbee rose to 33°062, wind S.E., clearing ;
ae 30° ‘LLB, S.E., clearing. So that it eros ee that during this
ter when westerly winds were almost absent, there were three
heavy easterly gales.

The other gale to which I referred, was that known as the

“Cawarra” gale, perhaps the most disastrous patel known on =
coast. In the. winter of this year, a the westerly winds w
very light, a at times altogether absent for fa Miele 2 ae
__ May, E. to N.E. winds were frequent, a in June there were
two light 8.E. “gales and rain; the first began on the 11th, with
barometer 30°619, the velocity only from 15 to 20 miles an hour
and the rain light. The second began on 18th, with barometer
ae ngomnpdag es fell, and the wind was not stro: fact
although these two have all the characteristics of S.H. storms,
they did not rise in force to gales. In July however the storm
‘waa severe, preceded as usual by light winds from W. and ay Wes a

92 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

the barometer gradually rose to 30°249. On the 9th of July, 1866,
a light N.W. wind was blowing, the day was fine with light
southerly winds; at 9 p.m. it was overcast, with rain-like clouds; on
the 10th, barometer 30°282, light westerly winds a.m., light 8. in
afternoon, and light west at night, cloudy, but clearing towards
night, but at 6°45 p.m. lightning was observed in a bank of clouds
low down in §.8.E. On the 11th, barometer 30°210 and ee

pm
the wind was blowing 21 miles an hour; it was then raining and

60 miles an hour; rain fell in torrents and there was a heavy sea
all day of 12th; it blew hard, 30 to 40 miles an hour, during the
day, the strongest gust being 56 miles per hour; meantime the
barometer was falling and stood at 30-036, after 9 p.m. the wind
very gradually backed to S.8.E., and the velocity began to fall,
and by 9 a.m. of 13th it was S. only 25 miles an hour ; the baro-
meter rose a little, 30°073, and the weather cleared with falling
barometer on 14th.

is so gradual an t ‘no
observer will be caught unprepared. I allude to the westerly

2.

be siacad sain nina aaanarp abet mak

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 93

I have one other variety of storm to place before you, if you
will haye patience with me for a few minutes longer. It is that
variety which brings us the most furious storms, but fortunately
for us the direction $.W. to S. is not such a dangerous one for
shipping as that of the S.E. gale. In this class we must place

are caused by the polar wind rushing northwards, and being
accele retad by some local cause they are often made more severe
by the passage of one of those barometric waves from the south
which so frequently pass over us. ould one of these arrive on
the south coast when the 8.8. W. wind is blowing, it seems to give
it new force and send the wind forward. If indeed we are not
here confusing cause and effect, which I am very much disposed

two currents tropical and polar; when the former prevails, pressure
falls, and when the latter pressure increases, by the weight of the
wind as well as its velocity, and such an impulse in an elastic
fluid must go forward even if the air does not go with it. On the
7th September, pressure was falling along the south coast, and
the pail “ereging (29°460) is recorded at Hobart Town, at 4°30
p-m. o 8th; on both these days, but especially on the 8th,
all the erations taken in the four Colonies, South Australia,

.W. was
Australia. In New South Wales all ies barometers
about 80 inches, and the weather was very hot; this warm win
extended to the southern point of Tasmania during the morning,
and the humidity at Hobart Town was down to

BAROMETER riladirigh during the ‘‘ Dandenong” gale, September, 1876.

Time, 9 a.m. 9th. 10th. 11th. 12th.

so spoaeorat for 91 feet above sea...| 29°892 | 30190 | $80°081 | 29-736

Adelai 30°015 | 30°242 | 30046 | 29°657
Deniliquin 29°89S piste 807111 | 29°973
Albury 29°877 ein iee 30°002 | 29°926

29°847 | 29°883 | 30119; 29
Cape St George “846 29°586 29°742
Goulburn PIO cccis 29°971 | 29°935
Bathurst PPO Fn ots 29°859
Forbes 80°503 30°025 9°837 29°857
fo 29 29°6' 29°710

eweastle 29°583 | 29528} 29°721

ale SUES fe eas 80°0388 | 29°983

eee eae eee NS eee

94: . STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

and “cote hard until er arrival in M elbourne on the 9 Oth. Between
noon a m. of the 8th September, at Adelaide, the wind
dhnaged suddenly to s. W., and at Portland the same change is
reported at 3 p.m. At Tasmania it had not taken place at 430
p-m., but is reported next morning at 7°30, and wind south.
During ‘the night of the 8th the battle between the two cur-
rents was going on, and at 9 a.m. of September 9th the polar
current had made considerable progress. We find on reference to
map 1 that it was blowing at Adelaide, Portland, Melbourne,
Wentworth, Balranald, Hay, Deniliquin, Parkes, and Forbes ;
that is, it had cade its way under the tropical current 4 following
along the rivers or low lands in Riverina and up the Lachlan
River ; except the 8.W. corner, all other parts of New South
Wales were at that time involved in the tropical hot wind.
Another tongue of the S.W. wind was making its way along the
coast to the one of the Dividing Range, and reached Eden at 4
a.m. on the 9th, and by 9 a.m. the whole district from Kiandra to

ff
to south,and the w aie looked very te EB. S.wind re thea
sea followed the “ City of Hobart” all ie and until 5 a.m. of the

lor to S p.m. of 9t
The “Gleaner” cacheane, ra Alban ny, New Zealand, ‘ gee
and about balf-way on her voyage, — continued head win

, on September 9th, a sudden ch to 8.E. about noon, ‘and
the wind blew with almost poem violence. The schooner
“ Louise,” from Newcastle to Warnamboul, met a S.E. gale at
6 p.m. on the 9th. “ You Yangs,” from m Sydney to Melbourne,
left at 4 p.m. 6th, hoviberty winds to Gabo 7 p.m. 7th, thence
to Rain Head fresh N.W. win ds, and then a sudden shift to
8.E., wind blew with almost hurricane violence for eighteen hours,
wi TH,

no 1 t
Py to sacs and Cirope ly increased to a hea avy gale, ship

‘Ti is oun: of note here that, at 9 a.m. on i motel ber ios ;
when as we have seen the §.W. wind was blowing along the low
Jands from ee wind was pe

ri

‘STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 95

Urana and roma showing = be 7 was then ree
over a narrow tongue of S.W. w Orange and
see were still in N.W. ia; but re ay ladtot see the
ge was visible like a thunderstorm in 8.W. a ak

sae: the storm and change burst 12 miles pr jen of Bathurst.
Upon the road to Hill End, where a friend of mine was going,
lise was pir thunder and grea . listurbanc, but between
11 a.m. and noon they were out o again in the N.W.
hot wind. Aad at Hill End, ‘4 storm and chan ange of
wind broke over the town at 4 p.m. The first storm at Sydne
that evening was at 6 p.m., da assuming, as is probable, that
this was the first storm mentioned near Bathurst, — east
nts a motion o

All the 9th September the barometer at Sydney was falling fast,
and the heavy rains inland were evidently ine ne the partial
vacuum and helping the polar wind. “Map No. 2 shows the

rLN.W. th
polar wind that was soning: over Seay rom W. N we for the
temperature had fallen from 76.5 on 9th to 55.2, and all day of
the 10th the wind at Sydney eontisired from W.N.W. to W.S.W.
Map No. 3 is intended to show, first, the state of the weather
at 9 a.m. of the 10th, and second the observations of the vessels
off the coast. You willobserve that the S.W. wind had found

its way to the west of the ntains as v
and along the coast as far as Bodalla, while at Sydney, Newcastle,
Musclebrook, wh Scone, the westerly wind was s ns,

ats in n Queensian dN, “r W. winds, while at Adelaide the polar
already chicos 4 bt its true direction, S.E. At sea

ape George at 10 am. of
met the S.E. gale, ‘hich en furiously all Beat At
SS.

2 ial a torrie ia S.W. set in at 10 am., and this

en preced

a.m. te
pton to Sydne y)s es off Smoky Cape

10°30 a.m., and en Save met a Anca southerly breeze, which
en a ‘few _* and the wisd Yosked to the west | a

96 ' §TORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.
The southerly was only a puff of the coming storm, and it i

is
interesting because it shows how difficult it was to displace the
tropical current.

30°242, and at Sydney it was down to 29°652, which shows that

the surface of the ground. The an
the AP of the hill on which the Observatory stands, wh

ere the
as full play, and I have frequently found the velocity of,

wind near the surface 50 per cent. less than where the instru-
ment is. Now following the squall north, it, reached Newcastle

bas

ae |

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 97

1 am., “Governor Blackall,’ 18 miles off Newcastle, 2 a.m.
At Morpeth, the night w atchman on the steamer’s wharf reported
that there was a shock of aoa os between 1 and 2 a.m., that
lifted the steamer “ Collaroy,” and made a rumbling noise, at
the same time it distiirbed the water very much. The squall
reached the “ Boomerang” at Seal Rocks, at 3 a
At the Clarence and Richmond Rivers as well as in in Queensland
no such gale is reported. At the Tweed River it was blowin
strong from N. and West, and in the afternoon of the 11th Sep-
tember veered to S.W. e schooner “ Noumea’’ coming from
New Caledonia in latitude 30° met the S.W. gale on the 10th,
but this was probably only the first puff—he sa ys s nothing of the
furious gale; and the “ City of San Francisco” reports that on
the 11th of September he had strong winds from N.N.W. with
heavy sea, and wind veering to N. , barometer feline gradually
till it reached 29: 32; the captain determined the steamer to be
‘on the moderate or eastern side of 2 ¢ clone, ‘ticker from its
centre about 180 miles; wind continued to veer to west and
moderated ; passed Lord Howe’s Island at noon on 12th, wind
now W. S.W.; ; during the night of the 12th had violent squalls
of wind and ain, with heavy topping sea from southward and
westward. e above is the “ City’s’ report as she passed Lord
Howe’s Island at noon on the 12th. It is evident from her

the captain w
_ eyclone to west of him, for the “ Noumea” schooner was about
~ 180 miles west of him and saw nothing of it. The truth was om

was passing from the tropical into the polar os and t
wind veered in a normal way from N. round by W. t

It is worthy of remark that the first puff of the feos passed
over ae twenty hours before the main storm, and over the
“Boomerang” seventeen hours before; so that ‘this puff was
Barring in the same direction, but slower than the great storm. It
is seldom that such a gale as the one we have been considering

_ offers any satisfactory means of determining its rate of progress,

t the violent squall was not to be mistaken; and though
Wictvce generally forget to give the time of changes, this one,
owever, was so marked, that they have in this case given the times.
w, if we here repea at these times and see the rate of progress,

we pat some valuable Seatite, which show pe actual pe ‘
s the same as the

of such a storm over the surface is by no
velocity of the wind. In fact, that the wind i in ;deplactan a
uses up in so doing its own velocity.
reacne
— Neweast, 60 mile, 1 a.m. sal rohit
* Boom ” 100 miles, 3 am. == 20
s ny si Bonanse r 3lackall, “Sam. = 19 yi

98 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

or the storm’s rate of motion is 20 miles an hour. In the earlier

gale that lasted all the way to Sydney. At the same time then,
that a violent S.S.W. gale was blowing along our coast, there

how the polar winds at times displace the tropical ones. Without
hat ave seen, I would

from 8.W. In this storm.you saw that the polar current, where
free to move, came in from S.E. past the “ Gleaner” schooner
E

yes
us in the weather map ample warning of their approach, but
5

by a amie study of the forces at work at th

.

whether the change will be violent or not can only be ascertained *

e time.
ve omitted much that I should like to have added to these -

-

remarks, b h
to a paper of this kind, and I will not longer trespass upon your
time, : -

®

-
* "

#

ion

_ Carpentaria ) ) ‘SYDNEY = | |

aN | WEATHER MAP :
No. 1./

PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.
9am Sept. 9./ 1876
BP.

140

Note,

ihe vanes or arrows point to the direction
from whieh the wind is blowing

F BOWEN

ROCKHAMPTON -

GT SANDY 1.

¢ Tyeemoon” Fresh breeze
ividlighining at night.

MORETON I.

RISBAN

-

&.

SOUTH ay
AUSTRALIA

8 ene St GEORG
oon Saat pom SW te GE settled at Se

Ww. on ie wih — == —
1S. betweere 4,30pin of 8%
9. at Hobart Town

SYDNEY
WEATHER MAP

No. 2.

Showing the change on Saturday OM¢CInOON,

3pm. Sepr. 9. 1876.

Notre.

The vanes or arrows point to the direction
trom which the wind ts blowin G .

a es AT THE GOVT. PRINTING .OFFICE,
DNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,

o Sop } 9

SN x ARMIDALE
© pusBo Sa Pl midnight.
r eo => (OPORT MACQUARIE
Head YKOMF. je ye s
R ME 2
5 <SiWENTWORTH “(3 pee & NEWCASTLE
OAL Se Lrghining
LAIBE as € SYDNEY Like Storm WiSW. al IPM:
+): eRe 7PM. = Barcmeter fallin Y fast.
4 @ CAPE S$! GEORGE
; tn a? nigh?
DROBE BG oan

QeonTLanp 6) MELE URNE Wis ye Pesto Wind 5 ar igh?

A ag ISLAND

CWILSON'S PROMONTARY

CAPE € ) OTWAY

3x0, /6+73 —

ae ia as i id
Ee oe seat : + ie
=" me ae
Be, 2 =
ie Z
4 *
ig ?
-”
: a
.
‘
- *
7.
;

SYDNEY
WEATHER MAP

PHOTO-LITHOGRAPHED AT THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES.

Sam. Sepr.10rTx. —

R
,

arrows point to the divection

SOUTH . | | ; ‘SS —— “Balelutha N.toW. gale, am
4 " RISBANE

STRADBAOCKE I.

Tyeemoon™
* lcm erang” got sguall from Sia
\ | then strong from W. at noon, as rea?
EUCLA ye 26 "SW. gale at Gam on the 1%.
mk [e FIBLD
: hes
ots
te

gat 4
cw. or”
f

jo HO: .
eos LORE | '
Ai 1, JYOOKt
gift Sydney. Ie
: aS a Zt. Nig. é.
sae . EZ POL day». rene en =, PIS th. Noor . aE.
Sl ; sets rapt HO. tress 357, a ee ,
eo od ae ‘ye rious ;
50-198 oe CAPE S? GEOR me Wetory ay, res?
Bar. rising fast. 4 | rel he
a. MORUYA Beaty of Melbourne” ; tea = at

devere Gale. am. Oth.

Ae
oe

TES AD

Barograph Sheet, from 9 a.m. November 27, to 9 a.m. November 28, 1877

t |
icra Ua ea ee iaae ees | as | |
a Mao i | | | |
ag ‘ =e | aes
Se ae ee roe | j rH |
a = areal
= | | | | | | | | | ! . : : ;
a ae
2 5 Violent thunderstornr passing Fall of 0°160 in. E
= over Sydney, heaviest part in 20 or
te over Botany. 0480 in. per Sy
= hour. _
Go
eS. ale 8
& q x =I =I =I <~i ~J “I “I a ay X “I
fe & & §& EF EF BE Bee § £ £ Ff = 22 Cs . ££ £ 8.3

THE GOVT. PRINTING OFFICE,
SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES,

(3x 16-78)

STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 99

Discussion.

Captain Trouron said:—It may be naturally eile from
me as a seaman, and one who has been intimately connected with
the shipping, and consequently has had knowledge of the winds
prevailing on this coast, to make some remarks, 0 on the ve

the b Mr. Russell,
ea at the icp has vaiectod to the fact ‘that mariners
ve a great source of advantage now in knowing the course of
the winds on the coming ay. “T must differ from Mr. Russell

The data, therefore, from which he draws his conclusions is

E
a:

wanting to make the knowledge practicaliy useful to those whom

it most concerns; and it requires that some one shoul

yi
the weather very closely, for I oda not like to send out ‘one of
Is of

the vessels of which I have charge, oak 5

me
passengers on board, to meet the fate of the “ Cownerd? and other
vessels. But the result of ali my observations is, that I have

failed to be able to indicate the weather of the following day.
I may tell you that some of the travelling public had percei eived
my weakness of being a little weatherwise. One old gentleman,
now no longer with us, used to say, “ Well, captain, how is the
weather going to be to-morrow?” Well, I would say, ag

a ner ds ste during nani ve changeit

’

’

100 STORMS ON THE COAST OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

a weather as in beautiful fine set weather. Whether I am in
s gooda pape sheltered 9 ay hill as Mr. Russell is in on the
hill I do not know, but I believe Mr. Russell is free to oe
he even Sanit now tell ak yous we are going to have to-
morrow. There is another observation I caught as Mr. Bissell
read his paper,—it was w a regard to the black north- easter, “we
know not where it comes from , nor whence it goes.” I would
point my friend’s nitention to where I think it goes. It doe
extend south of Cape St. George. I think that thene black one
easters fringe on our hills, striking off them into eddying winds.
Many of the travelling public, not mariners only, between here

2
i=}
Qa.
~
ic)
ot
°
mf
P
i=)
7]
ct
ea
<j
oO
bombs,
iB
is)
—
oS
coe
ce
mS
Sj
mR
fa)
fe)
i=)
og
°o
mo
ot
=)
on
*~
2,
a
°
5
po
i=)
2
0]
—s
1o]
et
#
is)

the south in the summer with topsails set, as they get off Cape
St. eveness & “ ier of fern taken aback by the north-easterly. It
is only i a matter of a few A psa ites. ae north- easter y wind very

a current aby Bass’s Straits, there is a youd set

the 90-m
ead, as was clearly indicated by the compasses. It was owing
to this current that I think the unfortunate loss of the “ Auckla and”
was due. ou will remember that one of the Melbourne Steam-
ship Company’s boats was close in _— * er; both vessels were

ame course, relying on thei mpasses, W when the
found themselves in se bight. And this euceed in just such
weather as I have stated. The dangerous winds for us are the
noggin ie: and t think as we have now a pee to New tagaak
we must look there for their source ; I feage shall get more
ay Heide from there than in relying the divectia of the
Ww

ind.on our own continent. With sae to the seas that La

_ on our coast, Mr. Russell observes that some come truly hom
and others

do not. This may possibly arise from the fact pot :

ie ss the sine dae io ce toms 3 te ern ne

y ng in. ni most
“naeaei papers that hee beet i “pelons the — but it
ot be fairly discussed to-ni agAt

103

Some Facts about the Great Tidal Wave, May, 1877.
By J. P. Joszrusoy, C.E.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 December, 1878.]

Tus tidal wave was observed at the following places, viz.,
Sydney Harbour, Newcastle Harbour, Ballina, Richmond River,
Gn N.S.W.), Brisbane (Queensland), Napier, Wellington, Christ-
church, Akaroa, Omaru, Kaitangata, Lyttleton ,and many other
ports and bays in New Zealand, Sandwich Islands, South America.

dney Harbour.—The gauge is fixed at Fort Denison. The
tidal wave of the harbour marked on diagram made its appearance
on the gauge at 5:20 a.m. on the 11th of May, 1877, and the oscil-
lations gradually increased ad a maximum of 42 inches, and on the
18th they died away. The a e interval was 34 minutes.

may mention that the float "of ‘the gauge at Fort Denison is

placed i in a well, and a tube, 6 inches diameter, is connected to

it from the harbour to let the water in; diameter of well, 3 feet
6 inches, but may perhaps be partly stopped with seaweed ; the
gauge could not record the full force of the wave ; it came up the
a i almost at right angles to it. (See sketch.)

m
SO: Fort Denison. Fal Tide-gauge.

There are two tides in Sydney Harbour regularly every mh ;
the extreme range from the extreme highest tide to the extrem
faves is 6 feet 9 inches ; and the range of low water, or difference

low water is 3 feet 4 inches. pny pene gar fee
The establishment of the port is 8 hours 88 min
entrance to the harbour is between two ioasia, which

. oy called the North and South Heads, distance apart art being ote
+

en earering them, no doubt the wave got partly
broken, and then hav g to fill several large bays, and cross the
bar, the full ange pb lost before reaching th the gauge, which
is fixed about 3 miles up harbour from the heads

Nore.—A man = mma a yacht in the harbour, naka a the
shign ka recorded about 3 feet 6 in The

—— anes "bo3- —_ was pases taken on ant AS.N. Co's 8 pa at
and lifted her suddenly off t

104 _ THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877.

_ It may be within the memory of some that between the 15th
and 20th August, 1868, a succession of waves age Sydney,
and were recorded by the self-r iepistarine tide- gauge. The
average pearval between the waves was about 2 5 minutes, and the
creates st oscillation 34 inches, measuring from t e crest of one
wave to the hollow of the soe It was “thought at the time that
they were earthquake phenom

A similar visitation eachak 3 us agai ain in August, 1873, but it
was not so marked in its character. The self-registering tide-
gauge shows that the disturbance began during the afternoon of
the 15th, and attained its maximum between 1 a.m. and 4 a.m. 0
the 17th; the greatest oscillation, amounting to 5 inches, occurred
between 3°15 a.m. and 3°33 a.m. of the 17th ; the average interval
of the waves at ig time was = nee: ‘but the average of 20
between 8 p.m. and 5°30a.m., was 28 minutes. The nore could
not be traced beyen the 18th. (See ‘Na alure, Oct.,

apes wet rape situated about 60 miles oe Be Sydnay,

tidal wave made its appearance on gauge (shown by a full
ns on Secieun at 5°20 a.m. (same as 8 Sydney) on the 11th
May, 1877. At the greatest oscillations the water fell 31 inches
in about 10 minutes, after which the oscillations gradually died
average interval between the waves is about

is fixed in a well, the sides of which are formed of ballast; an
ordinary wave washes in and out freely. This port has a
- across the heads, which no meant helped to break the waves
before they reached the gau
Ballina, situated ase nah miles north of Sydney Heads.
lace was also visited with a similar phenomenon ; it was
observed all wo ; greatest rise, 18 inches. No gauge there ye
obtain information
Brisbane.—Several ie disturbances mre teens observed in
Moreton Bay. No gauge there for informat
IT have no records of flied e waves from the Soathers ee
0.

resemblance to the true form of the natural wave, sitheoek for
engineering purposes, arguments, and petrenes, the outline in
the diagram 1s correct. _ ses — the difference in the
— and vertical seal

On diagram T have hina: ae rise ans fall of she surface of )
“the harbour due to the tidal wave from the Pacific Ocean.

Pigott: Ca esas

THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877. 105

TazBie showing the highest and lowest points displayed by the
Tidal Wave on the 11th, 12th, and 13th May, 1877.

Date. Time. ae | ont Renita:
oA “ , a”

11 May 6°40 a.m 5 7} Hives Sydney ; dotted line.

.| 640 ,, Be Ger Ae tke : Newcastle; full line, N.W.
” ” Z Pee bo eeewes es yaney.
wore Pah ai ye sos: | O 10% br pe

> 8 .m CGE le ke Sydne

wv i -| 6:37 6 5 | hneas Newauies westerly wind.
Res og) CR A ces #4 Sydney.
5 cc iat (o> 2 Sa Cee eae 1 it} Newcastle.
wi lay <,-| TBO. “5, Ee ere Sydney.
PP orate nee - 5 4 eaten Newcastle ; N.W.
» ” ‘ at 1:40 p-m aa 2 1} sydney.
ee sd Hee Sol Serie ye a

| 7°30 6 104 ney.
”» ’ ,
9 . «| 8% ie PRY ieee Reve raee Newcastle ; S.W.
pee = DSO Mame yo Wek ien 11 Sydney.
Sere | pige SSN Bara Be arin L- 3 Newcastle.

New Zeananp.
Telegrams from New Zealand report similar waves on the east
5 a.m., extending from the Bluff to lt Bay.
The greatest range was 6 fect, the least 2 feet. uld there-
fore Saar that the waves came from the 8.E, as thdy are not
he west coast of New Catand. Iti is ations

coas

bh
evident they have come over the thousands of m jing in very
short time, and must be oe . the earthquake waves ‘
reached our coast in August, 1
On 1lth Maya remarkable ye of the tide occurred,
and attracted a good deal of attention. The pulsation of old
cean was in fact quite a —— indicating a restlessness that

has not been noticeable here s
i

en as suddenly to flow =
or two afterwards a person ansfo :
observe the w ai sepia a fyi far below Ww spring tide low.
ieglak canck. exposing the lower part of his slip, which had not
been laid bare se the disturbance of 1868. About 9 oo) Sane a

: ee tidal turmoil was nese | vid the pier of the

sland. First the tide ebbed, it being then about low-water, and aM
‘then it =e and & s0 o continued sort i ee from 7 inches

¥

\

106 THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877.

to 18 inches. The tide pulsations were very apparent up and
down, and that, too, with a strong flood tide running—the rise
sometimes being as much as 15 tadhies to 20 inches in half as
al minutes, whilst the ebb was nearly as great. This action

action stirred the harbour to its depths, and rendered the

the time. He also timed and measured one of the pulsations,
and found the rise to be quite 15 inches in about eight (8)

minutes, whilst the recoil was about 9 inches in a similar time. —
tidal ]

abo
disturbance was also noticed at the Heads. The pilot
; : T :

From this it would seem that the fiuctuations were not closely
observed at the Heads, which is to oi regretted, as they would
doubtless ae been more decided ther

Napier, 11th—A special telegram sr that there was a great
tidal tnturbane all through “last night at Gisborne, This
morning, at 2°45, at 2 ebb tide, the tidal wave came over the bay,
and rose 8 feet above the top of the hull of the “Go-a-head.” The
men to save their own lives had to fly to the rigging. The wave

n up eens . At 9°45 Aisee was eat Bi
and almost imm tely cacaunts a fourth. The weather was
fine, oe _ icaae blowing, and the water in the bay was
much a

eT 11th.—Since before 8 o'clock this morning a tidal
wave was noticed, its rise and fall be ead — 4 feet, and the
action and reaction occupying about 15 minutes. It is still going
on, but increasing. At the reclamation ines where the water
is confined to an incompleted breastwork, the tide rushed in and
out with a force resembling the tide at the French Pass

Christchurch, 11th.—There was a strange tidal disturbance this

morning in Lyttleton a co. From 7 till 1 o’clock the water

has been rising and falling in an unusual manner, at times rising

ng a0
3 feet in a few minutes, sna rfaling equally rapidly. No age

dam
has been done. It was felt at Waimakariri also, and at Timaru.

Hecht 11th.—A ose wave was experienced here this —

when it was nearly dead low, water.
great force and receded in 5 minutes, the
rise 3 re iat tema . The waves per ming in at
intervals of — ccxtarcanncnce No ———>

THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877. 107

Omaru, 11th—A curious tidal phenomena was experienced here
to-day at low-water (about 8 a.m.). The water in the bay rose

wharf were only slightly damaged about the rigging, through
colliding with one another.

Kaitangata, 11th.—At 10 o’clock this morning a wave we 18
inches in height was seen coming up the river, carrying all small

receded within 20 minutes. This swelling had continued hourly

till 2 p.x

Stain, 11th. ag effects of the tidal-wave were much felt
in Pigeon Bay. water rose 12 inches above o.h.w. mark,
covering the bance of the wharf.

etter received from Port meen nk ew
Zealand, Auckland) I collected the Segre informat

Friday, llth instant, we had a tidal wave that oils from |
200 to 300 logs which were down at the math up the creek.

The tide kept rushing in faa out all day. It rose and fell on
an average about 8 feet in very 20 minutes, sometimes as much
as 10 or 12 feet in that Eines

Once, about 2 p.m., it rose and fell more than the first time.

* punt was anchored in Reef Bay. She parted her chains and

went shore. The wharf is a good deal twisted, but none of
it sel away.

powerful steamer, while dining Cook’s Straits, encountered
avery heavy tidal wave. The stern dipped under water, and the
oe bs drawn back about $ a mile.

ew Zealand Coast.—Cruise of H.M.S.“ Sappho.” —H.MS.

a seophe” arrived at Auckland on May 26th. She was oa
in a violent squall a few days before, which blew away all
sails and hove heron her beam ends. sew lay ar gic’ rer

position for a few minutes, but ard es ye
__ “Sappho,” after leaving Samoa, went through “Hapa and Tonga —
_ Groups, searching for the schooner “May Queen,” supposed to

hquake was felt at

without success. It w as also rc amma very strongly at vom: e |

There were ten or tities rises and falls at Vavao on 11th —_

108 THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877 ‘

the _axpewe rise being about 10 feet. The ios was left quite
exposed at times, and as the water receded it left millions of fish
behind it on the rocks. ‘The effects were very extraordinary.
The natives do are. recollect anything like it, aa ey are ina
great rage—accus * pho” of bringi HP wave.
Tonga the wave lifted the eee ketch “ Peal” right off the
reef, and left her in deep water, saving a lot of trouble and
expense...
Wave——On the passage of the Union Company’s

steamer “ Taranaki’ across Cook’s Straits on the 25th May (the
Otago Daily Times reports) a huge tidal or blind wave struck her
_ — , poured in volumes over bridge and feo E filled the

ee. rail on the port sol "The main ving of the sea
pact over the poop, ane with it the after skylight, the brass
ead of the capstan, the wheel and everything appertaining to

it, excepting the bare iron stearing gear; all the taffrail and _

starboard quarter-rail, with the netting of course, and as the

a
i=}
f9)
°
a
®
3
©
on

as
?
and through the
openings thus formed the Ra ‘dis pre itself, and the steamer
was once more free and pene ett It is a remarkable thing that
not one life was lost over i

Sanpwicnu Iszanp.
sang Tidal Wave at Sandwich Island.—At various places on the
t of the Sandwich Island great disturbances of the tide
(which was felt on the distant coast on 11th May last) were
acid but at Hilo the disturbance appears to have reached its

The tidal wave struck the group of islands on the 10th May,

between 4 and 5a.m. The sea suddenly receded, and returned
with eet violence in a wave 16 fect high, which entered the

front part of the

¥
ee

Hie, ad ees away the wharf and storehouses in ;

eet
7

THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877. 109

We are informed by the Honolulu pepe that i the
difference between the highest and lowest water-m
feet, and that it rose 133 feet above half-tide mark. a
severest ocean wave experienced at the Sandwich Islands since
: ah wae’ t pice

Seventeen people drowned, thirty-seven dwelling-houses entirely
destroyed, and seventeen badly injured, 163 people left destitute
without homes; the total damage done at.this port is estimated
at £3,000. Although Hilo has suffered the worst of all the
Hawaiian ports, the ‘above record of loss gives some idea of the
aggregate loss the kingdom has sustaine
t is remarked by the Hawaiian Gazette, that though coe
_ Voleano Kilane had been active about that time, there had

A captain who had arrived from Samoa has given some info

tion respecting the earthquake wave at Upolo, Navigator’s Group.
He states that the wave was felt at 3°30 am. on n the 11th May,
and from that time the water washed out and into the harbour
until 3 0’clock in the afternoon. Sometimes the harbour seemed
to be empty. There was not much damage done.

Sourn AMERICA.
Losses by Tidal Wave-—Panama, June 9 comet Losses Apso
eavy

lives were lost, he damage to property is estimated at
llars. Tt is said that oe — of Celama, Chinchia,

SR ae Cet a ae

110 THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877.

lost’ fifteen are known to have been laden with guano ; and it is
ss a the remaining two were. The total loss of property is
mated at nearly £300,000. The oe are the names of
the vessels lost laden with guano, Viz.
(The “ Alida,” an American ship.
‘The “ Drot,” a Norwegian ship.
The “ E. F. Gabain,” a Dutch ship.
The “ Lady Belleau,” an English barque.
al The “ Uncle Toby,” n American shi
NS Tia 4 The “ Lancashire Wite bh,” an English ship.
de Pica. | The |.

rque.
The “ R. B. Chapm man,” an English barque.
The “ Shamrock, an English ship.
L“ Coquimbo.”
Loaded ( The “ Avonmore,” an English ship.
at Huan- |The i. Conference,” n En nglish ship.
illos. The “ Conway Castle,” an English ship.

THe Earruquake In South AMERICA AND Great TIDAL
Wave

Town opts and 600 lives aaabsciir The Star and Herald”
of Panama, ved to-day, June 17, has details of the disaster
and dalice Gens sinned on the South Pacific coast by the earth-
quake and tidal wave of May 9th. The towns of Arica, Iquique,

Ponta, Delabos, Isabellon, Depica, Chanavaya, Huanillos,
Copilla Cobija, ’Mijillones, De Boliva, Antopagasta, and -
are nearly destroyed. out 600 lives were lost.

demivicints of Paballoa is estimated at £5,000,000. The ne
truction was confined mostly to the ee although the town of
ce : ng :

Conejonas, far in the interior, were or less The
pping of guano from the southern me nests will be 2 indefinitely
suspended, as all facilities in the way of launches, chutes,

at Tlo the railway was sles injured. At Arica ea people ‘were
if assault ;
"a ae on was ne in :
The shocks were very —_* and cansed immense damage. pe
The sea was as re : aves = recede from the beach, and a
wave from 10 to 15 teet feet high rolled upon the shore, carrying
all before it. High’ pesaa was repeated this assault of the ocean,

*

THE GREAT TIDAL Wave, May, 1877. 111

and 4 miles of embankment of the railway melted away like
sand ; locomotives, cars, and rails, were hustled about like so
many playthings, and left in a tumbled mass of rubbish.

The United States Steamer “ Wateree,”’ stranded in 1868, was
lifted bodily, and floated eens snp of her = position. A
eable buoy was moved a quarter of a mile northward. Merchan
dise from the Custom-house ‘al stores were carrie atte away 5 miles
distant. The damage done was greater than that of the calamity
of 1868. It has levelled the Custom-house, railway station, sub-
marine cable office, hotel, British eo ne eee agency,

nd many private " dwelli ings. Thieves began to rob, when the
troops fired upon them, killing and ence several.

Desrrucrion oF I@uIQueE.
Tquique was built of wood, and tumbled down at the first
Lamps were broken, and the burning oil, spreading over
i hree com s of
n were instantly at their posts, although it was difficult to

maintain an upright AEA shock following shoék with dread-
ful regularity. To procure mg er, the two _ nae ae were

by the reflux, and the fire continued unsuppresse z

elements of hitenen Wo were busy at one mom ment—fite , water,

and earthquake. The affrighted saile left the city to its fate,
flying to the neighbouring eminences. The fire destroyed a
large portion of the town, t the ear pt oe nae levelled coed all the
rest, and the water covers ruins which it took flux
The water condensers along the s i pe ruin “Neat ly
400,000 quintals of ‘sdirate at Iquique and the adjacent gree of

Molle and Pisaque were destroyed. A small loss of life took
place, probably ten (10) persons in oe Coasting crafts and
small boats in the harbour were — 0 pieces, away up the
Pampas, cate (11) miles from Iquiqu

The splendid raya establishment, Ta Neuva Carolina, was
com vied destroye

e sufferings of the people of zie were intense. Absen

of Water and the destruction of the ipal stores added to
their hardship. It is estimated that nea ines done in Iquique —
will amount to nearly £800,0

Orner Towns DESTROYED.
Damage to Shipping.—Chanivave, a little town at ——
Landing Deposit, known as Pabellon de Pica, with 450 hou

not stra ee standin In one of the guano cuttings thirty (30)
pping

re burie by the falli ngearth, Among be ship

co ee THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877.

the havoc is terrible. The town of Tarabaza, two or three

en in the bay. At Huanillas, the ert station,
e peng 29 inflicted was fearful. The wave which succeeded the
earthquake, and ee eted the work of destruction, was nearly

obliterated. At Tecopilla little or nothing remains of the town.
mine called La Pena so four (4) miles to the southward,
“Re snother =e 200 w en, forty of whom were Cornish
ners a, the prncpl town on the Balactian coast, has
tout Liles tonrihe of it
Relief for the fiers soon as this lamentable intelli-
gence reached: Lima, the Government chartered a steamer, an

Slama &e., together with 50,000 gallons of water,
despatched her on the 16th for the ‘South ; 100,000 soles in silver
coin also formed part of her cargo, to be ‘distributed among the

unfortunates by a commission of engineers accompanying the

expedition. It has been urged by the Government to recom-
mend the rebuilding of the ruined towns on sites which may offer
greater security and more remote from shine, since this is the

reports that when 23 miles west of Ant apagosta, g at
speed, the ship was oer woppet by the “bee of the
earthquake, and she remained almost Harare for five minutes.
The passengers believing she had struck on a reef, soundings
were taken i immediately, | but no Bobised was found.

Jeng eee IN Perv.

r. R. A. Proctor, of the Royal Astronomical Society, in
8 pacing of this isiecabsion, says :—‘ One remarkable feature in

,

{
i
ee |

THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877. 113

Cordilleras are thought to have some influence in causing the
disturbances which are by no means uncommon in these regions ;
and Humboidt states that the shock which devastated Riobamba
in 1797 was so great that he found on the summit of La Culca
the skeletons of scores of the inhabitants who had been flung

e

_ When these terrific earthquakes occur near the coast they are
invariably followed by an upheaval of the water, which assumes

ape of a tidal wave of greater or less magnitude n
‘more instances than one the tidal waves have proved infinitely
more disastrous than the earthquake. One case, for of

M. Boussingault observes that in the vicinity the trembling of
the earth is almost incessant, but this he ventures to attribute in
part at least to the immense falling masses of rock that have been

ountains

fractured by disturbances in the m

tible in Sydney. Its origin, the course which it pursued, and
other minutie respecting it, served as subjects for scientific
research by savans fur many months, and two German geo-
graphers, Professor Von Hochstetter and Her Von Tschudi,
wrote papers about the wave, and disclosed various facts that will
prove of service to those who take an interest in this branch of
science. Mr. Proc

great sea-wave which was generated by the upheaval of the
Peruvian shores in 1868, and propagated over the whole of the

: have been accompanied
terrestrial motions, so as to suggest the idea that they have been
caused by the motion of the sea bottom, or of the neighbouring
In no instance has it ever before been known that a well-

¥

114 THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877.

t

marked wave of enormous proportions should have been propa-

gated over the largest ocean track of our globe, by an earthquake
whose direct action was limited to a relatively small region, and
that region not situated in the centre but on one side of the
wide area traversed by the wave.

The origin of the great sea wave seems to have been traced in
the first instance to rumblin: gs of the earth at Arequipa, which is

situated in the neizhbourhood of the volcanic mountain of Misti,

which occasionally has been known to chm streams of lava, dust
an 3, &e. n the evening of the 12th August, or on si:
morning of the 13th, the inhabitante Shad. so far as the

aware, 110 reason to be frig itened, as the mountain was perfectly

quiet until 5 o’clock in the evening, when slight sensations of a.

disturbance were visible. Half'a miuute later, oho wever, a terrible
noise was heard beneath the earth; a second ‘shock more violent
than the first was felt; and then began a swaying motion,
gradually increasing in intensity.

Von Tschudi ear “ And now there followed during two
or three minutes, rrible scene. The swaying motion which
had hitherto prev ‘ited changed into fierce vertical upheaval. The
subterranean roaring increased in the most terrifying manner;
then were heard the heart-piercing shrieks of the wretched

would have suffocated thousands. Notwithstanding that the
shocks lasted only a few minutes, they were sufficiently severe to
demolish the whole town, not one building remained un-
jure t Tacua and Arica the shocks were felt, but with less
severity than at Arequipa. At Arica the earthq uake was followed
by an immense tidal wave which come ‘the. Peruvian poe
“America” and the U.S. vessel ‘“‘ Wate ’ from the har
nearly is dee a mile north of the town, ai there lett them aenee

high an

ebb and flow. The lini bof the wane whan ru the Pacific 1s

reached here on Friday after being felt at New Zealand ;
but the great wave of 1868 is —— to have trave elled across
the Pacific at ta speed of thre anhour.

THE GREAT TIDAL WAVE, MAY, 1877. 115

Three hours after the earthquake which destroyed so many
towns, the tidal wave inundated Coquimbo on the Chilian coast,
passed

receded. The wave passed the Reo egeice and partially sub-
merged some of the low-lying islands, and at Opara in the
Marquesas Isle, ss Rig ‘depot of the ail boats then running
was partly was
Mallet, who is atepardsd as an authority upon these subjects,
ak

in speaking of tidal waves, says: e vreat sea wave, advancing
at t e of several milis in a minute, consists, in the dee

under a ship without boing noticed. But when it reaches the
edge of soundings, its front eee becomes short and steep, while
its rear slope is long and gentle

[Three diagrams.]

oJ

Be

eee t her
lad Spee

————————— t—~—

° = ‘ s 9 -
. f '
| | |
! |
: Buea | ae y
H ba
! | f 3 al
t i ii) a po ‘
| a.
| T
| | A Dx
| J ‘ pe a Sem oe
t 4} 4+ 44 , +
; J A
| if |
i +7 — ‘to
| | | J |
| | : |
| Pag | ve | |
HUERSUOOENEL AUN ane ia ie
i . : , _~ , =
—__— : ! ine HHH
| | | * " oe '
eee | | oe | :
| PSR ee a rt ee
' b | ern it
| as Shieaee + |
i i
. ‘ | | oe 4 z
AKG | ae :
4
| | Bea ENN | |
| | | ' |
I | toe Pot a EINE ae ~
aan : Sait | Nea
| Pig | fee] oe \ \
CLE be Bbeccieal
oo ee a ee | | A. —— ++
Pe Segacane
| Rae ee ae | N N,
Be ees A T | | ~
se, | i | | “~~, ~.
eye sg sue PL ONSK
/ —
| | | } | | a ~N aw |
mgt Se BE a ES ++ | | Pope y tt | ye il
Pio Pep Bee | | | | ane | | ON ,
Pe yot a ‘ee eae | Pt | | Ns
Poel | | | sae S| Ll feiss | | in
(Ge io ae We ta Ga 0 Ge ee n T | oa Be | gees | ic
Teer | ee etree | 14 : . Dru: ee
eee : a. 98 SaBRReAE | NON |
eee ees oa t— +++ 7 ™~ tt a
RRB Eeaae 2aRo PPT red | | os see ry]
te Oo ee ee ie 4 NUON ae
Bae scl A os ones ele bet bel l
| Se | 4 - | om | | pat ;
it | | ee et eye | |
He SOUGSRRRERESEEEGGEEE
Pots tL t a bobs et |
| i i i | | i |
Ts 4 i Bey | | | | | |
BUGRSRGTSRESeues ! TTT trl
ag | tt ee | Pl pk |
anee a Bree. | Oe: Se oe | :
Pet te ) PPT ee
ee ie ae bay fied :
Pobid iid a | ee ee | | | et | | | 4
Pay bag | lereetod ot bode | be | | ;
pS | i i i j | | | | it | | i | te ' { A
ASS ee ae Seee ti. eT a | |
{ | 4 e4 | | b+ pty fe | i ae cee ? ate 1 il a ae
Woe | Babee Pc fe ea es a | | |
yosgeu Gee ee one | ae |
Gs Es ED ee | oa os 7 bn |
ee oe ee ae S | bas Ae } J : i Vo
1 eet +++} + : we
Base | a | LW
Ch | | | | | ie A wa W/,
OS ae OE SS i a Lod ae
Rg Ty oi | | a Po | | | Lae 7
: > Bee it Eee eo A Wy;
, | Ve : ~ : Beige .
be he pl pn fp acl! = ee | yaa fe r Litt ty 4 4 wt oft thy vg
<7 ! Pian meee | a | | H | | | | -/ /V / }
eeeers Pf} | er tf Ca ll) Wh,
Ee RS 1 i il i | | BI | * | | i | | | | Fé ZL “f “A/, ne
on enenan a ne mn cn coc me) S| | | 8 gy Ge ae oe SY/h yf /
| ey | ae ae bb a pe ; | WW
| res eae oN be ipa | LAS / V/y /
eee | Py 1s bey | Md
BONUERUR TORS TGREEc. oonie ime ,Ae77) LYGOYWAG
| | ba oe ae | | | | | a S| y/ ty WY) / / iS ff / A
i] | | en ae | | » | Af 4 / /
NE SS rs ante 2 LY VMN
| | j 4 ; | = {/ ANS /
OEE AT ETT ae Vatu OOF. | :
Pit aha i) Cae | | = A GUNA /
tp—p-+--t- + + + $f 4 + TT + ie | + Yj fi o 7] é, ;
ee Beg bene ie 5 | ae : Vil / f
4 | Pee er { — t/) / ‘ Nh IVA MY é
| | ee | i / Yj JN, Ti Y 7
! eee S| WM ee MY j 444), //
| § oo } Y, J VAI MMLY, % Ys iy
i f MM. UO US Y /)
| a | y YYUGAL / MW MYT. Lf / LA, Yi Ye / Y,
| a uy YY WW, WOU ; iY YY, / y
i See p MMU LT, MAO OD OD V MA
if } | bs AL f/V Ya, 4 { 4 /\f
| hae \ WW GGG GUY) Uy YY) YYGGZ
| | 1, V4 / fe (VV / / y
tt \ AMM BALL, iy YY WY
era , Lf if
ie \ VW YGYYYYY YY YU YGYUYY
| : Mga
NU y “), Yi, | Y
Vi,
V7, /
} NT Qi UYYY
NX ‘
NE Y WM,
| . . \ YG he
| | \ /
Siw |
ak
~
rid A
ie: i
a) Oe Be a |
uY
d nS
{|<
SANT BREE

r
[

™
. t | lj
| | | eee | “e |
| | ne |
a ee es Z |
uTOGBUBERBE ssamR
fo | | } be mee =
Pe | E | |
j | mee ree ’ 3 — ie
. | Soe we ey | i. eek
| oe | Ll _—— P
mee Te ;
ig | j } “4 | s H ‘ |
2 Sita | : tae) Pa Lt
| ' —— ; | eo
| Lt === ggasi

ee eee

: 3 LL ae pe |
CURT fe
ARAUREAUOCEECUSUARE TTT TTT
BPALSLVAOUNESEND Se
Lea Ebi ~ aa Be © ia at |
| Stee. Ss “jeees |
| | | ph ae
a

= aaa &

a
be

—+-f} \

ae
ee
gic
|
— a
——- >)
Geek ee ———— | b
saa es ee. ‘ i= —4
. H , 4 Bis & |
mee co ct rt | |
Pht et) | | | | ery | | |
| ee | n
| hoee.. l
TT] ee Bais [|
pe ae | ee |
EEPEELELLLE LL
, |
po 7 ry r cs on
| ie | “a a) a |
Meee ae | ae
2 ee ao | Pt |
| Ba | Peer | | |
| Be. ad 6 iil
| lesa Se oes ee ee
ss 9 a AS mee Bt ae mil | | |
ae} ee le | Ld ! | ||
ao | | | i poet
ees a ' r To , |
lees WIS ee i ' | ! t 4
a Bs . ) | ue
a ee eee 7 | 4 . |
en ie: Wey | e 4 I | ! | |
Pe ee | | | | i a, | i
mene oe : “ ah :
yeeros ee | : ! a : a
Ree ae Papa. | : it ae
ae bol | |! g | 4 + —_| 1 : + . ad |
43 | | | 4 . oa | | | oe =
ace | 7 Le Se ee
pet ed eee oh | r
| Ze | ie | A |. &
ETT ey] Plt) |] (a) a | | B
Bsa aa | bs | i L | ke ie i
fea Ha ie bs 4 i ae !
meee. sa ee ae : | | ane
Pope bees | | | | | meee a.
Panes | | japan as a as |
os Oua Nea Gl ec lot SRagaVteeee= Wy
4 | ‘ey ame .
Popa Po | aa idee cl he / |
1} ii | | | SO :
mes Be BE Coe | | | | |
Bee ak: | | | Sel
| Seen | i i
p41 tol ea j or. | é
as ES ea a ofp | ' :
OR ars Bs | : a | Vy
tesa® ) | = : | |
ESTE SC, He ! | vee: ] 7;
Ce eee ! | tH | mie. )
ee ee | bal | 4 oo 3 / (
| Pebed | oe i /
| = | | 7) |
| | | | !
Dad ad es Ls a |—Cohi is / /
ae | TAA), ;
Paps rs a | UN, |
oe hd |
an a —-
t 7 | i a / :
= é
3 Ce eee ps fg ‘ / /
4 Pon | = af / / YMA, /
fut pr ey ee Ra
on a aa ee rE iT a UIA, WU y
ea | Beet eee 2 11g YW Yyy Wi, /,
ta | CL | WL M,
T t eee | 7 YY UY) /,
! | eae | | a YY / WY yy
Me ee MY, fi, WSL LIV f f
‘clad a Ee | U/) Wy MUU /
Al tel | YYW) YUUGY
/ | VSS / /
Be pd | £ ; MY, / j ‘ ‘f
—t meee che |
: aS | | i e rs / 8 ¥// f/f)
} | » <a} | | fa / fy) / f
ere | | / / // /
Te | | | Vi UY YY)
| | 2g) as ; eS Oy. // A, é f
rar ed ac ae y é LAY | / |
Hs Oe ia al Bs ie ee ZL,
| T Se Sl oat ; j .
oe bese * ) / Af /
a : /, -
| < f
Ny /
2 — yf, j f
| /
i f ;
iy | Wh GAN
} be e / i Vs
j <i 7 ies mill a é 4 y
— ae oH BESSA | -_

| i: ye
| ae 4
eee be Sees Gee Baees ee ee ee sh bl .
| : a P atl é fi
Sa YY:
; aan a. 4
r | 2 sea: eat ites ee —- / 2
| , |
| f : ‘

b= ar eilpanonaahicin an Sn Se |

~
<i :
| af at | H
! | | bt | 4 !
& } | | ee ee <<
& + + | en | + fae | a af - =
< | oo
H ad | ee on
Y Pz
| g : | eee !
| ! a
7
sal re =~
rT | ea <> |
| Ly | a |
eae i Soe ae |
ea | i — “ . |
ie ag ee ee |
| || tr et !
| | pant Py '
l oe MoS
“i L | | : | :
a | | PN | | !
| aj ii if } Hh |
] i} | ' ! i P Bt 2S fy }
| | f ! i } | Be” seat sa ' —— ’ - . rt :
‘a 5 AE NE (7 a t= |
Pl er 2
ea a
/ i eee >=
| SA es Mt i
t ' } I | es ;
i Per | | DP xt nmr
Pr Pt |
SERSEEEEES +4 =n | )
t | | | | % j |
_ ahead oo i ppp
Bobnaenuaausl | | saaae |
rT : ae eae hy se . oa |
| ae on
! | 2 * i | | H { |
| i i _ | 1 T | | ;
ia eee | |
es ~ | | |
| ae a | \* Reed |
fies | | | | (a oral
1 Dee ‘ . ] |
Be
2 T | |
I } j | | | "
| | ‘ | | |
bj 1 EI es ee —
Me | ae ee Ba
f Po oy | = | ey
Be Li; PLT TT eed
be bot 4 Fs] Be eee
pe :
ae eee ee ee,
Pe | eee! |
Lae ee ea ) |
Ree | ae Be ee Gs |
| ae ee eee ra | ee eee :
| | |
po ee Bars
i r } | | | | ' ~_ a Pe
| | Po is ee
58 OR 7 | a T To 2 Be sap ;
| 4 ee 1 | OF Sie ae
aa oT + aul 23 See . ane & + + s hae er Iso aie i
| ee ae eee
| j I | { } | | | | |
| i ; | ; : ' i i , , ;
if ts if | a pda a | |
| eke | |e ae ae |
+ : t } 4 i - 28 ue aa | 4 +++ +—+—++-4
Teens : : |
| be |
} i '
] | | 4 ] ]
| |
| | :
L i |
eo |
7 ! ae
i I i
|
: mil !
r i= 3 | a
1 mm | | |
| : aa:
! 7: | |
| ia !
| TT) 7
ee
& Ben | } bee
ame Li ¢
{ | A rd
bet Be H | ie
a bt
| 1 — — BE,
aa | | |
| | \ al
| \ | | A ESENs keto |e ie Ima P eo ad //)
} | | | ] | <i / )
| Hoy oa a, gr y
| fs rahi aa | eC y WA
| | | | | | La 7 f /
| | pa 4 MY],
| ‘ VAG /
; / ALAL if) /
i 4g YY, /
//V
/ : LN/. VY,
4 WY |
| | MA Y UM y
' / y
| | y, 5
ak | | i V/ LA PAV AE AY,
1} | | Ber | Te y
ie | feet Oe ; : / /) :
poole be dak Etec Be a aS i Yi Yj f
ee Wh LOUDON
eS |
tt fet | Eaaee - YWYYyyyn44dy
‘ee ey ie | / )
| H | | | WU Ries VMS NV/, LLM LV. /
Bees ae | ee a ol My / YY, YUU ‘N
ae ee oe Ei CMVIYL 4 Ay /
y
ps LL UV W/ UY, /
= sn QML) MN /;
iS : AN YUU
) i > yi //
‘ y
ee s a an LILY, TA LV,
| W ( Pa ~
eo ‘$ = ia “~~
hs + SN GY
1” me el i es |
Rete | , wal |
ares Hs |
ee ee: p
ana
ey a
a
ee
Pie | é |
B ba
Y <= | —
z aps aa : |
coe |
Cy a |
\ :
| ” |
| - tt oe a.
|
e : ‘
. 14
. Aa : | | wo |
al | ay
2 5

4a wl Gay

MIN >? MINAS SA90

Some Results of an Astronomical Experiment on
the Blue Mountains. /

By H. C. Russerz, B.A., F.R.AS., F.MS., &.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 6 November, 1878.]

state of the air d
transit won

ES
air during the da

them. ( . Hi

118 SOME RESULTS OF AN ASTRONOMICAL EXPERIMENT

I left Sydney on the evening of the 15th. On the morning of
the 16th, at 8 a.m. the observatory (in parts of course) and the

struments were left at Woodford by the train, and by the o
evening of that day, and in spite of a steady gale of wind, the ob- .
servatory was up and roofed, and the heavy parts of the instru- a.
ment were in their places. On the second day we were able to
begin observing about noon.

The instruments consisted of (1) the 73-inch Merz tele- ;
scope, with equatorial stand, clock driving gear, micrometer,eye- ~ \
pieces, &e. ; (2) a 44-inch Cooke telesc ‘ope, 2g mounted ;

(3) the large spectroscope, having dispersion of 18-64° prisms, :
fine micrometer, and every a pliance to render it apie (4) :
heliostat, driven by clockwork ; (5) electroscope, thermometers ij
&e. Of the quality of the 73 telescope I need say nothing more 4G
now than that it is a first-class instrument, as these sect will ae |.
show, and well adapted for ms purpose. -

The spectroscope was made by Hilger, of London, and at the is
time (1576) it was considered the most powerful and perfect one
in the world. :

At 11°30 a.m. of the 17th eri I began the eae hie
work, and was at once struck by the clear definition of the lin :
the gain in clearness over the Byahey atmosphere was vel
striking, but the next moment I asked myself where were the
lines ; instead of seven lines between the two Ds there was but

the Ds there was a shadin ng weiels as would be produc ore by veg
fine lines, too faint to be seen separatel these bauer were

i look at the spectrum until
near sunset, when a great change had come over it. Six lines
were visible between the Ds, and the usual host on either side;

and as the sun approached the horizon they thickened very
rapidly ; will be best understood by reference to the
ings herew

The sth October proved a cloudy day and night, fee a iat
easterly wind or sea breeze. Towards morning of t
clouds began to break, and soon after 9 a.m. m. the sun abet we
At 10°30 there were a few passing clouds only, but the sky was

fast, and by 11 a.m. it was difficult to make out the six lines, —

ey also, were fading fast ; on either side there seemed to bea —
shading such ae mh seen on the 17th. — oon the air lines
had faded, and the spectrum appeared as

ON THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. 119

twenty lines between C.A. and D 1, where only three lines had
been seen at noon; their positions are shown in diagram 3, as
well as the D lines seen at the same time.

the Ds; the definition was wonderfully fine and stea Just
he sun tting I counted twenty-six lines instead of the
twenty above measured ; in fa ines 8 oming

Another fact was now clearly made out. In Sydney, owing to
unsteady definition near the horizon, I had been led to suppose
that the D 2 became twice as thick, and that D 3 disappeared.
Now I learn that the thickening was due to D 3, and at sunset
it seemed another D 2, and only the faintest line of light sepa-
rated these lines. See diagrams 2 an : :

While observing the spectrum to-day, I noticed a bright line
near D line 6. I have seen the same less distinctly in Sydney ;
it was no subjective effect of contrast. Mr. Hirst also saw it
_ very distinctly ; it is not a defined line, but a bright streak, and I

find its wave length is, taking a mean of three measures, 5893:

very faintly five lines between the Ds, bat they are almost in-
-visible—little better than shading ; and between Ca and D 1 are

P.m., count twenty-six lines between Ca and D 1, and the three
next D 1 are very dark and thick (intensity 2).

a
4 vs
—
:
:

120 sOME RESULTS OF AN ASTRONOMICAL EXPERIMENT

alongside of it. I have several times suspected that it was
double, and now I am almost sure of it. D3 sunset nearly

of lig
9° 55 ° m. on ne 21st, I can see all the eight lines between the
rning is warm and hazy, and a goo deal of cloud
about, sree; | in the direction of the sun. 11h. 10m., the air
lines are rapidly fading ; line 4 does not seem changed, but the
ible

Measures of the lines beeen the two Ds mean of three taken
and 21st October, 5 The measures are taken from line to
line, and represent ae of the micrometer. The whole distance
Dit

o D2 is cov oe a Aa ia glee of a ura el

et 336 | 266 | 360 | 1356 | 208 | 956 | 20] 346 | isi} cae

Some of the members present may remember that, when I
rotught my Sydney measures of the D Tine before you ‘inst Keim
produced a copy of Dr. Huggins’s drawing of the es at

Ostord: and those of Colonel Campbell at London. Since thes I
have received from Dr. Hu gins a more complete and perfect
copy of his drawing of the lines between the Ds and it 1s inte-
resting to toes it with those observed here ; there is very little
similarity bet is baal and mine. From Mr. i ilger

bially clear atmosphere of our western , L was “the more
anxious to test this “again of purity as means of the large
troscope, and see if we might affirm that it stood the test.

Now the facts aesich: I have brought before yon do this most.

emphatically ; on a fine clear day, with dry wind on the moun-
tains, at noon, there is not a single line due to the absorption of
the e atmosphere i in the part of it examined ; but as the sun sinks

sea, and at once the lines a < Lore at noon. Of course I one
bork dealing with only a small fraction of the solar spectrum; to
take the whole in such detail would require the labour of a life,

ON THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. 12:

and would, I am sure, well repay it. My time was but a few
days (three and a half only available for the purpose); and I
could of course only take a small part; but it may very fairly

be taken as a sample of the whole, and there can, I think, be no
Pi if

sufficient moisture present for the Tt sight never
to be forgotten to see in the splendid definition of the mountain
air, the clear solar spectrum, and ; he aned, lime

which I have called D 3 isawonder. At midday it is a fine thin
line, and at sunset it is fully ten times darker. With regard to
the line 8, which I have never seen in Sydney, I feel sure it

16th the telescope was turned to the sun, and its edge and sur-
face markings were beantifully seen, but not a spot was visible
whose changes we could record. ere were many exclamations
from the observers about fine definition, but we wante ts,
and could not find even the facule which precede them; for
once the sun was spotless. Several stars were observed in the
sunlight with the object of adjusting the instrument, and the

sky. There was no white halo round Jupiter forming a bright
background ; and my notes are full of such remarks as (“ planet

equalled. There was such an amount of detail that the eye
searcely took it all in before the scene changed by the rotation
of the planet. As to drawing it all, that was out of the question.
Mr. Hirst and I both tried, and I am sure he will bear me out
when I say that the drawings only show a fraction of what we saw.

q ry

122 SOME RESULTS OF AN ASTRONOMICAL EXPERIMENT

It was just before and after sunset that the air seemed’ so
perfectly steady ; later in the evening there was a little motion,

ut it was nothing like so as I had seen when on the
mountains in the winter of 1

I had selected some severe ave tests, as a trial of the observ-

known do thle stars with considerable interest on the first avail-
able night, and the old 74- ‘eae telescope ally maintained its first-

class character. We used a power of 800 (the highest I had)
with advantage, and directly I looked at the companion to Rigel
I saw it elongated, and it appears so with — powers over 400.
It was evident that the components were unequal, the smaller
ant oi lowing ; independently Mr. Hirst aad myself observed it,

ed in Te g the eerie angle o , and in mom ments

nifying, power of 800, though I am - sig distance cannot be
more than one el ter of a second. proof of the definition,

On the th he was again hia and Mr. Fairfax inde-
pendently made the angle the same ; there © ould therefore be no
question as to what it was, and I was not a little surprised to
find, on reference to Mr. omikceaia. are that he made it
179°. is is very remarkable. I am confident the result at

confirmed it with the large telescope in Sydney. If Mr. Burn-
ham’s observations are right, then we shall have a most won-
derful double fives as well as the most difficult known, for his
observations were made in February and March, wee this sens}
and our ceoamenticash point to a change of angle of

distance as ep — be more than a quarter 2 : secon rnd,
Of other stars, any were examined; Alpha Indi had
been suspected of Ta icity in ee ib but cn the mountains
character was restored as a well-defined, round star, and single.
On the 17th, when looking about, I found a ve ery. beautiful
double star that is not in Herschel’s catalogue, and I do
remember having seen it be fore. Its right ascension is 21 ‘
28 m., and Aeskiasiee south 83° 20’ the eis ek are 9 and 10
—the larger one white, and the small one bright blue—2°82 see.
distance, and angle 112° 10’

feat

ON THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. ‘ 123

Herschel’s double 5326 cannot be found; there is no such double
in the place he assigns, and there must be either a mistake in his
catalogue, which is s probable, or a disappearance of one of the stars,

5326 in Herschel’s catalogue was examined, the stars are fully a
magnitude less than he estimated them, and are now 10 magnitude.

H. 5321 seems to be an error in Herschel’s list—angle is
given 124°, it is now only 19° 18’; distance, 10° 29’ s

5132 H.’s rot a this star is 180°, in error ; = should be 312°

tirwmnined H. 3 He says nothing about colour in either

discovered a very pretty double star, RA. 18h. 21m., dec.

8 secs., and angle 2:

star, both components gers ‘and of 7th magnitude ; distance is
6° 2 oO
a A gahont

and

double stars, ‘which there was not time to answer at Woodfor

me time was given to Saturn, and clear views obtained, but
the eibiaed is not in a good position for observation just now, for
it is very difficult to tell whether a dark line which appears across
his body is wholly the shadow of the ring, or made up of that
and the dark line. which I found four years since, and which, it

cmall, and the definition was toe id. As i Jupiter's
limb, the blackness seemed to get hazy, as if it were seen through
a mist, and at 7h. 27 -m. I lost sight of it; four minutes la

m.
it was detected as a small bright bulge on the limb of Jupiter,
and its white edge against the black sky background looked whiter
than the edge of Jupiter. At 7h. 36m. 40s. egress was com-
plete, and there was nothing about its bright appearance then
that would have — rise to the suspicion that it was black a
fas minutes befor

uring the daylight hours, when I was at work with the
troseope, Mr. Hirst employed some of his time in looking up

0
known double stars; and of these some splendid views were
obtained, but he found nothing about which 1 wish now to detain
you, until the morning of the. 21st, at 9h. 5m., when, on ee
at the moon, he found that a large part of it was cover

- dark shade, quite as dark as the shadow of the earth during i

eclipse of the-moon. Its outline .was generally circular, and it
seemed to be fainter near its eh 28 Conspicuous bright spots on

124 SOME RESULTS OF AN ASTRONOMICAL EXPERIMENT

of about half of the moon’s terminator pe t part where the
sunlight ends), while those parts of the leu uak en not in the
had. uld ery ecaeind seen I should estimate the

at about three-fourths that ‘of the m
This is one of those pee Me fate which, being seen,
should be recorded, although no explanation can at present be

if produced by a comet it mus ne of more than ordinary
density, although dark bodies have been seen crossing the sun,
bang were goubtlees comets ange in the position of the

faithfully copied on this paver what he saw. See photo- lithogr aph.
make some experiments upon the thick-
3 electri

the air strata, but in this matter I was disappointed ; although
we made every effort to get kites up above the lower current, it
was useless. Although on the afternoon of ve 17th, in a mode-
rate a esate wind, we managed to get the large kite up
abou eet, there was no sign of ano oe current, and very .
Title siecceeat ‘effect. Mr. Hirst’s experience with electrical

kites became valuable, and he constructed a smaller one, which
was attached to we large one, and thus we hoped to get it high
enough; but o e 18th the westerly wind was done, and we
got a “light artery ‘ ak would not raise our kites. The small
one was tried time after time, and rose to about _ feet, when

it seemed suddenly to lose the wind and no amount of vigorous
running would take it higher. iN cape this pepe the
thickness of the light easterly wind say,

in one of the lulls. On the 19th, with bem easterly wind, an
altitude of about 400 feet was reached, but no amount of pro-

‘result was getting wearisome. On the 2lst we hada return of ~

“ westerly wind and our hopes revived, but were re dis-
appointed. One fact, Ronarak is worth recording. At 10°30 a.m.,
ites Soul rise from 100 to 200 feet, “and then begin
gyrating, as if the air was full of pate and when the two were
in

i ‘some 300 feet was sitainaa, #2 h wind from W.N.W.; me then
ae satel that these were merely

— had been trying to the kites.

ON THE BLUE MOUNTAINS. 195

leaf electroscope, even when the air was dry and matches for
collecting it were burnt. Some experiments were made on a
warm dry day (October 21) on the electroseope. A single rub
with a white felt hat made the leaves diverge to the horizontal
point, and they stood for a few seconds inclined 60°, and did not
come together for two minutes. Mr. Hirst then stood on an old

iece of glass, a divergence of some 20° was obtained. One

get (atmospheric electricity), Mr. Hirst took the electroscope to
a place where the telegraph lines were within reach, and hung it
on one wire after another, without getting a sign of anything—
which was the more remarkable, as there were thunder-clouds in

therefore avoided so much of the worst part of the air nuisance
(for such an astronomer may fairly call it). Could he but look

um, 5865. ea
Todine, 5866. Sulphur, 5866. Palladium, 5866. _—_Air line, 5866 A.
Bromine, 5868. : .

Mercury, 5871,

Air line, 5872 B.

Lead :

ee Air line, 5879 C.
Gold, 5880. Iron, 5880.
Mercury, 5885.
Molydenum 5887.
Palladium, 5888.
D!, 5889.

[Two diagrams. ]

*B0id20 ONLLNISd “LAOO BH1

ff <9 ree et @

‘ezel 9700 F2uphy jp use 2ui7
Jybilg D 82 YoAYe PIG *UKPU PD hauplhig jo uvae hywuen sv sf Uuaanjey SIUz) LP

yoseung

aig <4 xs) a a 4 z ! a
-yoatgs 7ybny v jo uaggwood sys smoys 2UI Pant ZT U2 ae w%
S2ULIIE BUusUayaryZ IYL PJP “udg Jo UMmays FP pave? Q %0 "PLB 797 “YWCT ured cee

PIA2ADD ST UPINIA' BG UIT “BET wo wudag'G FO RYO Usamjeg FIUZ undjoads Liv

+

] y
f
IE
| ‘ae
eae <9 | ea } 1 Vv

) Vv

9

"‘YiGI 299 "UnlE

—,
|

<0 0

iy, Es ae ce
oy

a

;

2
-*

Q

*82U2) 420 ato hye prapuz fp *8PU22
942 fo 220a¢8284ad BSI IY. a4D QRYY° WGI}9 UI uri yo Uundsdy «IF

| |

‘SALNEDIPT LaZiUaLI YY Mote

WL ([ 009
‘OL9T 900) Fe “PlYfPOOH
ue? a ? 4 6
soyouutes Gnmosgo fipsnd pas.tesqo 80M asogn Papuaseddad MOPOYS YING LOY nved FY,
SYLOUAY

mee he np Yor jun Toot #¢ eamcedy

“rer -cy WM NF Pa
TW iS U00Uu Of WC

> sie ee PS?
6 [? 490) 8251
LYPOOh YO PaALaoQO

_
to
“I

On the Metallurgy of Nickel and Cobalt.
By W. A. Drxon, F.C.S., M.I.C.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 3 July, 1878.]

Snorriy after the discovery of the large deposits of nickel and
cobalt ores in New Caledonia I turned my attention to the
metallurgy of er rp te and began this research with a view
to improvements in their extraction, keeping in view the
that here the reagent saute employed in their bral are
exceedingly expen

The sources of arb: previously to the discovery of these
ress argv chiefly of speiss, the residue from the manu-
factur smalt, which contains from six eight er - of

remove part of the iron and obtain an enriched matt. This matt is
ground, thoroughly roasted, to expel : arsenic and ain hy and con-
vert the metals mto oxides

milk of lim arsenic being removed at the same sr -
phureted hypdvenen 3 is then passed into the fililate to precipitate
copper, and from the clear solution cobalt is precipitated by
ine te of calcium, and afterwards the nickel by milk of

magnesium sulphate and ¢ prille and pie chloride at various

temperatures was therefore tried, but minute quantities only of

per were Sinsatred, though in every case my tinct traces were
ed.

128 ON THE METALLURGY OF NICKEL AND COBALT.

Trials were made with the view of taking advantage = the
comparatively easy decomposition of magnesium chloride by
aqueous vapour at a high temperature. The nickel and cage
sium were obtained together i im ee Saas Aba oie ted to dryness
and sie i with steam at vario s temperatures ranging from
212°F. to dull redness, but ash nickel chloride was invariably
sadolibones along with the magnesium chlori

A portion of the ore in pea-sized pieces was alii treated at a
dull red heat in a combustion tube with dry hydrochloric acid gas,
with the vie

each piece seemed converted into a golden ball. The chloride
was readily eas: out by hot water, but numerous trials gave
an average of 3°62 per cent. of nickel extracted from an ore
containing 10° “66 per cent. The solution contained both ferrous
d magnesium chlorides in small repartee Its composition,
calculating the metals as dry chlorides, was
Ferric chloride, traces.

Ferrous OG: xs - 5°42
Magnesium dia, w. 12°45
Nickel a wea: SSRIS

100-00
_ From finely-ground ore similarly treated for five hours 6°73
per cent. of nickel was-extracted, whilst no — was observed
on continuing the treatment for two hours lon
seemed therefore as if part of the metal w was in more inti-
mate combination with the silica Se that ted; so with a
iffer

On further treatment with hydrochloric ae gas 1°65 per gpa
Teaving 39 3°93 per cent. there w
little apparent differ rence between the r sectacine agents, sithouslk
on the whole the carbon Se the best. The solutions obtained
r reduction were much more impure than those got in the _
ion nickel. Calculated as

dee
oh eae

instance, showing more iron t
ntained :—

before, they co
Ferrous chloride ... sd; 8S
Magnesium do. ...... .... 1680
= - Nickel O60: sc xe BEB
ee 100-00

ON THE METALLURGY OF NICKEL AND COBALT. 129

These results were obtained with a somewhat friable ore con-
taining much ferrie oxide, but it was observed that some dense
varieties yielded scarcely any chloride of nickel by this method.

When a charcoal chaufer was used for heating the tube, on
t 1

oxide, and probably contained ferroso-ferric oxide with the
whole or greater part of the ferrous oxide replaced by nickel
oxide, but sufficient for an analysis was not obtained. They’

ated,
formation, as repeated trials to obtain them in larger quantities
failed.

These experiments, although failing to separate the nickel
from the silicate, showed that oxide of nickel could be separated
from ferric oxide by treatment with gascous a ag acid,
so the behaviour of the mixed oxides was next ex

The New Caledonian ore is very infusible, Fon the oe e pro-
portion of magnesia it contains, and some cheap flux ontaining
other silicates was necessary to obtain the nickel in a metallic
or reguline state. This was found in copper ore furnace slag,
which with its weight of ore yielded a sufficiently fusible
charge. The alloy of iron, nickel, and copper obtained by fusing
with carbon ee as a reducing agent was too tough to grind d and
was therefore era gee of conversion into oxides, but the im gees

the case with iron pyrites. Thus a aiceuk of 4 00 grains a
100 grains apa and 800 grains wd ane gave a
button Sega W756 grains, a and mS ins

was obtained co! sini, neat all A ~~ but a tthe same
time a peerente uantity of ferrous ainda, whilst y sat oxide
with traces of ckel remained, ;

130 ON THE METALLURGY OF NICKEL AND COBALT.

It was evident, therefore, that a more thorough calcination

far enough, as the presence of copper and nickel obscured the
be reaction for ees oxide. It was found, shots Ck a y

tal o
5
potassium nitrate, the characteristic brown colour was rapidly
developed as long : as ferrous sulphate was present.

As speiss was actually the substance under treatment, it was
thought advisable to examine ey behaviour of the other oxides
which are generally contained in it. A speiss was therefore
made with ore and various tases: and after calcination was
found to sane seb er cent. of — . nickel with the oxides
of iron, copper, zine, cobalt, and a These oxides treated
as before yeldel i in a flask stanchion 4 i the outlet a solution con-

aining arsenic and zine which had been volatilized as chlorides,
and the Sait on boiling with water a solution containing nickel
and cobalt with a small quantity of iron. The insoluble “residue
contained the ferric oxide, a small quantity of nickel oxide and
ie as cuprous chloride, which could be removed by a solution

It now remained to separate the small quantity of iron in the
solution from the nickel and cobalt and these metals from each

ferric chloride, and then adding to the boiling solution successive

small portions of anhydrous ox xide of nickel, which dissolved,
i chlori

in excess. From a neutral solution containing ferrous chloride it
was also found that manganese dioxide completely precipitated
the iron without a trace of nickel or cobalt.

On adding to the hot, iron free solution rather more oxide of
nickel than was equivalent to the cobalt present, and passing
chlorine into it, the whole of the cobalt was recipitated

ig metalic nickel by igniting in &
ease of a solution containing

RE OMS Se cepa ets 3h
gs

ON THE METALLURGY OF NICKEL AND COBALT. 131

manganese, this would be advantageous, as its chloride is not
ee y hydrogen, and could be ‘separated from the nickel by
was

The acai ntineail cobaltic oxide was suspended in water and
treated with chlorine at the boiling point, whilst small quantities
of coer of syns was added until cobalt remained in solution.
All the nickel was thus removed from the pre a se to the
ca sbi ‘Soiniatiion also the cobalt added in excess. The
same result could be obtained by digesting the prdciniletl with
po ivinochieets acid, which would dissolve the nickel on y.
tached is a scheme which shows the prises at a glance, with

what complicated, it must be remembered that six metals hie to
be sep: rated, and that two of a ee

easealy: pasdeesty to observe that if the number of
sehais scone is reduced, the treatment would be correspondingly
shortened and simplified.

F NICKEL AND COBALT.

GY O

ON THE METALLUR

32

‘1

‘govuny-Suponper | *T 0} peumyer

0} JOYOTU JO opIXO’ ple oJJopyooupAH “@PHOPY [PYOIN | “Oprxo opTeqoD
“oNpIseyy “str “UOTNLOS “ONPTSoy
“uIea4s “prov o1zojyoorpsy
yo uoLINd url poyuAr pue ‘sseuszp OFNTIP WIA pozwory, “poppe Oprxo

0} poyerodvas ‘opuoyyo jexoyU eng jerer JO ss90x9 puv oprxo o1y]VQoD

“UOTQIOS

‘oqeyrdroorg

ney “ts

gs se Hes yexoru yo peel Suyuyeyn0p

pozvery, sd

NSpuogoxo pu opixo Iuuod ‘sywjout 29490

“eoRULINg-Sriysvor OF pouinyey

-“aprxo
s800x9 OY? WIT

‘ooeuLny
Supa 9 power —
‘an pisoy
“uodt

“MoNNyjos

-oyeytdyoorg

‘JOYOTU JO Oprxo YA palo Loy} pues

: aaa

uh ihe?

‘SOPLIOTY 3wVqQoo aa heicatae ‘vaniend exciting

Aq ee aaddoo

UOIyN]OsS

-

—SOALF 107VM JOY YPM Popwat], ]

‘SOPLXO 4JVqQoo pu JOY JO so9ovzy YIM ‘apLioryo yWeqQoo “opHoqqe paxord ‘apraoyyo sn01i9y 6

1S iat

“onpl ou

“ormaste

—soat3 plow ojaojt,ooap sy snoosed qaIM peqyWwaxL, “TL

‘aout ‘ourg

‘xaddoo “yuqoo

‘yeqO1T Jo soprxo Bururwyuos ssyod!

133

The Deep Well Waters of Sydney.
By W. A. Dros, F.C.S., ELC.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 2 October, 1878.]

E obtaining of a Water Supply for Sydney by means of
(rn i Wells has been mooted at different times, and the suc-
cessful results sisal in other counter ave been cited to

one ii indeed, that the great supply of water drawn from
the Botany Swamps during the drought of 1876 might be partly
due %y petits artesian springs rising beneath the sand.

waters obtained, with some conclusions draw
following are analyses of the Sydney — as supplied in
Hunter-street, in May last, and of a surface spring near
Waverley, — nearly two years since for comparison with
the deep water

Sydney Water.

Carbonate of calcium... as eE grains per oS
Alumina and iron oxide traces ,,
Chloride of pares ia eae eG
sodium eae Ss ‘
Loss on sideman! A i. a 2 a
Sulphate ro > on .
Total solids... 3°74

The pence Pukexacen slightly on ua. fod ccmeaiont traces
of nitrates
Free ammonia... “ee ... 0°01 parts per million.
Albuminoid ,, 3.3) OR ig

Spring at Waverley.

Carbonate of calcium ... 1°90 grains per gallon.
Chloride of magnesium... 2°15 ,, »
$y sodium .., ee ”
potassium ... traces ,, 2
Sulphates : eee ... traces ,, ”
Losson ignition ... ... 191 ”

es

: Total solids ... ge OMB gers Me

134 THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY,

The residue scarcely tinged on ignition, nitrates were absent,
and the water contained—
Free ammonia ... ae ... O°O1 parts per million.

Albuminoid iis ey es | «ys aoe be

In 1876 the Colonial —_ Refining Company began to bore
for water at their new works at Pyrmont, and at a depth of 200
feet they obtained a fuels of w ater, of which the following is an
analysis, made in August, 1876

Carbonate “ calcium... 10°12 aiid per gallon) Deposit on
Oxide of ir ie OOO ; boiling, 13°63
Sulphate ms ccm meh 72: re
nesium 376 ,, a
Chloride peu magnesium || ee
Po tassium o05: 4, ‘s

sodium ... 21°65 ” ”
inne oa besittion ie RSE os

Total solids ... 49°86 ,, ie

This sample of water was sent ina cask, which charged it with
— matter, so that it was uscless to determine the organic

The supply of water found at this depth proving pegs 5
boring was resumed until at a depth of 427 feet a more abundan

oie pumping the ® water mas ok rise within 30 feet of its
original level, on the pumps being stopped.

‘

THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY. 133

The water was analysed in June, 1877, and gave—

Carbonate of calcium... 13°55 grains per gallon ) Deposit on
Oxide ofiron... ... 1:54 . ) boiling, 15°09
Chloride of calcium ... 1:13 ,, ye

iy magnesium 11:12 _,, ”

ss potassium > Bg.) eae =

ss sodium ... 10°85 ,,
Sulphates ee ... traces
Silica and alumina... on fy ”
Loss on ignition ee | eee ”

Total solids ... 4699 _,, ”

Total chlorine.. 16:18 18
The residue blackened slighty on astion, nitrates were absent,
and the water gave
Free ammonia... Se ... 0°27 parts per million.
Albuminoid ammonia... 0-01
n the beginning of the present year the Company began to
how on the well to its full extent, pumping about 50,000 gallons
per day, and with this draught a considerable quantity ‘of fine
clay was pumped up. ‘The clay is of a grayish colour, and con-
tained a trace of carbonate of calcium ; it was exami by the

somewhat in character; so a sainp e drawn on the Ist of March
was se and gave—
Carbonate of calcium ... 15°60 grains per gallon ret Pr a on

Oxide of iron ... traces. ng, 15°60
Alumina, silica, &, ... 571 ,, ,
Sulphate of calcium ... 1°03 _,, ”
Chloride “ PR BSE age »
%9 magnesium... 384, ”
” potassium ... lis ,, -
” sodium ie 24°89 ” ”
Loss on ignition i A a ”
Total solids ... 6372 , ”
Total chlorine... 2015 5, »

The residue reac ighty on ignition, nitrates were absent,
and ammonia was not

136 THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY.

This analysis shows mere traces of iron, and it seems likely
that the iron in the previous sample wa s due to particles of iron
abraded from the boring reds and left a eey to the bore. It
showed, however, a notable increase in the saline constituents of
the water, — especially i in the amount of chlorine, which showed
4 grains allon more than the first. To see whether any
further increase took place the water was examined regularly for
some weeks, the chlorine being determined and also the free and
albuminoid ammonia, the amounts of which w ere also found to

the chlorine being stated in grains per gallon, and ude snuioaie
in parts per million :—

Chlorine. Free ammonia. Albumenoid.
Mar. 12 21°30 0:24 O48
eo ae 20°66 0°32 038
nae 21°08 0°30 0°36
21°09 0°37 0:39
Apr. 8 20°87 0°35 0°38
” 21°30 0°36 0°39

Average 21-0. 0397
The upper part of the well was at this time carefully examined
to find whether anv percolation from the waters of the harbour
was taking place which would account for this result, as some
blastin ng operatio ns had been carried on in the neighbourhoty
but for the whole hundred feet the walls were found to be dr ry.
e second ang! ut down for basen is that of 7 plots pa i

iron 1°55 grains per gallon.
sagt of calesym ss 68, ee
s magnesium ... ‘61 ,, ie
Chloride ee 2 eae i“
m sodium 7 1866 :
potassium ... traces.
Bh on ignition ii BBQ ay, i
Total solids si CONT

” ”

The readies ontained = tinged on ignition, nitrates were absent, and

the water c
amm 0 01 parts per million.
‘Albumin cin ammonia
= Saeed of water obtainable he this depth being insufficient
use, and the Sugar Company having obtained an abun-
pes supply at a greater depth, ating was recommenced, and at

cn imeetmear ree ahs Sh coe ae

ee

THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY. 137

a depth of 380 feet water was again struck in the end of January.
The boring rods seemed to have suddenly dropped, as some of
the screw _— were stripped for a length of two and a half

inches. The following is an analysis of a ‘sample drawn on the
5th February—
Carbonate of calcium... 4°20 grains per gallon. mi on
Oxide of iron traces. boiling, 4°20
Alumina and silica ... 442 ,, ”
Sulphate of calcium ... 2:14 ,, ”
. “Soong oh 1:20 =, ”
Chloride of m4 O06 +4; ”
re sodium . _ 15°59 nd ”
po otassium.. traces.
Loss on ignition --. oe, ”
Total eee 3255 i ” PI
Total chlorine ... 995 ,, ”

The residue darkened slightly on ignition, nitrates were absent,
and the water contained—
Free ammonia ss) AOR hg per million.
Albuminoid wel OO
This well was drawn upon generally to the extend of 10,000
gallons s per day, and on the 8th of May, when the ma ximu m
yield of the well had been siete from it during the previous
taediy. four hours, a sample was taken and examined for chlorine
and ammonia, and was found to contain—
Chlorine ... ... 12°00 grains per gallon.
ree ammonia... 0" - pee su million.

submarine ‘I ring in n the Gulf of Mexico, some ¢ considers

tance from the South American coast, which converts so

i iat a fresh water lake that it is inhabited by the fresh
(“Trayels’’) ; also, by Buchanan,

who found “an abundant spring - of fresh water in the Indian

Ocean, 125 miles from Chittagong and 100 miles froin the coast

btn Sencerenie, (¢ otitempatt’ 8 Cytlopellis: Art. ‘Artesian

j 8 | E

Wavcl

138 THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY.

in the cases sr vergence opened a new

The bore,
gy — the water, and allowed more water to rise through it
crevices supplied, ana Pantie a slight flow was
established from the sea to the bore along the old channel.

If this os was saseiag = Faorr of the chlorine to the free
d albumi water should be the same as
that oleered in ree increase i vena constituents in the well
water. To determine whether this was the case, a sample of sea
water was obtained from Lavender Bay at high-water sprin
tide, and was found to contain 1,369 grains of chlorine per
on. Now, to obtain an increase of chlorine from 16:18 grains
r gallon (the Seat ae of the Sugar Company’s water when
st obtained) to 21°05 (the average of the water on steady
pumping), would require 1 part of sea water to 228 of the
sale 9

ce. of Sydney water, and the free an Sapenor a ammonia
Setebndand in the mixture, with the following result :

Free ammonia in mixture ... 0°12 parts per million.
Less amount in Sydney water 0°01

0-11 ”
Free ammonia in ein water 0°27
of June 26th, 1877 “s
0°38 ”
Average of six _ determina-
tions, in March and SPs

1878, i in water from bore 0°325

Albuminoid ammonia in mix-
ture Arr 0-48 +6
Less amount in Sydney wean: 0-08

0-40

Albuminoid in well water } 0-01

in June 26th, 1877 ”
O41

Average of six oe
173 — and oder 0:397
Seg

THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY. 189

These results show a surprising agreement ; a repetition gave
concordant figures, and calculation shows a perfect agreement in
the case of the water from the Standard Brewery.

8
sabe is ( 7 pattest or within the limits of ‘experimental error
on a single distillation

The large peees ty of albuminoid ammonia yielded by sea
water (87 parts per million) is peau less langeny due to the
immense number of microscopic organisms contained in it, and
these ae rete reach the bores if the water ae in fissures. If
the w d,many of thes oe

Sydney water... ... 3°74 ical per gallon.

Surface spring... 646 ,, ”
Standard Brewery, 180 foet 24°22 ,, »

” ” 380 ,, 32° 55 55 ”
Sugar Company, 427 , 4545 ,, ”

This considerable increase of salts in solution would be objec-
tionable for most domestic purposes, and probably on boring
deeper the waters of the coal-beds w ould be obtained. These
waters in country are generally charged with mineral
matter, so much so as to render them useless, so far as they have

140 THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY.

come under my observation. For example, three different waters
from the mines of the Australian Agricultural Company at New-
castle gave—

Nowd:
ee a iron . Wie ah ie 3°01 grains per gallon.
Alum es i = os 9°35 “ m
Lime ... bes ea ua 8:18 vs ”
Ma aut da ae “ae 2°55 ys ”
Chloride of sodium wei _ ee 8:48 ‘i w ;
tease ie oxide ii se she MB BO Sy 9 : |
Phospho ze im te wn eracee
Silica ee es es Zu 2°46 ‘ 5
Loss on 1 ignition ei ig .. 6126 de %
Total solids.. 206-8 i is
of which 5-45 grains was itinotuibte after evaporation.
No. 2.
Alumina vee es uA ... 4070 grains per gallon.
Lime os i di 4°37 Ps
Magnesi ee ee ee). erat ‘
Chloride a sodium .. a ie S364 = “
5 po otassium des ... traces
seu see nee 0:90 ”
Sulphuric oxide as on f° e640 . J
Phosphoric ,, we bac ... traces
onignition ... bs we NODS 4, 9 a
Total solids .. st °267°32 32 : |
of which 13° 99 ¢ grains were fnsotiatile 3 in water after kpesitiba. :
No. 3 :
Alumina as 10:28 grains per gallon. :
Lime ... Ss 1298, :
Magnesia = 19°19 = és od
es fe 13°70 ‘
Potash... oes ‘ -. traces
Chloride of sodium se ue 8°86 9 ”
Silica .. Pre, sie ive 454 me ~
Sulphuric oxide oe ape ie «90-90 F ”
Sulpbhyde m ot det --. traces
ydric acid... “- ie 0:05 ‘
Loss on ignition eas ssi. OOOL : ¥

Total solids .. 26890
of which 29°45 pina at were itablable after seniatiaes

THE DEEP WELL WATERS OF SYDNEY. 141

Discusstoy.
The Rev. J. E. Tentson- Woops asked if any po was kept
of the character of the strata nie through in the
r. Drxon said that as the borings were done wih the
ordinary boring tools the rock was all” crushed, and therefore

samples would not be of so much value as by the improved
methods, and he did not know whether ial had been kept
y Mr. Poolman

r. Poon said that when he arrived the boring was dow
100 feet and no samples had been kept, but from that depth te
had samples in his possession. At 100 feet the rod passed
through a bed of soft sand, and they fully expected to obtain
water there, but did not. At the greater depth the rock had
much the appearance ae Bath-bric

Mr. Henry had examined some of the ae ge brought up
at the Newington Perry and found them to be carboniferous
sandstone. He did not like to hear of so much total solids in
the brewers’ wells or ae idea of drinking beer “ewm grano salis.
he considered it probable that springs rose at Botan

Mr. Drxon said gs the fault of all the water obtained here
for Seewinny was eed: id not ee enough solid matter in
solution. e water a Burton-on-Trent contained about 78
a of total solids per gallon, ind | the waters used for brewing
the best beers in England varied from 60 to 80 grains per gallon
of total solids.

e Rey. J. E. Tentson-Woops said he had seen carbon-

with solids as to be unfit for drinking purpos
however not universal, as the town of Rut exe in Scotland,

Bobiaty was simply a none ry or were there springs there. .
r. ; B

0 a es

143

Note on Huan Island Guano.

By W. A. Drxoy, F.C.8., F.I.C., Lecturer on Chemistry,
Sydney School of Arts

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 December, 1878.]

In a paper which I read before the ee 4 on the guano deposits
of Malden Island, and which was published in the Society’s
Journal, Vol. XT, Tr observed that the deeper layers of g

wae ae richer in calcium phosphate than those nearer the

organic matter ranges in many of the samples between 20
and 25 per cent., and although somewhat nitrogenous it is

ammonium, the bec horie acid being determined in the scibatioasy

which was of a dark brown colour. It was found, however, on

addi ing magnesia mixture to the solution and allowing it to a
t dark wa ne were cents with the ammonio

144 NOTE ON HUAN ISLAND GUANO.

The amount of carbon dioxide evolved from the ash of the
guano was also found to be slightly aati than that from the
guano itself, showing the presence of an organic calcium salt.
Thus, three samples gave as the mean of aovaral closely approxi-
mating determinations :—

No.1. No.2. No. 3.
pee ear itins in the ash calculated) yn 4.54 450
Caction dioxide in the raw guano ne a, tar ee
The limited quantity of material at command has prevented
further research on this point for the present.

As the carbonate of ammonia method failed, portions of the

guano were mixed with a little hot water, transferre d to a filter

solution was ey Lech only, and was treated with oxalate of
ammonium and acetic acid to remove a trace of calcium, and the
phosphoric acid determined as magnesium pyrophos hate with
the following results from different samples, the first three being
from one island and the other two from another, the total
hosphorie acid and ase to of calcium calculated from the

carbon ce being also
otal Ph oe Soluble Phosphoric Acid. Calcium Carbonate,

5
No. 1 29°96 018 9°47
2 31°68 0°53 2°88
3 3157 0-44 2°54
32°14 0°42 2°47
34° 0°63

2:29
It appears as if the organic matter protected the calcium
carbonate to some extent from the = pr the phosphoric acid,
so that it may be pang orks and thus occasional showers of rain
would carry it down the lower ayaa. c of the guano beds

there co sagra the carbonate into phosphate.

pct laye guano Foon through this acid stage in the
gradual iscsi se the iaecgie matter and passage from a
mixture contai ‘ganic matter a small quantity ¢ of

e t
potty. confined to a thin layer at one seine with which otha
ers had been mixed in the samples examin

ee, ee

lt ie ae

Pe

145

The Rise and Progress of Photography.
By Lupovico W. Harr.

[Read before the Royal Society of N.S.W., 4 December, 1878.]

= glancing through the world’s history, from the early ages down

o the present time, we — sm each age or epoch has bee:
‘Sick d by one or more discoveries or inventions, that have called
forth the energy of clever aie sikswies inds, which have served to
benefit the great family of nations; par as age has succeeded age,
so great and important discoveries have succeeded each other,

h one vieing with the other in importance and magnitude, and
so beautifully and wisely have these taken place, that as one has
become old by the difference of the age and the requirements of
time, another springs up and fills its place ; thus does nature,
constantly in her own way, and by her own means,
regular supply of what is good and beneficial to man.

ow among those that have characterized the present century,
there are few, if any, that have been of more service, or are more
deserving of our gratitude, than that of the invention of photo-

graphy. Sure and marvellously rapid.has been the progress of
this art-science, and like steam and electricity it soon hess its
way round the globe, and I think I may safely say that as

been at work in many places where the other two have no a as
yet Neve itei

conside f importance—the one giving knowledge and the
application of that knowledge ; the other ¢ rete all the daily
intercourse and workings of the great human family. As to
which of the two is more conductive to our welled i is not in my
, but an invention combining the two is certainly

146 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

I propose dividing my ede ae two parts—firstly, the history
and progress of pesca ell ; secondly, its practice and applica-
tions. In tracing to its abstract rr history of any great sangre!
which has not been su a or fortuitous, but whic s bee
gained by deep study and oft repeated. gee we find two prominent
things, the idea that caused the wish, and the means for t
perception of the fulfilment of that vik

The one is the essence and the other the substance, and they
‘are as important to each other as soul to body. These are repre-
sented by certain substances which have from time to time been
noticed to darken under the sdiiaede | of white light, — the

will

now see how photography came into existence and to en we
are indebted for our knowledge in its present advanced state.

- Assertions have from time to time appeared in print crediting
both the Chinese and Japanese with having possessed the

uncertain theories sok he a aut hie hicndeed ears. e
alchemists certainly knew of the existence of chloride of silver, as
verified Py Fabricius about the ve et in ee work “ De rebus

metallicu Again we find it in a very singular work by
Tepinigns de la Roche, entitled y Giphantie 4 Babylone,” who
supposed himself transferred to the palace of the genii of the
element, the chief of whom thus addrepeed him

faithfully.
after you h re precious, trut
The spirit then

Reeiedeat tite Ey eee

an i i i

Ee ee a eS hee

oF Ss ge fe 5

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 147

Both England and rare — laid claim to be the cradle of
this giant baby, and both ¢ s have about the same claim
to its rapid development, bevel sich asi has the honor of
having brought most of the experiments, both in its earliest and
later stages, to a practical issue, yet the names of Herschell,
Wedgewood, Davy, and Fox Talbot will always hold a prominent
place wherever the nine of photography is proclaimed.

The mention of th neiples of the camera obscura or dark
chamber is the earliest; reliable record we have concerning the
future discovery of the invention of photography. It was dis-
covered in 1544 by Giovani Baptista della Porta, a Neapolitan
monk, who on seeing the objects from without reflected upon the
white walls of his cell through a hole in the shutter, became the
means of giving hs i world a pleasing and as it has since proved
a valuable instru

The next {hing we saa record of is the chloride of silver,

ppeer-

1777, just 233 years after Porta’s discovery, the learned Scheel,
a native of Swe en, isieimsiibe ed with this substance in another
seem and remarks that paper prepared with chloride of 400d

i were called Eietisteoer still exist, research
into the doi — ewood sat the
fact that as aoe as 1791 as ex nting with one, a

|
148 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.
great Josiah Wedgewood. Wedgewood and Davy became sien
friends, and for some time continued their researches togethe
e pr duced many beautiful copies of drawings, leaves, leeds
of partial value, for a new difficulty now presented itself: the
beautiful pictures obtained with so much trouble patience
when exposed to daylioht gradually darkened all ov
st now pass over a few years, during which time we
occasionally hear of various experimenters using the different
salts of silver as 1 dicks predecessors had done; among them may
ak mentioned Seebeck, Guy Enis. Draper, Ritter, and Wollas-

= 1814, we find the i ites Niépce likewise engaged in
prosecuting aseries of studies in this new light process, and
about twelve years later we hear of him engraving by the same
process ; to do this he aR metallic Bg bier ah: them
with asphaltum, and then exposed them to light in the camera

insoluble, whereas the shaded parts were washed away with oil of
lavender, which left bare the metallic surface of the scab and
- which was then nieces In 1824 Louis Jacques Daguerre, the
inventor of the diorama, experimented also sie the nitrate
and chloride of a employin

fact thata i spoon ad ih on a mn aes sre
treated with iodine, ha alk eft it etal

e pine tole fone on for a more active and

cbs mie but wi t was his spr

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 149

Other plates were quickly prepared, exposed, and put in the yee
board; result, the same. Thus mercurial vapour became the
recognized medium for development in this process.
The news of his discovery soon spread, and Humboldt, Biot,
Arago, and others became his confidants. After much persuasion
0 give

the news of this wonderful process of picture-making had been
th
all the élite of art, science, and even diplomacy, resident at that

time in Paris. Arago, in his opening speech, says, “ France has
adopted the discov
world.” In

giving a body to the impalpable and fugitive image of objec
reflected in the retina of the eye, in a mirror, in the apparatus

the sitters were obliged to be placed in the sun;

To >i you some idea of the patience required in posing in
those days, I have taken an extract from Gaston Tissan sec eae

says :—“ The model took a graceful attitude, resting o

ne
on the back of a chair, and looking as amiable as one could do

150 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

with 8 sun full in his face ; the operator gives the final warning
to be still. The seconds pass—suceee each other—and seem to
expand into centuries. The sitter (or as he ought now to be

torture ; his features shrivel up, tears fall from his eyes, perspi-

ration breaks out from his forehead, he pants for breath, his
entire body shakes like that of an epileptic who wants to keep

still, and the eee erere late represents the i image of a pee

wretch who is undergoing the torture of ordeal by fire

_ Shortly after its Ae isabiony Goddard added atone to the

the best of which were those by Professor Petzval, manufactured
by Voightlander, who became celebrated for his now-called
- photographic aaaate: These, however, have in their turn been

Oss, al = Eom er

While these great pivesada were going on in France our English
investigators had not been idle, for we find that Mr. Fox Talbot
had been Sere silently for some time with the silver salts. For
the carrying out of his particular — he used to prepare his
paper by i immersing it ina solution of common salt, and when

soon became dark and useless. He tried to fix them by plunging :

them into a hot solution of salt, but this only parfially succeeded ;

and it is to the eminent English astronomer, Herschell, that we
ri

hyposulphite of soda. He also introduced many interestin
rocesses that are out of date now. The chemicals employ
were the ferricyanide of Potash, ammonia, citrate of
iron, and the ferro tartrate of silve
The scientific world had by this sine become oe inter-

taken by the Daguerreotype, Talbotype, an ocesse
The negative process on wax r had been clearly demonstrated,
any anxious experimenters were held th nts

Pp
yw withdrawn, as s will be seen by the fcllowing ro ne e
first is from the Presidents of the Royal Society an nen ae

= Academy, and appeared in the Limes, ‘August 13¢h, np ee ; a

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 151

unsuccessful attempt by Mr. Talbot to bring an action against
Messrs. Scott, Archer, and Gustave le Grey, the inventors of the
collodion | igi the second one is his reply. We will begin
with the
“The a ” ar photgraphy on paper, of which you are the
inventor, has arrived at such a degrees: of perfection that it must
ome are anxio

making more “ete pro than Iti desirable
cian we should not be lett pehisabsied by rhhe cast of the Con-

8 say aang will = oba ably require the co-operation of men o
i 1 arti i8 Vi

can resour the a e more probable it is that
their efforts will be attended with success, and, as we feel no
doubt that some such judicious alterati ul e great

“Sioned—Lorp RossE and: Sir CHaRrLes aerate

Mr. Fox Talbot’s reply was as eg —
“Tam as desirous as any one of the lovers of art and science

best thin ng I ean do pn the most likely to urther
anaprowementa in photography, will be to coats ake accealil
f our artists and amat by relaxing the

uw
patent rights that I possess in this invention. I therefore beg
reply to your kind letter by moe the wae — the
ed) as

exception of asingle point, hereafter mention ent
to the public, together with any other patents for “inprovoments
in the same art. The exception to which I refer, and whic

h

esirous of keeping in the hands of my own Neauenaciathe
application of the inyention for photographing for sale to the

152 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

apap this is a branch of the art which ad pont be

afew hands. With this exception then, I pre my inven-
tio nto the country, and trust me hat it may reali our hopes of
its future utility. —Fox Taro

Paper, although a convenient, was nevertheless a defective

medium; it is true it had not the unpleasant mirror-like glare of

the silver plate, but then the texture was not all that was bene

its fibrous nature gave oftentime much trouble; it did not absorb

uniformly the i required, and had many other little ineon-

veniences. It while our ear rly workers were in this trouble
ce

ventors or improvers of photography. is gentleman had been
a student at the military school of Saumur, and became Lieut.
of Dragoons in 1842; it was at that time he began to study
seriously scientific pursuits. He soon found, however, that a
provincial town afforded him very few chances for beco oming
known to the men of the day, and accordingly got transferred to
the Paris ar Snare It was in the gay capital, in a small
room bel under officer of police, that he pursued
under _iieens P difficulties ‘his various studies and very interesting

This discovery opened a new and brighter epoch than had a8
yet dawned upon the now army of photographers; this process
1s a perfect enw to all the requirements of the most sanguine
phemereins, for from se date of its first appearance to the

it has never ceased . _ itself to be the greatest =
ms we oe yet Senived, ied 6 wed the invention of photo-
graphy to be advanced to a eo of perfection hitherto un-
thought of.

t was my intention to omit any matter relating to the
a ae ~ of Dhoteersp hy but the importance of this process
calls for a passing and short notice of its modus operandi. We —

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 153

will begin with the gun cotton. This Sey: rrerisens is ia by
saturating ordinary cotton wool, certai or paper,
in a mixture of nitric and sulphuric aah ie anith it is well
washed to free it from all traces of acid. and allowed to

It is then dissolved in a mixture of alcohol and ether, and forms
a glutinous solution of he consistency of oil; ¢ ertain bodidig and

The iodides and bro s now combine with the silver and

by double decomposition an iodide and bromide of silver with
an excess of nitrate of silver in solution. This is then
exposed to the action of light in the ca obscura, when a

cyanide of potassium or ace ere

Perfect negatives being now easily a it os necessary
to use another and more perfect paper to rec the positive
image. A smooth and finely grained tases was chosen an
prepared by laying on its — a solution of albumen in
which was i

These e pri
and fixed in hyposulphite of soda; these are called silver prints,
and the process is the one in actual use where only small numbers
of proofs are required.

of “ was @ sara aren in the now ninsen stage
photo hy, but progression, the natural orde hings,
brought Sembee aid, and as aie and uncertainty came

?

154 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY,

upon us so also came the means of preventing — and if the

The former may yet be a 7 way off, but the sb of
Béquerel, a de St. Victor, Vidal, Woodbury and ot have

rap eeded that for commercial purposes there e already
three arent in use. e turn to the labten requirement and
- find that success has bountifully rewarded the many patient
months and years of trial in this direction, for photography which
has alre we: in ma ny cases Pi a ied the a of the artist or

idity of printing, printin
independently of hie Tight es ate in es tone an
value of the proofs, printing in any colour desired, cheapness, with
the correctness and perfection of outline, detail, &e., generally
ae in photographs. No remarks need follow these pana
to show the immense utility of such processes, but a s extract
ed an article in the London Times on the value of ae repro-
po ac yar of — pictures of the great masters would not be
mal a

“Tf pict lp art, is, indeed an educational influence of a high
order, and if it is desirable to yet pemaly of form before t
bar of the young,, the autotypes (mechanical prints) of the great

s should not only find the places of honor of which ne

are well worthy, but aie should be in every nursery and schoo
room in the kingdom

This is only one ay lication for them; there are astronomy;
botany, geology, ethnology, ja urisprudence, and a hundred oth

simply ‘the ceaceti of pictures ae: the means of. light and
chemical action upon gelatine tine and permanent veers i as
are used by artists in oil, water colour, or crayon dra

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 155

and could not be washed out again. In this and various other

interesting experiments he may be said to have been the father

f all the various processes having for their base bichromate of
e

potash and gelatine.

gelatine coating and reach the paper, all was good so far as
washing away the insoluble parts was concerned, but the image
ined n

the picture through the transparent medium, and, after
necessary exposure to light, washed away the soluble portions
i i i attached

glass previously coated with collodion; in this manner he was.

enabled to separate it from the glass, expose it to light, and

remount it again for development. This he called the tissue, and
greatly improved his.

y
Support of paper. r many important improvements and the
establishment of the single and double transfer, Mr. R. Sawyer,
im 1874, introduced his flexible support for the purpose of cl

156 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

body, such as paper, glass, wood, porcelain, ivory, &e., &c. thus
the image is no longer reve ersed, but seen in its right position
The oe ss as it now stands may be described in a few wor

water the print is a: thert ones through a solution of
sine, aad and dried.

The first process of photo-mechanical printing that I shall speak
sl is photo- lithography. Among the early records of the process
e find by a letter from Monsieur Lacon in December, 1874,
that a modest iia printer as far back as 1842 produced,
by means not kno r then forgotten, many beautiful photo-
graphic etietersy on atonie ; he worked quietly and unheeded

in his leisure hours, and to the fact of his pores modesty an
humble position we owe the misfortune of not being acquainted

to render honor to whom honor is due, for of all the many
treatises published on these processes o ily one does justice to
the memory, or even mentions the early labours of the workman

negative, and subsequ gente ashed it in ay those p
vrs: by light remained on the stone insoluble, and the non-

and still are the recognized media for the proper carrying
out of Sota lithewahy Among the — prod hegeta: may be
mentioned, Asser of Amsterdam, Colonel Sir H. James, Newton,
and Osborne, in England, Simonau and Too ovey of Bruxelles, .
Captain Waterhouse, in India, and man

Asser used starch spread upon paper and. sensitized with
bichromate—the latter substance being the salt used by all for

ss

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 157

h a peculiar roller and a thin ae ink mix od with eeu
printing ink. This formed the transfer ready te be put upon
stone and treated in the ordinary manner

imonau and Toovey used gum in the following manner:—A
paper is floated upon a solution of gum and bichromate, dried
and exposed behind a negative ; by a “peculiar process the unal-
tered portions of the gum are pressed into the stone, leaving the
lines bare ; the light having acted upon these parts, has rendered

ins

All the rest use gelatine gum, or ees either alone or com-
bined, and use warm water and a fine sponge to remove eae ink

action of the acid employed in biting 3 in Gos.

N

-

oe .

158 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

needle point ; seid beautiful designs and effects are produced by
these means, and one of the chief uses consists in the fact that an
artist on the staff of an ‘Mnetested newspaper takes out wit

s dra g them, sends thsiea home to the photo- Some

p nie or, mee a a hours produces a perfect m
electrotyped for printing with the text, or plnteslithogeegsied if
required to form a collection, or, if preferred, a en
made for printing as engraving. This process is reall
useful and advantageous, as the cost is regulated by ws size wal
the plate, and not the amount of work upon it; thus a most
og mg plate costing perhaps £20 or £30 sterling 66 engrave

an be done for £2 or £3.

The next process I shall speak of, is that known as the “ fatty
ink process,” or more dager s the “Albertype” “ Heliot type”
“ Obernetter process” or e mechanical process.” All
these toh one and the same pc cess, the same result being
arrived at by different Prana we, and are all based on the early
experiments of Poitevin and Tessié de Mathe ey. A glass or
metal plate is eae with vatutias and sensitized in the usual

y 3 n dry, it is “exposed behind a negative, until = the
details are Visible it is now placed i in cold water, when

2g

to the a of the 1 light, and emaboanaiy chan
e water;

des You will

this process is sletiey allied 0. -eikaeregiey, aa Rantine
as in the printing it has to be treated in almost the same way
as ee stone. "There is cwvee this difference: The

Abr. iia ini)

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 159

a fatty matter will t to and ta

i but where the stone is clean and no part of the image is,
it absorbs water completely and repels the ink, whe

processes possess a “ discriminative r of absorption,” and

owe
that not onl to quantity but at - ners of the ink taken
ytoq of ee y "
r

is rendered ee cable where it is in eae with the
glass. Another manner is to use chrome alum in the prepara-
tion. Again, a fine grain is given to its surface in a in “3
ways, which facilitates the after process of printing. Taken

they may be considered as taking rank amungst the sane y of
photo-mechanical processes

A glass i is ‘camel with a special collodion and dried ; a

_ Compound of gelatine, sugar, glycerine, and Indian ink is then

ured on and likewise dried ; this is exposed behind the nega-
tive. Todt ye: sufficient] “my nesaed it is transferred to another

eee y made for are arran, eninine
le, one man eee hla to take charge of si x presses. The
mould j is now placed on the bed of the press, a warm solution of

» press
18 gone through until the six presses have been charged; when
the pes cea ig is set, the pape are re-opened, ; and t the Paper lifted

UY es’

of the mould which forms the image ;

= washed and re-dried, when does are veady f for trimming

instrumentality of the Royal Hcy te :
as —— into the Colony ; and I trust “eg sna cay be allowed es :

160 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

and mounting ; they ene all the fine detail of the silver print
and are perfectly permanent. Time would not allow me to enter

in this process, but we may weasonably — that before very

upon separate stones. The chromist hear commences his work,
taking off from each stone such portions of the work as he does
not require, 2 ‘ait aoe required adding to the work; when all

and seorneily less expense in the gett

Photo-chromography is practised in various ways, of which
the following I consider to be the best :—Say 5,000 joapressions
are

negative by means of the Woodb rocess. A 2 bloe
is then made, composed of the colours required ; the same number
of prints are made from this block as from the negntire; printed

f

on an especially neces tae paper. When both impressions are

dry they are brought into contact and held — in their
ces by a weak solution of gelatine. When again dry

forming one picture, and have been produced by only two prim
ings, which forms one of the most important features in the

I wiah to remark that the observations I have made on these
processes have only been such as to give the outlines of them,

and are not intended as ridtisal details, as it would be impos-—
sible in a paper of this a escription to enter into anything m

than a general and brief review of them ; but, ni Pre of
the place they occupy in photographie : literature, nsidered

roe + might be interesting to this Society to he hear something -

66 Heats from me, as I am aware ue 3 — sak tron

orp ee

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 161

offer a tribute of respect and admiration,to those gentlemen who
were the first to introduce here these valuable and beautiful pro-
cesses. It was a step in the right direction, for countries, like
individuals, if they are to-succeed, must have a healthy mind as
well as a strong body, and no country can afford to slight such a
powerful auxiliary to education, art, and science as photography
and photo-mechanical printing.

In a paper I had the honor of reading before the Fine Art
Section of this Society, I called attention to photography in its
relation to, and as one of the Fine Arts. 1 will not therefore

mu

em
ask your indulgence while I read an extract from a recent

The Art Journal says :—
“Mr. Faulkner, of Baker-street, whose evtonion gio generally,

that high praise of them is a duty. At first sight, indeed, after
mi i i to be
put aside that one receives them as transcripts after grea

r Sir Joshua Reynolds. We may not say that the a
never go farther, but beyond question the art has never yet gone
so far as Mr. Faulkner ‘be carried it. a

nd now, in conclusion, let me say a few words relative to the
position that photography occupies as a means of demonstration.
We find that it is used by almost all the sot Governments,

u

and vulgarizing the public collections of pictures of ancient anc
modern masters, rare objects from the museums, &c. Its use is
still more wonderful in the Astronomical observations, and we
are all more or less familiar with such names as Rutherford,

162 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

of the sun 18 inches in diameter show clearly markings 0
twofold kind, some granular, and some elongated or viloy ane
shape. A magnified examination of these markings by Fathe
Lamey, a French pairing 6 has led to the remar kable Tiecoweeh
that the markings on the sun and moon much resemble one
another. Father a believes he ean trace natin difficulty,
upon the solar pictures of Mr. Janssen, appearances that resemble
the craters plainly shown in the Rutherfurd lunar photographs.
a napciomens here spoken of are sbbnesmaeie of photographs
of the moon, and are three feet in diameter. The blindin

perseverance of Janssen, who believed in the camera, took the
matter up and arrived at ‘the present state of progress. Ruther-
furd’s moon pictures, and Janssen’s photographs of the sun stand
out as two wonderful results in recent investigation, and prove

I als y me
ioranty ditopenad the photospheric network around the
sun en again we have the barograph, thermograph, magneto-
graph, anda variety of eo instruments used in the observatory
for photographic observations, whose utility can be

bot rch as Sg ublished pion of the cate Niahreante at Kew

black spate ceermaie the Bagiogespher was ee Two days

Tallow comes i oak black in the sun_ pict o hente ce must
have been covered with very faint yellow spo, “pote ore any a
could trace the least mark upon the skin. This is a ease af the
invisible, but there are many visible ways of utilizing he pha
As in adj —s pepecial P rhalg te SEpeaae to the opht
moscope, cope, otoscope, &e., in which case medical m
could study te various diseases at thei ir aa Negatives ‘Tike
these prc nie for view during the lectures would be of great
use to students.

THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY. 163

looker-on this may seem of little service, but scientifie men know
better, and are daily adding to their store of knowledge that of
photography.

One of the most remarkable things yet recorded is the photo-
hoceesiva articulated speech. The possibility of mee is ansarted
by Professor Blake, of Brown University. Dr. Klein, of Frank-
fort, and M. Konig, of Paris, have both shown rsemsd or curves
sccencaidong to certain noises ; but this is the first time that a
word or sentence uttered by the human voice has been recorded
by the camera obscura. Professor Blake employed the mouth-
piece of the telephone, and _~ to the vibrating plate a piece of
steel wire, upon which a mirror is set. The mirror and vibrating
plate being i in perfect communication, all movements of the mouth-
piece are imparted to the mirror. A bright ray or pencil of light
is sent by a heliostat upon the mirror, tick reflects it again, and
it passes ra the camera, where it is received upon a movable

oO
=a
tar}
°
Rey
i
TR
i)
ae
s
@
rc)
Qu
S
yo
sé.
a4
re
R
a4
a
rf
°
a
Po
+
°
SS
oO
<
ee
a
a)
Be.
i=)
19 ko)
oe
oe
g8
@®

camera dances up and down upon the moving is aoe a
impresses upon the latter a series of curves ; the rate te at which
the sensitive plate travels varies from six xteen to forty inches per
second. These sounds are so marked and different that. the study
of them would no doubt teach us something more than we know
at present of articulate speec

Nor is Art behindhand in Snakieg use of photography—it has
been the means of vulgarizing those beautiful studies of the great
masters that for so long a time had been the property of the few.

y its means we can all be possessors of copies of the works of
such men as Albert Durer, Martin Schéen Leyden, &c., and how
largely = it — applied os ees illustration, and ith what

trations—such een: pom wh en we have seen

collection of photographs of the races that once peopled this
country! ’Ti

\

164 THE RISE AND PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

museums and libraries, but how gratefully would some enlarge-
ments of these races be received by the scientific bodies at Home
and on the Continent. Take again the case of the Fiji Islands:
how valuable a history of this new addition to our country may
e made by a carefully regulated tour with the camera. Man-
s and customs, races ‘and h abitations, everything of real
interest might be faithfully made to the general benefit of all—
interesting to the general public who like to know all about such
t ease interesting to RA in the eta of t e eae ;

familiar facts; so astonishing is this branch of photography

that if required all the books in the British Museum library -
hi

might be reduced and packed in a chest of drawers. I m

go on enumerating for a long time the many applications of

photography, but I must desist ; _ it to say, that all who

‘are engaged in the study of art or science find in photography a

valuable friend ;—to the biaaicitecterres it has became a necess

and its service in daily life as a portraitist is simply cxbounle

I a do better than finish this paper in the words of a writer
Year Round, “Tf you do not secahiestati photography,

learn it at once.

167

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

WEDNESDAY, 1 MAY, 1878.

AnnvuaL General Meeting of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, held in the Society’s Rooms, Elizabeth-street.
Mr. Christopher Rolleston, V.P., in the chair.
The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of
the Society :—
Samuel T. Knaggs, M.D., Newcastle,
Frederick Griffiths, Macquarie-street.
The certificates of eight new candidates were read.
One hundred and sixty-one donations were laid upon the table.
The Annual Report of the Council was then read :—
“The Council, in bringing before the Society their annual

iciadiedn at the eons poeer ik oo
“At the beginning of last session of 1877 there were 298
members on the rolls, sixty-two new members were elected during
the session closed in December last, while three members died and
_ ten resigned, leaving at the opening of the present session of 1878
347 members, besides fourteen honorary ee
“This stead increase in the number of members warrants the
hope on the part of the Council that the are interest taken in
the ‘Scientific work which this Society is intended to. _foster

© num active members who have taken p
of matters of scientific interest before the Soe
either at its general monthl tings, or at the monthly

ional meetings, has been comparativ y small, d
acquisition of a few more ‘working bees’ would be welcomed by
every one = has the welfare of the Society and of the Colony at

large at h

168 PROCEEDINGS.

“In oe nine (9) different Sections during the session of
1876 it was intended to give every member a favourable oppor-
tunity fon bringing any matter of scientific interest before the
Society, even without requiring to dress those observations in the
garb of a more or less tate aga paper, such as would be laid before
the monthly general m

“Tt is hoped these Sections will be more fully made use of during
the present session. e preliminary meetings for the election of

officers for each section, and the fixing of the days of meeting,
were held much earlier this year than befo ore, viz., during the early
part of last month. This will enable each Section to begin their
regular monthly meetings this month, and thus to secure during
the current year seven monthly sectional meetings, besides eight
moiety general meetings.

“The financial position of the ‘Society, as shown by the balance-
sheet of the Hon. Treasurer, laid before the Society this evening, is in

which Parliament had liberally granted under the condition of a
‘double amount being received from private sources.

“This addition to our ordinary income enabled the Council to
expend a larger sum on books and periodicals and other necessary i
requirements than they would otherwise have been enabled to do.

Government and Parliament has thus recognized the position
of the Society, and it must be a desire of each of its members to
make the Society increasingly us

“ During last year the appeal io the Government for assistance
ae providing a suitable building - the Society has been

red, Parliament having grante e sum of £500 con-
ditionally that the sum of £1 ,000 be 6 for the same
purpose by the public.

“A circular was, therefore, addressed in September last to
every member of the Society, in response to which up to to April
last the sum of £475 2s. had been promised towards such ®
building fund, aortas still —— £525 to be provided for. Our

£5 this :
which, but for this generous ‘or would probably have collapsed. :
There i is now but about £25 needed to complete the subscription

to Government for the ent of the
grant of £500. oo

PROCEEDINGS. 169

“The Council, while happy to be able to report to the members
the present position of the building fund, think it but right to
point out that but about seventy members, out of 347 on the rolls
of the Society, have hitherto contributed to this building fund ;

and though we are now, by Mr. Walker’s most liberal assistance,
placed in a position presently to claim the Government grant,
this fact ought all the more to induce those members who have
not yet subscribed to come forward without delay and liberally
assist in a work not only of benefit to ourselves, but in a wider sense
to the Colony at large. It must be self-evident that £1,500 will be
far from sufficient to accomplish the object in view except by bor.

scriptions become in the aggregate most useful to the end in view.

“The Council has, within the past few days, taken active gis
to secure the building which hitherto has been leased the
Academy of Arts, and partly sublet by the latter to the Roy al
Society ; the Council considering this building, with few ler.
ations, the most eligible for the purposes of the Society.
purchase of the said building and premises for the sum of £3, 25

agreed upon, subject to a favourable report by 0
solicitor as to title.

“Mr. Henry Heron, solicitor, and a member of og Society, has
most kindly undertaken to prepare a charter ty,
which, when — through Parliament, will put the Society on a
proper legal footin

. During the last year the Hon. Secretaries have forwarded the
Journal of the Society for 1876, and other AES II paca
to them for distribution abroad, to no less than 228 places, Great
Britain and the Colonies, the Continent and America, pare eee
in all 1,066 publications. The e Society has thus been the means of
communication with the principal centres of learning in the —_

£0. no less than 880 ot ate mong: which. are many m
valuable books. Besides these co the library has bok
enriched dating last year by the purchase of several valuable

ee works, and a regular depety of thirty-four periodicals
In En , French, and German. Thus, in time a very
Scientific libra rary will be s

“The Journal and Boost etae of the Society for 1877 are in
course of ae oe to the members. : owledge
here, with th he expedition on the part of the iciiikindat

svg which thus enabled the members to receive
lst yen’ Jour at the beginning of the new session.”

170 PROCEEDINGS.

Honorary MEMBER.
In accordance with a recommendation from the Council, Thomas
Walker, Esq., of Yaralla, Concord, was duly elected honorary

ocie

The following Financial Statement for the = ending 30 April,

1878, was presented by thee Rev. W. Scott, M.A., Honorary
Treasurer

Rec £48
To balance in the Union ae. os rey MOLY ster erste cout 123 3
Subscipti nn che — e fee 433 13 0
,, Governm 200 0 0
* Peateantie’ Taaenee (for engravings) 9 5 8
£766 110
Dis
By rent of rooms from Ist me 1877, to 30th Pier Lt: ae 50 0 0
», Offi _ keeper (Mrs. Casey), to 30th April, 1878 ............... 1010 0
>, Hire of a Hall for Eaomences ye i eae aR 9 0 0
ee Refreshm nts do. do. 2 0 0
_,, Sundry Presi ses do. do. p> aay
ea efreshments for monthly MURINE ccs otras cif apin Cab cs cae t as :
;
a) 19 9
»» Engravings 115 0
ae: oe account 5 9
43 Statio " 30 12 HW
53) Pett cash = stage account 47 0
* Book bindin bere 40 19 0
me Advertisemen 23 3-4
», Gas unt 10: -0. 8:
‘ Ripe j 0
», Bank commission on draft att 4 0
3s HL W. In ngram 15s
ae Packing cas 8, 1 6
3, Assistant Booretacy’ (Mr. Oats to 30th April, 1877 ...... 8
»» Mr. Casey, distributing books 9
ae ne. he ecretary, twelve months salary to 30th April, Pa
PRCGER MOV NICER So oicsin us thio ercpnmesde sedieis ?

a ASSETS.

To balance i in the Union Bank
» pe te tigg and fos fees due
ture, Books, Pictures, &c., as Sense

_ LIABILitties.

By 2 mned ordered ..
2 of assets 0” ver liabilities

PROCEEDINGS. 171

The Honorary Treasurer reported that including the £500 from
Mr. Thomas Walker, the subscriptions promised towards the
Building Fund up to 30 April, 1878, amounted to £976 3s., as
per the ‘following list :

s.

Abbott, = ape Kingsmill
Bartels, V . Ww.
Belfield, Alger i.

3
0
3
2
0
2
0
3
2
0

1

Campbell, Allan, L.R.C.P.

Campbell, The Hon. Alexander, M.L.A.

Clarke, Rev. W. re ay PS VEG BO. eS

Croudace, Th

De Salis, The ° Hon, Leopold Fane, M.L.C.
jun

0
2
5

De Salis, L
Dixon, W. oe F.C0.8
Docker, Ernest, M.A

0
0
0
0
0
1
3
0

10

Flavelle, Secieiank and Roberts

r, The Hon. John, M.L.C.
Gilliatz, Henry A.
Graham, The Hon. W., M.L.C.
Griffiths, F. C.
Ray, The we Jone MAS MEO ee Cea. fosbeeoe
Holt, The Hon. Thomas, M.L.C

eceocoosceosoeooeosoeoesceoseoseoocooeoso oso secoooos

ume, ee eet eee
Jones, P, ‘Soles: M.D., F.R.C.S.
Josephson, J. F., FLG.S., District Court Judge .............000

1

Perry Teresa ee ee

be]
a
i
je]
for)
Bg
jor)
SroanseSSawnwre8SanrBansS Sun SSunSanansvaeanwewuan &

0
0
0
1

0
0
0
0
3
0
3
5
0
0
3
0
5
2
0

ceoooocoo

-

4
172 PROCEEDINGS.
G sads
DI BOLOMHOL, WILTAM 30. eiscc ss sveesessn steers tes cveeusesced hh eas & 0.30
Mackenzie, John, F.G.S. Oa Oe
Manning, Frederick ie M.D. bb 0]
Martin, Sige Geo 2.20
e dua 5 5.
Moore, Chase dd Ba 5 0 0
Mo AL. 10 0 0
Miullens, Ties i 10 0 0
Murray, W. G 5078
Olley, Rev. Jaco 11
“haath W. W. J., M-D T ie ©
Paterson, Hugh 2 ¢ ¢
Ro its, Christopher 10 0 0
Russell, Henry C., B.A., F.R.A.S., &e 10 0 0
Scott, Rev. iglanmcis ‘ 5 08
Sharp, James B., 5. og
Smith, gta eRe oe PD Bee ae 5 0 0
_ Smith, Robert, B.A. 10 10 0
Suttor, William Henry, J.P. ie
Taylor, William George, F.R.C.S. vials Ba
Tebbutt, John, F.R.A.S. 10 0 0
Thomas, 3.0 0
Toohey, J. T 10 10 0
outon, F 3° 3. 0.
Tucker, G. A. 10 10 0 sue
Voss, Houlton H 10 10 0 ‘
J. W. 6.0 2 i
Waterhouse, J., M.A go 28 a
Watt, A. J. 5 0 0 :
Walker, Thomas 500 0 0
Webster, A. S 10°00 |
Woolrych, F. B. W. 3 3.8
Wright, H. G. A., M.B.C.S 5 oe
£976 SOs
a

draw attention to the fact that nearly £500
tat 3 members out of about 350 on the rolls of the peers and a

still leaving the sum of £23 17s. to be subscribed before he could
claim the Government grant of £500, but he trusted this amount
would be made up by those present before leaving the room.

He was glad to inform them that the Council were in treaty
for the purchase of the building they were now in, and that there
was every probability of their being successful ; but he begged tee

00 had been subscribed

as. considerable funds would be pe noe towards the P’

PROCEEDINGS. by a:

of the building (after obtaining the Government grant), he hoped
those members who had not hitherto en anything wo ould
come forward and give them a helping hand

A ballot was then taken, and the itera gentlemen were oe
elected officers and members of Council for the current year :—

PRESIDENT

io):
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR HERCULES ROBINSON, G.C.M.G.,
&e., &e., &e.
VICE-PRESIDENTS:
Rev. W. B. CLARKE, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.,
Hon. J. SMITH, O.M.G., M.D.
HONORARY TREASURER:
H. C.-RUSSELL, B.A., F.R.A.S., F.MLS.
HONORARY SECRETARIES
Proressor LIVERSIDGE. | Dr. ADOLPH LEIBIUS.

COUNCIL:
FITZGERALD, R. D., F.L.S. MOORE, CHARLES, F.L.S.
GURNEY, ety M.A ROLLESTON, CHRISTOPHER.
JONES, P, SYDNEY, M. D. WRIGHT, H. G. A., M.R.C.S., E.

Dr. Lersivs stated that arrangements had been made for the
various Sections to hold meetings during the ensuing year on the
following dates :—

May. June July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dee.
General Monthly, Wednesday, Spm. 1 5 3 7 4 4
Council, Wednesday, 4°15 p.m......... 29 26 31 2 2 30 27 Il

SECTIONS.
At 8 o’clock p.m., except Sect. D, which meets at 4 p.m.
May. June. July Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov.
A—Astronomy, &e. Friday ...........:005 3 Se 6.4 3
B,C—Chemistry and Geology, Wednesday 22 19 17 21 18 16 20
D—Nat. Hist. & Botany, Bnet hie 6.8 1 5.88

E—Microscopy, Monday ....... is 1. 8: 12- 6 wR
¥.—Geography ..................

G—Literature and Fine Arts i Lapsed. 2

H—Medical, Friday oo 16 4 8 90 8 8
—Sanitary, Monday ’ 20 17 15 19 16 21 18

Nors.—The Literature and Fine Art Section was resuscitated 26 July, 1878.
oO <

174 PROCEEDINGS.

and announced the followi ing names of the Committee-men of the
different Sections of the Society, viz. :—

Section A— Astronomy.—Chairman: H. C. Russell, B.A,
F.R.A.S. Secretary: G.D. Hi rst. Committee: H. G. A
Wright, M.R.C.S. ; ie . Maaionnell, F.R.A.S. ; Rev.
G. Martin, I. U. cms

Sections B, C— Chemistry per he — Chairman: Dr.
Leibius. Secretar. xon, F.C.S. Committee:
Messss. Sleep, M‘ Gutcheon, Baniendies Gipps.

Section D—Natural History and Botan any —Chairman : R. D.

é' Fitzgerald, F.L.8. Secretary: A. J. Stopps. Keeper
of Herbarium : W. rmstrong. Committee: Messrs.
Daintrey and James Norton.

Section re yy. —Chairman : moe _ George Martin.
Secretary: P. Pedley. Committee D. Hirst , We
MacDonnell, W. Morris, L.F.P. and 8. me H. G. &
Wright, M. R. CS.

Section H—Medical.—Chairman: H. G. A: Wright, M.R.C.S.
Secret taries: Drs. Sydney Jones and MacLau urin.
mittee : A. Roberts, M.R.C.S. ; Drs. Se gor &: O'Reilly,

and M. 8. Clune, M.A., Lie. K.Q., Coll.

Nection I—Sanitary. —-Chairman : Alfred Pahetls M.R.C.S.
Secretary : Harrie Wood. Committee : Hon. J. Smith,
C.M.G. ; H. G. A. Wright, M.R.C.S. ; W. J. G. Bedford,
M.R.C.S. ; and Dr. Belgrave.

Mr. Cunistorumn Rotieston (Vice-President) then read his
ss, and referred to some of the more important scientific dis-
poe and investigations of the past year.

- WEDNESDAY, 15 MAY, 1878.
The annual Conversazione ae en by the Society was held in the
— Hall, York-street, at 8 p.m. on the evening of May 15,

The attendance was wah than on any previous year ; the
members on this, as on former occasions, were permitted to intro-
duce the ladies of their fam ilies

ice-Presidents and Council received the visitors at the
]

tion of rare See ”
The proceedings ‘commented by the Hon. J. Smith, C.M.G,
M.A.D., V.P., delivering an introductory address which referred
y to the ee ee ee
_ & passing interest. Amongst the more prominent was the foo 4
collection of Acetate apparatus exhibited by Major

PROCEEDINGS. 175

the Superintendent of the Telegraph Department, and which was
under the supervision of Mr. P. B. Walker, the Assistant
emer assisted by Messrs. Dalgarno, Wilson, and Maguire,

of whom were present to explain the various technicalities
Amongst the numerous instruments on view was Fuller’s mercury-

instruments ; also Major Cracknell’s torpedo-exploding shutter
apparatus, together with a dynamo-electric apparatus intended for
re age purposes in Sydney Harbour. :
r. Dalgarno exhibited a private collection of magnetic and
electric instruments, including an electric battery for curative
oses

Amongst the astronomical instruments exhibited by the Govern-
ment Astronomer was a new barrel chronograph for registering
star transits, the pen of which by the action of electro-magnets had
two motions.

Mr. Russell also had on view a meteorograph instrument
designed by himself and made at the Observatory, for registering
on a sheet of paper 20 inches long by 8 inches wide one day’s
record of thermometer, barometer, direction and force of wind
and eae

the Nitella translucens—a species of w lant, samples of
sediments of the water used in Sydney for doasautie purposes ; the
of a beetle’s eye, which could be composed of

various smaller lenses each producing a separate image ; and the
orange-perforating moth belong to the ; genus Ophideres.
A model printing press at work was exhibited by ‘the Stata

were made in t fegeens ¢ frm talo ogue.
The Conversazione Committee consisted of the following
gentlemen :—
Rev. W. Scott, M.A.
Dr. Leibius.
H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.
C. Moore, F.L.S.
G. D. Hirst.

WEDNESDAY, 6 J UNE, dog

176 PROCEEDINGS,

The following aes were duly elected ordinary Members
of the Society, v
Robert Me nt, F.G.8., Royal Mint, Sydney.
Richard Thomas Hall, Seaton House, Crown-street, Surry
Hills.

Francis Lindsay Barker, 130, Pitt-street.

Francis John Fuller, St. Leonards, North Sho

Rev. Samuel Wilkinson, Islington Cottage, Aciinelonll

Newtown.
James Thomas Wilshire, C.P.S., Scon
George Moses Alexander, 48, Mubeiirolctiieel
i Skinner, St. Paul’s College, Darlington.

The certificates of nineteen new candidates were read.
One hundred and ninety-four donations were laid upon the
table.

e Hon. Treasurer drew attention to the unsatisfactory con-
dition of the Building Fund, and stated that until the £1,000
promised had been raised, the grant of £500 voted could not be
paid by the ene The advisability of securing subscrip-

mbe

building would be even profitable as a commercial speculatio

The Rev. J. E. Tentsox-Woops F.LS., F.G.S., t then ced a
paper on “ Timber-producing evacts of Tasiianin

Mr. Jonn Tepsurt, F.R.A.S., then read a } paper on “A Pro-
posed Correction to the ‘Maburied Longitude of the Sydney
Observatory.”

WEDNESDAY, 3 JULY, 1878.

Ordinary monthly meeting of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, held in the Soc iety’s. rooms, Elizabeth-street, the Hon. J.
Smita, C.M.G., M.D., V.P., in the Chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

The CHarrMan delivered the felisiing 4 address :—“ It is i mpos-
sible to go on with the business of this meeting without referring
to the great loss the Society has recently sustained in the
removal by death of our senior Vice-President, the Rev. Mr. Clarke.
A detailed notice of his life and labours will have to be given at

PROCEEDINGS. - : 177

and that his faculties remained unclouded to the end. A fort-
night before his death he had completed.a new edition (the 4th)
of the : Sedimentary Formations of New South Wales,’ a copy

which is on the table, and I understand that he had also
finished the preparation of a geological map of the Colony. On
the last day of his life he busied himsel arranging fossils, and in
writing a letter to Professor de Koninck, of Liége, who had
examined and named many of his specimens. This letter, through

resting patties ‘elatinicg to hie last “lnoes : ‘ © Basinthewnites
15th June, 1878. My dear Professor de Koninck,—You have
doubtless expected to hear from me before this, but I have been
sorely hindered in writing. I have before told you of my general
weakness in health since the first days of August last ; but I did
not anticipate such a culmination as I have since experienced, and
from which I a m only now slowly recovering. I went with the
Chief Engineer of Railways in the beginning of August to the
Liverpool | Range and Plains, and visited some of my old camps in
1851-2, returning the better for the journey to and fro. This amend-
ment was followed by paralysis of my left side and limbs, and this
is the second letter I have attempted since the date of the attack,
which was the 6th of March. was seated in my arm-chair in
this my study, when, trying to rise to get down a book, I found
myself a prisoner bound hand and foot, and after two hours

was useless, as I found my speech anything but intelligible.
Knocking on the floor with my right foot brought my son from the
garden, and I was soon attended by my usual “medico, Dr. Ward,
and by a young friend of his, Dr. Kyngdon, who with my own son

since chiefly rested. Dr. Kyngdon said to me, “ Put out your
tongue,” and this done, “ observed, “ Your tongue is half
paralyzed,’ is was intimation to me of my condition. Iam
now, however, so far recovered as to be able to walk upstairs, step
by step, holding the banister; but I can only come down side-
hashes sae crab-like, with both feet on a step, the left sliding over the
one above ; and I have once, by aid of two assistants, managed i
visit a friend across the road. Dr. W. said to my wife
he did not think I should recover, and now he has expres 4
me his astonishment that I am so far towards health. I must

edition of my ‘Remarks’ when the stroke came, and b
the help of my son I have got it through the 2 press, I but the copies
have not yet left the ee inting office. Thad a

178 PROCEEDINGS.

somewhat similar attack in 1856, which occurred on Easter Sun-
day in church, and I had a hard struggle to get through my min-
isterial duties. But God is ever sal cain and I am not despair-

have it that I have suffered rom over-work about the book.
Perhaps er re right, Ag T had to make a good deal of research

to complete * * My new edition brings us all to
78, and gives Hots - sone from various authorities, with fresh
sections, =. varad a small ma I hope you have in some degree

recovered from the effects of your severe sorrow, and, with “the
warmest regard, sympathy and gratitude, I remain, my deny
friend, Yours, very sincere.— .B. Crarke—P.S.— *
stly, give me absolution for this letter, which is a gee pro-
duction ; but I cannot do more.’ These concluding words had a
eeper significance than the writer was aware of. About the
middle of the same night he was heard making some noise in his
room. His son went to him and found him standing on the floor
complaining of pain across his chest. e was assisted into bed,
and the doctor sent for, but within ten minutes it was all over.
On June 18 the Council and many members of the Royal Society
aid the last tribute of respect and affection to their late Vice-
President by following ~~ to the grave. And now we shall long
miss the well-known face at these m meetings, and the cheering voice,
ever ready with a indie: greeting for his fellow-members and
friends.”

Mr. H. C. Russznx, B.A., F.R.A.S., moved the following resol-
lution :— That the members of the Royal Society of New South
Wales desire to express their grief for the loss which the Society
has sustained by the death of ‘their late Vice-President the Rev.
Wi larke, F.R.S., and at the same time express their sympathy
with Mrs. Clarke and the members of his family. That a copyof
_ this resolution be sent to Mrs. Clarke.

The resolution was seconded and unanimously agreed to.

Mr. J. R. Farrrax moved the following sitll “1.
That, in the opinion of this Meeting, the distinguished services
rendered by the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, not only to these Colonies,

but in the cause of science, call ing some ae recognition ;

public generally to give Pao “of their ‘ecieaibia “of the os

character and services of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke as a learned
brings a faithful minister of religion, and an eminent scientific

may be most appropriately afforded through the medium of ©
this” feet gg of which he was for so many years senior Vice

. That the Council of the Royal Society be requ

to take to bring before the inhabitants of ‘th

Seton steps
Australian Colonies the subject of the foregoing — tions, 9

i

PROCEEDINGS. 179

a view to provide a suitable memorial of him whose decease we
lament, and whose services to science, as well as in connection
with the development of our mineral resources, command our
grateful acknowledgment.”

The Resolutions were duly carried.

Professor Gurney, M.A., moved “That the following gentle-
men be appointed a Committee to co-operate with the Council in
carrying out the objects a these resolutions, viz. :—

Messrs. J. R. Fairfax, J. Kinloch, R.A. A. Morehead,
Mx Ae pes A. 8S. Webster, and E. L. Montefiore.

The Resolution was agreed to.

The ahaa gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members of
the Society :—

Edwin Chisholm, ie D., MERCS.,, LSA, a, Tél,
Macquarie-stree

Vincent W. Giblin, ‘Aiseslind Joint sees rama Sydney.
WV. L. Herborn, Victoria-street, Darling

Alfred P. Backhouse, M.A., Ithaca, Elizabeth J Bay.

Numa Joubert, Noumea.

Joseph Brooks, F. R.GS., Hope Bank, Nelson-street,

oollahra.

James Markey, L.R.CS., Irel. LR.C, a Edin.,
gent-street.

Ludovico Hart, Government ea Office

William C. Goddard, The Exchange, New Pitt-street.

Edward Wm. Welch, St. OEE. Bondi,

Edwd. H. Fry, 4 Verena Terrace, Latest apicrtg

E. E. Smith, Struth’s Wharf, King-stree

James Balfour, Union Club.

Lamont G. = Young, Assoc. R. 8., Mines, F.G.S., Dept.

of Min
Alexander Peiouan, M.D., M. A, AT; rae ecaiaaes
i ald. Office

The certificates of nine new candidates were read.
HAIRMAN announced that the Council had in contempla-
tion the election Mr. Charles Moore, F.L.S., as one of the Vice-

sidents, in the place of the Rev. Mr. Clarke, for the remainder
of the year. gone hundred and thirty-six donations received
since gs meeting were laid upon the table.

A, Dixoy, F.C.S., F.1L.C., read a paper on “ Metal-
hay of Nika el and Cobalt.”

180 PROCEEDINGS.

Mr. H.C. Russet, B.A., F.R.A.S., then is a paper by
Capt. Marshall Smith, of the ship “TL. Ha ll,” on “The Meteor-
ology of the Coast ot ‘New South Wale ss, and eo: desirability of
issuing cautionary storm warnings by telegrams to the various
ports, ‘from the Observator ry.

WEDNESDAY, 7 AUGUST, 1878.
Ordinary monthly meeting, of the Royal Society of New South
— held in the Society’s Roo oms, Elizabeth-street.
minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The ores a were duly elected ordinary members of
the Society, v
eo hl mae ag Ashfield.
Thomas Browne, J.P., Da rlit ighurst Road.
Reginald J ames Black, Bank of New South Wales,
Sydney.
_ F. B. Kingdon (care of Lieut. Taunton), Victoria Barracks.
Rev. D. Placid Quirk, M.A. (Sydney University), Post
Office, Cook’s River.
Rey. E. G. Hodgson, St. “Paul’s College, University.
Eugene Herborn, 318, V ictoria-street, Darlin ghurst.
George Butterfield, Buckland-street, Newtown.
Hamilton Lambert Low, 139, Phillip-street.
The certificates of twelve new candidates were read
The CuarrMan said that a copy of the resolution of condolence
with Mrs. Clarke, passed at the last evening, in reference to the
death of the late Rev. Mr. Clarke, having been forwarded to Mrs.
Clarke, a letter had been received in recall from Mr. Clarke’s son.
The Secretary read the letter as follows
Branthwate, tg Pei:
Dear Dr. B paete 8 Jul
I have been requested by my mother to ad: te you her
ré thanks for your kind sympathy for her in he er ie. Sorrow

ee he grateful acknowled sg on the gratifying eed made of my
much-lamented med at the | ting of the Royal Society, a7 me
also to express m, sense of ah > hone bestowed on his memory, an
to wish for the fie y iety all fhe success which he so earnestly desired.
ar Dr. Leibius,

A, — worse Yours faithfully,
yal Society, N.S.W. M. W. 8. CLARKE.

The © Cuairman said that the general committee apened as
carry out the resolutions respecting the Rev. W. B. Clarke had

a i WRG Sete.
of Ob eat tre a ad eA aE aie Eas ce SS oH

PROCEEDINGS. 181

or some such term as that. And it was also proposed that a gold
medal should be given from time to time as a reward of merito-
rious contributions to geological science. It was intended that
they should follow the example of the Murchison medal given by
the Geological Society of Great Britain. There might ‘be some
difficulty in determining precisely how it should be given, but it was
not thought va sate at this stage to go into details. The fact was
that the exact character of the memorial must be determined to a
large extent by the cteniias of the contributions; but it was thought
that they could not ask for contributions from the public without
a definite statement in the first instance of what was proposed.
There was the proposition of the joint committee—an annual
course of lectures and a gold medal. The joint committee, he
thought, were inv noe with full powers to deal with this matter,
but he thought it was the feeling of the committee that it would
4 be well to have the ine of the meeting of members so as
to strengthen them in their intentions and enable them to go to
the public with mies to call for subscriptions to carry ri
these ends ey v that there were differences of opin
about the form of a soaal and it was not professed that ities
things were the very best possible, but they seemed to be things

7 that were most easily within their power. Various itn tee
were made, attended by rc ditticulties in their carrying
| out ; and the committee sa way more clearly to poms out the

menial in thes 6 re ang than in any other. It was eg

have some kind B te n from the meeting, whatever they a
choose to give. It ad} een suggested that unless some actual dis-
atthe was stated they would take silence as consent. (Hear,
ont)

Mr. J. Henry should like to express his disapprovalof the pro-
posals. With all due deference for the views of the commi

H
Dilentted that. a ncholacehiy -n Sri bate nal dae taalicts the .

182 PROCEEDINGS.

rising young men of Australia than the forms suggested. The
course of lectures would attract very few persons, and would
hardly appeal to any feeling of sympathy. He gathered from what
he had heard that this medal was to be given to young persons
unconnected with the University ; but he thought the time was
far distant when they would have a class of young men who would
able to pursue their studies apart from some help from the
University. He ae it was a great mistake to establish these
lectures unless you gave young men the foundation of a hope o
reward to stimulate ae love for science. While these were his
_ views, he was willing to assist in whatever was generally decided
upon.

The CHAtrMAN said that the idea of a scholarship was discussed
by the committee, and he must say that his sympathy rather went

= the idea, oe were thought sufficient by the committee to cause
to be set
Mr. Pee en would only mention one objection to Mr.
Henry’s proposal ; and that was that the University lectures were
only open to a certain portion of the public, whereas lectures under
the Royal Society would be open to the public at large.
The subject then dropped.

The CuarrMan announced that, in accordance with the rules, the
Council had at their last meeting elected Mr. Charles Moore, ;
one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society, to fill the vacancy caused
by the death of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, and that Mr. E. L.
Montefiore had been elected a member of the Council in the place
of Mr. Charles Moore, in each case for the remainder of the year.

Seventy donations were laid upon the table.

_ The Crarrman intimated that the Society had just received
notice of the death of Professor Henry, Secretary and Director of
nian Institute, who had been one of the Society’s most
valuable correspondents, and had sent them a great many contri-
butions every year.
The Hon. Treasurer gave notice of his intention to rel
By. a ney General General Meeting that an addition be made to
Mr. H. C. Russert, B.A., F.R.A.S., then read a paper on
“Storms on the Coast of New South Wales,’

A microphone constructed by the Rey. Frank Firth was
exhibited by Mr. William MacDonnell, who read a short paper by
the Rev. F, Firth upon it; several interesting experiments were
then successfully made.

SN AEWA uneck gee ei soo eee Re eee hg eee Nee ey ee eee

PROCEEDINGS. 183

WEDNESDAY, 4 SEPTEMBER, 1878.

Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Royal Sais of New South
Wales held at the Society’s Rooms, Elizabeth-stree
Cartes Moors, F.L.S., V.P., in the Chair.
The minutes of the last ae were read and confirmed.
The following gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members
of the Society, viz
Rev. Caion Moreton, St. Peter’s Parsonage, Woolloomooloo.
Octavius L. Mo ntefiore, Gresham-street.
8. De Lissa, 3 Barrack-street.
Rev. Peter ] Macpherson, 1 M.A., Bank-street, East Maitland.
Fred. H. — gdon, M.D., LSA, MR.GS., C.M., North
Shor

5. © ‘Bayley, Miller’s Point.
George H. Reid, Secretary to Attorney- pmene
enry Wise, apa Bank, Barrack-stre
wi i

George Colquhoun, care of Messrs. Want & Johnson,
Solicitor:
Robert J. Marklov e, 52 Pitt-street.
William Roberts, Penrith.
The certificates of thirteen new candidates were read.
Mr. A. 8. Wesstrer, Hon. Treasurer to a rer Memorial
und, announced that. the subscription list w u the
table, and that the Secretary and Treasurer would be glad to
receive the signatures of members present.
The eigresraps stated that the number of subscriptions to date

_was forty, and the rain Bona ia and promised, £136 ; he

regretted this cians was n

The Hon. Secretary (Dr Leibius) announced the receipt of a
microscope ordered by the Society, and which had been selected by
Professor Liversidge ; he also stated that in the matter of the pur-
chase Mr. Swift had treated the Society very liberally.

Eighty-one donations were laid upon the table.

On the motion of Mr, H. ©. Russett, seconded by Dr. ae

— _ carried, the following addition was made to By-law XV,

member who shall ‘be two years in arrear with his
scahwotgd shall be considered to have resigned.”
The Rey. J. E. slong Matis E.LS., F.G.S., then came the
two following papers :—
tt On SS Fauna of Tasmania.”
2. “On some new Australian Miocene Corals.”

184 PROCEEDINGS.

Mr. Tuomas BiapeN exhibited a phonograph made by him, and
after reading a short paper describing the instruments, a series 0
experiments were tried, which were very successful, and caused

much amusen

After dadeshilbay his paper, Mr. Bladen said he would commence
the experiments by asking his son to say something in the tube.

Mr. Bra ADEN, junr., speaking in the tube in a loud, clear tone of
voice, said: “ Gentlemen, I am a phonograph, some people —
I can’t talk, but I can talk i littie. How do you like me
How do Pee ‘do? Good n ight.’

These words were faithfully they aay by the phonoerap®s and
distinctly heard by all the members present, w rmly
applauded the result. At the ee of a member, Mr. ‘Bladen

made the instrument repeat the vy

The next a ely was with the words “ Advance Australia!
God save the Que

These words were qi ronetee card repeated by the instrument.

r. BLavEN, senr., in answer to an inquiry, said the instrument
was icant of repeating about 25 50 words. Mr. Eddison, the
inventor, was making an instrument that would record 500 words.

A member asked if it would reproduce musical sounds.

} ae senr., said he had tried it with the flute and the
cornet, but it not give the proper tone; it gave the time
correctly, ane all the notes, but not the same tones.

Mr. Bravery, ae next delivered the following —- in the
tube: “ Gentlags io. beg to propose a vote of — s to Mr.
Eddison, for bis ver ry interesting invention.—Coo-ee !”

The pho onograph repeated the words with enveeying fidelity,
but with a peculiarly comical tone in the last word that caused
great diversion amongst the audience.

Mr. Buanen, senr., sang the well-known words in the pia:
song,

i Rule Britannia, Britannia rules the waves,
Britons never, never, never shall be slaves!
words were accurately repeated by the phonograph, though
the ieinieat tones were not reflected correctly. At the request of
members the words of the song were repeated by the instrument,
and they were delivered much 3 as they would be if sung by a very
‘drunken man

the tube by the Re ev. Mr. Pasa Wool “TI beg to propose 8 a
vote of thanks to Mr. Bl ~~ for his very interesting exposition

of t this valuable instrument.” These words were accurately and

very distinctly repeated ory the pineogiapts: ,

PROCEEDINGS. 185

WEDNESDAY, 2 OCTOBER, 1878.

Ordinary monthly meeting of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, held in the Society’s ‘Rooms, morvacibeecrpe
Cuartes Moors, F.LS.,
} The minutes of the last ihe were 5 vehi and confirmed.
Tho poctehet aera were duly elected ordinary members
of the Society, v
John Newbie Darling Point.
Morrice A. Black, F. L A., Australian Club.
F. J. Thomas, Hunter River N.S.N. Co., Market-street.
Marshall Smith, Oneby-gamba, Newcast le.
Alexander Dean, Elizabeth-street.
Thomas Edward Hewett, The Observatory, Sydney.
Robert Fraser, 12, Barrack-street.
Arthur Levett Jackson, Government Printing Office.
W. Rose, Merchant, O’Connell-street, Sydney.
Rev. Wm. Hey Sharp, St. Paul’s College, University.
Augustus Berney, H.M. Customs, Sydney.
Ebenezer Macdonald, Oriental Bank.
E. sath Haviland, Ashfield.

The certificates of seven new candidates were read.
Senator kiet donations were laid upon the table.
Mr. W. A. Drxon, F.C.8., F.LC., then read a paper on “ The

Deep Well Waters of Sydney.”

WEDNESDAY, 6 NOVEMBER, 1878.

Ordinary monthly meeting of the Royal ae of New South
Wales, held at the Society’s Room s, Elizabeth-stre
Hon. J. Surrn, C.M.G., M.D., v. -P., in the Chair

The fo rie. gentlemen were duly elected ordinary members

of the Society, viz. :—
John Nowlan, Union Club, or “ Eelah,” West Maitland.
Thos. Augastus Ellis, C.E., 132, Pitt-street.
Rey. Robert Collie, Newtown.
Chas. Townsend Gedy e, berg Darling Point.
William Alfred Cottee, Spring-stre

a rt H. Burnett, C.E., Railway Department

pag George Chas. Westgarth, Union Club

3 _ The certificates of eight new candidates were read.

_ Mr. H. C. Russi, BA, F.R.AS., then read a paper on
“Some Results of an Astronomical eepenment on the Blue
‘ * Mountains ‘g

186 PROCEEDINGS,

WEDNESDAY, 4 DECEMBER, 1878.
Or monthly meeting of the Royal Society of New South
Wales, held in the Society’s Rooms, Elizabeth-street.
e minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.
The MOP ERS Eee were duly elected ordinary members
of the Society, v
Wwe ES paren F.LA., London, Australian Club.
Edwin Henry Bestic, L.R.C.S., Ireland, L.R.C.P., Edin-
urgh 1, Arthursleigh-terrace.
William Chatfield, 69, Pitt t-street.
Herr K retschmann, Sye 1ey.
Stephen Mallarky, Huns ae Printing Office.
nean Mearns Maitland, jun., Elizabeth-street, Pad-

Jules Meilhan, Victoria-terrace, Victoria-street.
James L. Ogilvy, Oriental Ba. nk Co orporation, Sydney.

The certificates of seven new candidates were read.

Nineteen donations (publications) were laid upon the table, also
a special donation to the museum of the Society, namely a collec-
tion of two hundred and one species of land and marine shells,
presented by John Brazier, Esq., S.

A paper was then read by Mr. L. W. Harr on “The Rise and |
Progress of Photography

Mr. W. A. Dr Ixon, F. C. S., F.LC., read a paper entitled ‘* Notes
on Huan Island Guano

Mr. H. ©. Russexz, in ne absence of the author, read a paper
by Mr. J. P. Josephsor “Some Facts about the great Tidal
Wave, May, 1877,” at ie ouctalion of which—

Mr. Cuartes Moors, F.L.S., one of the Vice-Presidents of the
Society, informed the members that i of the
Honorary Secretaries, intended shortly to proceed on a tour to
Europe, and would probably be absent at the next general meeting ‘

irs by him, more especially since during the of
Professor Liversidge, the joint Honorary Secretary, on gee’
of the duties of this office had fallen upon him.
The pone spree heartily indorsed all that was said by Mr.
on a hearty vote of thanks to Dr. Leibius, coupled with
st

. em
_ though Se ee aoe

ee

d

PROCEEDINGS. 187

increased, he always ee upon it as a labour of love, and a
amply rewarded by seeing the Society steadily progress.
Society was now in correspondence and interchange of scient. tific

Europe and America. rofessor Liversidge, as one of the
Honorary Secretaries, had certainly done the lion’s share of the
work when here, and great credit is due to him for the part he
took in bringing about the new start the Society had taken during
the last few 3 years. While abroad, Professor Liv ersidge had been
much service to this Society in selecting , and a very
valuable microscope, &e. uring this session of the Society,
seventy-eight members have been elected ; and it is hoped that, as
the Society now consists of over four hun ndred members, a larger
number of working members than hitherto will be forthcoming.

188

ADDITIONS

TO THE

LIBRARY OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

DONATIONS—1878.

The names of the Donors are in Jtalics.

Reports, OBSERVATIONS, &C.
ADELAIDE :—The Adelaide University Calendar for the pape Yea
he Registrar.
Catalogue of Plants in the Government Botanic Cuties Adelaide,
jiasne of t e Progress and Condition of the Botanic Garden and
ecard Plantations during 1877.

Dr. Schomburgk.
a ic tseedigg nt made at the Adelaide Observatory,
January, February, March, and April, 1878. The Observer.

AUCKLAND : ins an ri Auckland Institute for 1877-78.
The Institute.
Boston, U.S.A. :—Memoirs . be Boston Society of Natural History.—
Vol. II. Part 4. Nos.
ie i 8 a the Boston ‘Goeleay of Natural History :—
VII. Parts 3, 4.

val XIX. Parts jie

The Society.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences.—

Vol. XIII. Part 1 The Academy.
BRISBANE :— pays f Board on Dr. Leaton’s Minute re Quarantine and
Medical Inspecti
A Bill ‘* to amend as the Health Act of 1872.

. A. Bernays, F.L.S.
Burra.o :—Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement
of Science. Twenty-fifth Meeting, August, 1876

24 “The Association.
BRUSSELS : <k Eoe Industriel. Vol. V. No. 29, 10 October, 1878.
he Publisher.

Catcutta :—Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India—
Vol arts

Vol. XIII. Parts 1, 2. .
do. (Palwontologia Indica.)
Series II. Parts 2 and 3.

Series IV. 2.

Parts a 2 3, and 4,
The Superintendent of the Geological Survey @: India.

per ee eS eet ke nes:
Cat See 4 Ses .: 2 pene
oS ened x
ye ee LOS ee sage bate oe cee

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 189

* CuristrantA :—Some Remarkable Forms of Anima 1 Life from the Great
eeps off the chit an are igi seven plates).
Enumeratio Insectorum vegico asciculus me LEE:
Oversight of Norges Avandia, rs Robert Collett. - Saltigrade,
itigradz (with four maps).
De i Sander Ber spate s Amt hidtil observerede Coleoptera og Lepi-
doptera, by J. Sparae Schneider.
Insecter og Midder (with dour plates), by W. M. a choye
Insecter og Smaakryb (with eight plates}, by W. M soe
For “plates) i Videnakabs- selskabet i Piaconin Aas, 1874 (eight
plates)

do. do. do. is bigs cae .)
e Norvége et le Peuple Noreen by
Geellen zur ie Geohiakon des Taufsymbols und der ie encase a
Norwegian Special Catalogue for the International Exhibition at
Philadelphia, 1876
Rejsckart over Norges, 5 5 sydlige onl) Aoi: maps).
e Roy ag hecstete, : of Norwa
Dison :—Mémoires de l’Académie des Séientee Belles Lettres 2A
Dijon. Troisitme Série. Tome riper S77
he Academy.

DrespeEn :—Zeitschrift des K. ee Statistischen eters
Band XXII. Heft und 4
XII. Heft 1, _ fe nd 4 \ The Bureau.

Band X
Leopoldina. Heft 7, 8, 2, 10, 1] und 12.
Nova Acta. Band 37 und

a
Archiv fiir ec e eschichte. Herausgegeben von Dr. R. Gosche—
Band I, I 1, 1, ns Ae 3 \

and Vil. "Fett

Dr. Martin Luther’s pe und iiltesten Vorlesungen iiber die Psalmen.

Band I un

General-Direction der K. Sammlungen fiir Kunst und Wissenschaft

: DUBLIN : Proceeding of = ce hagh = Academy—
Bh A Nos ‘

The coceee of she Roy Tish Academy—

Vol. XXV

0.
Vol. XXXI. No. 1, 2, 3, 4
List of Coun _Oficers, and Sikes of the Royal Irish Academy,

31 July,

Epix spe Vole
BURGH = cti f the Edinburgh Geological Society. Vo
~ of ransactions of the Edinburg ogi ea

vety.
Proceedings “ fe Sa Society of Edinburgh— —

Session
Do.
Do. 174-75, ;
Do. ee 6.
Do. 1876-77.

- Bainburgh Aitpomensions Observations. Vol. XIV. 1870-77. en plate)

The Royal Observatory, Scotland.

mn Frereurc : ast Reatehite iiber die Liege der pase see: nden Gesell-
: _ schaft zu Freiburg i Baden. Band VII. Heft 1 und

The Society.

190 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Guascow :—The Glasgow University Calendar, 1878-79. The Registrar.
Hamev. “ Se n des Moar fiir Naturwissenschaftliche Un-
haltung zu Hambur OE 1874.

1875, 5, Band 1.
Mittheil ] t in Hamburg, 30,18 “srt

o os

arse die oes: en des Sciences exactes et Natale,

e, XIII. Livraison 1, 2 and 3. The Society.

Hittastane: i Veslidedbasieel des ronal Medicinischen V eveist
zu Heidelberg, zweiter band erstes heft. The Soci

Towa ae of the Davenport Academy of gone Sciences,

Vol. II., Part I. he Academy.

= ibapett from the Society of Natural History of Jena.
XI. Bd. N.F. 4 Bd. 3 Heft.
4 4

ss 99 99 >
BO Bee Der ae See
XI. > 5 bed 2 2?
XII. 3”? 5 9? 3 32
XI. 29 5 27 4; The Society.
—— :—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles.
Vol. XV. Nos. 78, 79. The Society.’
inhiles de la ge Géologique de Belgique.
Tome II. 1874, 1875.
gy SAL ; 1876, 1876.
3 ve 1877, 1878. The Society.
LvxEMBour Publications de l'Institut Royal Grand-Ducal de Luxem-

vente ‘(Section des Sciences Naturelles). Tomes XV and XVI.
The Institute

The ¥ Yorkshire College of Science, Leeds, Calendar for 1877-8
Third Annual Report of the Yorkshire College of Science, 1876-7.
The College.
LitLe :—Société Géologique du Nord, 1870, 1874. Annales II, III, IV.
The Society.
LrvERPOOL :—Proceedings of the Literary and Philosophical ae of
‘ Liverpool. No. XXXI. Society.
Lonpon :—
Proceedings of the — ogee Vol. XXVI. Nos. 179, 180, 181, 182,

183, 184, 185, 186, 1
Vol. XXVIL Nos. 188, 189.
The Society.
Transactions of the Royal Historical Society. Vol. VI. The Society:
List of the Linnean Society of oe on, 1877.
The Journal ~ the Linnean Socie
tany. Vol. XVI. Nos. 03, 04, 95, 96, 97, 98
Zoology. Aa oo XII. os 72.

0 4, 75. The Socteg
Monthly ae of the yal penta Society. Vol. XXXVI.
i Oy oy Oy OF, Be
Mabie of the Royal dicate: Society. Vol. XLIM. gle
A Catalogue of the Books in the Admiralty Library. The Librarian.
The G are Reee ke 1875, The Edi
Quarterly Journal of the Meteorological Society. Vol. IIL. Nos 28,24

(oN

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 191
Lonpon—continued.
The Journal of the i Neti Feb Institute of Great Britain and
Ireland = VI ruary,
. IV. May, 78. The Institute.
Journal of the Bowel Missi Eoentes Vol. No. 1.
s 0. 2.
” ” mY Oa an
” >
° The Society,
Transactions of the Institution of Naval Architects, 1877.
rian,
Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. Vol. VIIL.,
he Institution

5s
Proceedings of the ‘Royal Cocgeeplieal Society. Vol. XXII, Nos
3, 4, 5, 6. The Socie

Report of the Council aa the Royal Colonial a 28 June, 1878.
ee of cide — 1. By He — Mog IX,.1 78.

On n the The Institute.
paar id of ioe Phsaiel lo tne of London. "Vol. Il, Part Bikes

The
MANCHESTER : Pe Nang tions of the ancveeey arenes Society. Vo
XIX. Parts 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 2 The Society.
MARBURG : Pela ah pea der Gesellsc car zur Beforderung ‘ee
Ges n Naturwissenschaften in Marburg. 1866 to 1877

Gaotualt
‘Untersuchongen en ‘amgy: Einseitig frei Schwingende Membranen, &c.

y Carl

Untersuchungen aie die Wirkung des Veranderten huftdrucks, &e.

y Dr.
Verber die muglech gleicheckigen und gleichflachigen Polyeder. By
E.

Hess. Society.
Massacuvsetts :—Bulletin of the Essex Institute. Vol. ae is

0.
Essex Institute Historical Collections. Vol. “XI. Parts 3, 4

The Institute

sis, ove 0 ogre of the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer ‘‘ Blake.”

fo, % m Alex. Agassiz.

zeeeal Repo tous of ‘Comparative Zoology. Harvard College,

1876. The Museum, Harvard College.
MELBOURNE :—Statistical peers of the a of Victoria, 1876.

Part VII—Interchange. Part VIII— Crime, Part IX—

ious, tu.

i ister of the Colony of Victoria, ist ‘
Part I—Blue Book. Part I— coeplatnn. Part I1I—Finance,
&c. Part IV Ee. “Part V—Vital Statistics, Part VI
—Accumulatioi
Index to Australian : Siaiaelie for year 1877.
Vi Year Book for 1877-8. The Government a
Surv reangng en Registrars
quarier ending 8h amr -
31st March, 1878.
Report of Chiet Inet mae le f
op the Inspector or 1877.
- Mineral Statistics of Victoria Vol Vit x 1877. The Minister of Mines,
Melbourne Medical Record. No. 5, The Publishers,

/ 192 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY

MELBOURNE—contin
The Me zis Guivensity Calendar for the Academic Year 1877-78.
The University.
ong bone (different Scary 1] rasa Plate
The Organic Constitu of Plants and Vegetable Substances. By
ie G. Wit preven Translated by Baron Ferd. von Miieller,

Proceedings of the sibs octom we gaye ee Society of Victoria.
n Miieller.

Vol at pete Botanist.
‘ageornions ar ‘Reovbedingi of the Rasval Society of Vic Vols.
XII, XIV. “The , Society.

os nreage e afte Bs he Progress of the Iron and Steel In-
dustries in Foreign Countries. 11.
Salina ‘of the Iron and Steal Institute. No. i 1878. The Institute.
’ Monrre.iier :—Mémoires de la section des Sciences. aeaes IX. 1 Fase.,
1876. he A ae
- MULHOUSE : Stay, Mi de la caer Industrielle de ee Jan
Feb March, April, May, June, July August, September,
Oc cher November, fee The Society.
* Muncnen :—Abhandlungen der Matl hen classe der
Boniadich Bayerischen Aka cre der Wissenschaften XW,
I... Ba:

Sitzun, eee ages der Mathematioch-- Physickalischen idibe der k. b.
A mie der Wissenschaften.
yt ee eg 1si0. Heft pgs %
Do. 1877. do.

, 2,

Pie age der ap lpieoa=Cathin Serjania (von L. Radlkofer
h der Koeniglich bayerischen Academie der Wissenschaften
or 1878. The Academy.
’ Nevcuarer :—Bulletin de la Société des Sciences Naturelles a ga 0
Tome XI. mier cahier. ociety.
NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE fia ae Tyne Chemical Bi: Trans-

. = ete Vol. or 4-7.

Do. Report of Committ The Society.

OxForD : oe oe jamal 1875. Vol. XXXV.
Radcliffe apne ale Catalogue of Books on Natural Sciehce, up to Decem-
872
Additions to Radcliffe Library during 1873,*1874, = 1876.
Catalogue of Transactions of Societies, Periodicals, an d Memoirs. .
pe of Peek) added to the Radcliffe Lib: wt ts Oxford So
187
Docntinns: 60: to the Bodleian Library year ending Nevemtie ‘8
1877. The Li ‘brarian.
The Main e of Oxford. By W. H. White, Assoc. Inst., O.E.
On the Mineral ater discovered in sinking the Artesian Well at St.
oO

.

Cleme
On the Rainfall for 35 years—1851-1875. Re
A new form of Polariscope, &c. The Ashmolean Society.
_ erage rel eh s de !Hémisphére Austral. By M. Bridet-
ouvelle

S.
La du Cercle “Meridien: Po rtatif, ke.
teorologie Nautique, Vents et Courants, Routes Générales.
Maps. Nos. 3,381-4, 3495-8.
Directeur-Général du Depét des Cartes et Plans. —

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY — 193:

PENNSYLVANIA :—Seventh Annual Report of ae Board of Commissioners of
i Public Charities of the State of Pennsylvania.

e Boa ra art ae
vas Ok :—Journal of the Franklin Institute. 1. » Nos,

Do., Vol. CV, Nos. 625, 626, 627, 628, 629, 630, 631,
632, 633, 634, 635. The Institute.
Transactions “! the American Entomological Society. Vol. V, Nos. 1,

, an

| Do. Vol. VI, Nos 2, 3, and 4

: Catalogue of ‘the Pedy fect of America, North of Mexico. Part I.

! Diurnals. By William H. Edw: ociety.
Proceedings of the hinarinie Philosophical Society. Vol. XVI,

List of Surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society.
The Society.
seer. + of ay pena of Natural Sciences of Philadephia. Parts
The Academy.

je
Sixth’ Annual Report of the Board of Directors of the eit 2 Society
of Philadelphia The Socie
Pisa :+—Atti della Soviet a di ae Naturali. Vol. IIL, fase 1- 2
Soci - oscana e Natu Processi Spicmey 13 Jan anuary,
; 10 March, 1878 3 5 May, 1878 ; 7 July, 1878.

The Society.
PiymoutH :—Annual Report and Transactions of the Plymouth Institution
and et and Cornwall Natural History Society. Vol.

Part 1, 1876-7. The ——
Rome :—Atti iu R. Accademia dei Lincei. Vol. ow fascicolo 1, 2, 3,
Do. 1. I, fascicolo 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Academy.
R. pod ‘Geologico d'Italia Bollettino. No. 5 E Ge No. ee foci
é
StockHOLM : noir Bd, 13 5 me OS peor Sarcsra Gxadiiapat
(Me
K Vet. Akad. Tia Bd. 3.
Orversgt ath K. Svenska Vetenskaps Akademiens Foérhandlingar Arg.
Enume ate Hi emipterorum Bridrag Till en Forteckning Ofver alla
Hittills Kinde He tot Bg &c., by C. Stael.
Iconographia Crinvideorum in Stratio Sueciz Siluricis Fossilium, (29
aaa Royal Swedish Academy of ymca
ART :—Wiirttembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte—
1870. Vols. I, IL, II.
41871_~=S,,_“«&T, U1, Ti.
187 oor ap ee SS
1878. 2j,' 24 we
1874 ,,_s«ST, : HI, I.
1875S ,,_«1, U, U1
1a7e "1, ay ee
1877 L i.
Festschrift zur Feier der ee Jubiliums der Eber-
See te niversitit zu Tiibingen. 9th August, PL og
Sypvry :—Proceedings of the Linnean iptinty of New South Wales—
a aie Part 2, 4. "
» land

The Society

194 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

SypvEY—continued.
Geological a of the Districts of Hartley, Bowenfels, Wallerawang
and Rydal.

The Minister of Mines.
Blue Book, N.S.W., for the year 1877.
The Government Printer,
er Australiensis, by George Bentham, F.R. s, assisted by Baron
n Miieller, C.M.G.
Fossil Remains of the Extinct Mammals of Australia, by Professor
Ow

The Colonial abet
paca iat :—Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tas
1876.

The Society.
TRIESTE :—Bollettino della Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturali in

este—
Vol. THe No#-3i*
tS Saenger nee ©

tee

The Society.
Toronto :—The Canadian Journal of Science, Literature, and History—
Vol. XV.
e Canadian Institute.

lety of oe Britain see oe

TRURO Po Mineralogical Magazine and Journal of the Mineralogical
land—
Vol. If. No. 5, 6, 7, 8, an

The Society.
VIENNA :—Zeitschrift der te berg re Wy fiir ghee
ma ag 6;'7; 8; 9,10; T1, 13, a
17, 18, 19, Th e pe
* Jahrbuch der Kaise serch" Rilo pen oe Reicheat-
stalt. Band XXVIII. Nos ae 1877.
ra Do. XXVIII. Nos. 1
os Verhandlangen der K. K. Geclopiechen Holebetiitait: Nos. 1 to
” Do. Nos, 1 to. 10. 1878. The S
+ Sitzungsberichteder Kaiserlichen, Akademie der Wissenschaftens
ha athematisch—Naturwissenschaftliche Classe Erste en

ng. ’ 5 ;
re Zweite Abtheilung. Band LXXI, LXXII, LXXIII, LXXIV,
, LXX Heft I.
os Dritte Abtheilung. Band “LXXI, LXXII, eee 7: pence
= Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-Botanischen rg cosllachatt
in Wien. Band XXVII. The Society.
+ Jehrbticher der K. K. Contral-Asdtelt ifr grrr gi und
Erdmagnetismus. Band XII. Jahrgang, 1
Mee hae Navigation of the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of México,

Directions for the jor a Channel, Part I.

The est Coast of Africa,

Listuf Lights of North and Sou i ca, No.
ss South snd Bact Ccauh of Aivicn austell No. 2.
on West Coast of Africa and Mediterranean Sea, No. 3.
og Atlantic Coast of Europe, No.

chat hina dito

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 195

Sache’ eomrhent ore saree

k, &c.
Report on the Telegraphic a ee mg erences of Longitude in
the West Indies naka ent is
The necpnie amen of Secondary ‘Menidions by Electric Telegraph and
TSO: quation
Coasts and Islands of the Mediterranean Sea, Part
The Hydrographic Office.
On the he g Rag seas Traces of Fossil Insects in the American
; . Scudder.
On the Clasaiféateon of Butterflie es, by Samuel H. Scudder.
Bulletin of the United States Entomological Commission, Nos. ; 2

and 5.
eee of the United States Geological and Geographical, Vol. IL,
os. 1, 2, and 4.
ane of the Territories, Vol. III., Nos 1, 2, 3, and 4... Vol. IV.,

Catalogue of the Publications of the — States Geological and
raphical Survey of the Territo
United ‘States Geological Survey of Wyoming, &ce., 1870.
megs and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians, by Washington
Ma
Explorations aa under the direction of Professor F. V. Hayden in

United States Pa Survey of the Territories, Vol. IX.
” rate Paleontology, by eek,
United States Gouneupasess Surveys est of the 100th Meridian. Vol.
I :

United’ States Acre she pee of the . Vol. XI., Mono-
hs of North American Rodentia ( cose = Allen).
ogical and Geographical Survey of Colorado and
adjacent Territory, ape De V. Hayden).
siete he Catalogue of Photographs orth poewe can Indians,
ng Animals (20 pla’ tes).
Contribtions to North Ame — — Bie hin
Report. Palzeonto: of the
eis Prtaor BV. Hayden, U.S. Geologist.
Report of the Director of the an rs se a 1877.
The Director of the Mint.
Microscopical Petrogrephy, b by Ferdinand nes (12 plates).
baer Stat ee we ag Parallel.
ol. II. Dewcrh —
cology (25 plates) tes).

IV.
Report of the Chief of Engineers. rae Pe

U.S. Navy.
Historical Sketch of the United Naval Academy.
Regulations aie the Admission of “ose OlSprage on Naval
ms rissa ines *
‘Academy as Cadet-midshipanein,;.: 1806-2: 1876-7.
An Address se eat “rn a inmate the U. S. Naval
Academy, 20 June,

ee one Ss. &. Navy. 1875.
Navel Metical 8 9 oh neo eam i
a tial Schaaf rane and England.

196 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

WaAsHINGTON—continued.
eee” i the Board of — Engineers re Improvement of the Naval
on at New Lond (Conn. )
Naval Light Artillery T ection; —
fsa ail y U. S. Navy Department
Catalogue of Minerals U. 8. N fekyrate
Regulations for the sachet of Cadet, “Bagineers in Pag U.S. Navy.
Annual Register of the U. 8. Naval Academy. 1877-
Superintendent tent WV; aval Academy.
A Manual of Signals, by Bvt. Brig.-Gen
Daily Bulletin oa wal to, Repor rts.
November inclusive 1873.
Pobruasy to October
"Chief Sig gnal fehl Wa yee
Medical and roe sere History of the War of the Rebellion. Part II.
Oo

Sur.
Constitution Sagaeel, “Rules and grey! s Digest. 1876.

Laws, January and Au 1876.
Balas “a Practice in ne ane "Patent Office, November

sf, , in the U.S. Pa = Office, January, 1877.
Riatjonent ela to the Proposed yon e U. S. Patent Office.
Laws relating to Acquisition of “Title t to pa ene beats for Light -house
Pu ies.

Congre: eee Directory, corrected to 20 December, 1875.
‘The United States Treasury cay te
Circulars of Information of the Bureau of Education, No. 8.
The Planter’s Guide for Cultivating pe Cur sine Tobacco, &c. :
Historical Sketch of Mount Holyoake Semi
eae re By-laws of the Columbia Hospital for Women and Lying-

ylum.
Tnvestigat rae of Corrections to Hansen’s Tables of the Moon, & is
Summary extents ¢ of the Imports and Exports - the United States.
Febru iar h, April, May, June, J ay . 1876.
Digest of Opinions a and Leading Cases on International La:
Mem ge Addre: Life and Character of Allen te Caperton

Cases dodided 4 in the ‘Court of ee &e. hes ogg
Constitution of the United States of Ameri

Rules of Practice in the U. 8. pe Office gone 1877.
et heme Dissctony to 18 October,. 1877.

mi

onian Report, 1876.
List of Publications of the Smithsonian Institution. J uly, 1877.
The Smithsonian Institute.
The Coasts of Chili, Bolivia, and P:

List of Merchant Vessels of the Uni
Tide Tables for the Atlantic Coast oft the "United States. 1877.
do.

c

Papers pias to Metric Stsdaia, &

Regulations enpeeling Navigation “9 Channels at Mouth | of the
ver.

—_ i ons 0 Tides in New —_ Harbour.
new System of Binary Ari ap
D ioripon oF of an Apparatus easurin Seodndary
Catalogue of Charts of the United, States Coast Surves ae.
. Meteorological Researches for the use of the Coast ot. Part L
Hotes on Measurements of Terrestrial Signiiiens (2nd Edition.)
ork of the Triangulation.

Superintendent U.S. Coast Survey Office.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 197

W£ASHINGTON—continued.

Bulletin “i ee United States National Museum
No. eck oy sz North American Batrachia and Reptilia, by

ar
No. 4. oe ie Ratko Mexico, collected by F. E.

Sumichras
No. 5. Catalogue eof ae poe of the Bermudas, by G. Brown Goode. '
No. 6. Classification the Collection to illustrate the
Paciones of the United States, by G. B oode.
Index to wy sone applied to the Subdivisions of the Class
Brachiop
Department of the Interior, U.S, National Museum.
Seventh oon Report of the Board of Indian Commissioners for

a an i Regolations Relating to Trade oar sie Tribes.
Report of William —— r, U.S. Indian Ins
Depaseuceat of the Tete P Office © of Indian Affairs.
A —— oe os Common Native Trees of the Northern United States.
Cire nformation of the Bureau of Education.
Yo. re ” Report on the System of Public > eeloageca in gio

se do do land, The

erlands, Denmark, &
Moti hace and Medical Settiations in the United States of

merica.
Register Officers of the Navy of the United States, wa 20 July, 187 Sy
wi wma me a nterior, Bureau of Educat
Regulations Relating to Army an vy Pensions.
> Instructions to Examining Sagenna ark Pensions, 1877.
; mmissioner of Pensions.
6 are . upon Apes saat — Par vk ethic 6k
atalogue of the en eT 0 se
“Bl, 1877. oe paine Secretary of the Interior

\ Monthly Re rt e Department of Agri re,

— be, 1875; January and February, May and esi Jul ee 18765
August and September, it egg ofa and Decem

Hoork-a Sok Condition of Cro No.

‘ommissioner at fa griculture.
eat History of the Subsistence Dejartnent of the U. %. Army,
m June 16, 1875, re t 15, 187

List se Cadets Admitted in e U.S. Military Academy, West Point,
fro ore ts establishment ‘tal Septem spre 30, 1876.

Practical in Courts

| Description and Rules’ fo r the Nencapuniilt of the Springfield Rifle,
: Carbine, and Army Revolver.

q Letter from the aot of Engineers to the Secretary of War, re Corps
War Department Sigial eoceien U8: Army. Rules for the Govern-

en . 8. Te
sie rome of Instructom, and Code of Regulations of the Artillery -
oe

Table of — Grant Railroads.
Remarks n the Reorganization of the Army, by Major-General
Jobin i Schofie 1d.

Do. do. by Brigadier-
General Benjamin Alvord.

t

198 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

WASHINGTON—continued. ised
ee ations re Doanty Land with Statutes. Impeachment of William
Ikna:

List be Medical Journals ee taes bo the National Medical Library.
Price List of Ordnance and Ord e Stores
— al Report of the "Boded of Visitors of the U.S. Military Academy,

A History of the Rock Island os segee from 1863 to 187
Ue ts y Wagon Harness (Horse and Mule), coh m6 Plates. )
Digest of Opinions of the Judge- ee cate Gene
A Sketch of the sg yom vere Duties of the Fpgchdntisise General’s
Departmen
Annual Report of the J alge! Advocate General of the Army, for the
ear ‘
Officral Army Register for January, 1878.
Secretary, War De ng Smee
‘Quarterly Report of ne ae of a — of Statratics, Nos. 3 and 4.
The an a

. oye iaslventicos ee ose the Tax on Distilled Spirits,
eee ye “Appropriation for the Support of the Government of the
ited Sta

Secretary, Treasury Department.
Almanac for the use of Navigators
American Ephemeris and Nau tical Alman c, 1878-18
Seventh Re i _— n the Selpepnanit of | the South Pass of the Mis-
sissippi
Notice to Mavines; Foreign Lights, No. 59-60-62.
Do. Hydrographic Noti ice, No, 64.
List of Charts, 1877, oe the European Station
Pacific ‘
De South ee 33
Do. Asi on
Do. North A antic
se “nay <n rpm of the Dawns of Steam Engineering for
Vesse

Bureau of Navigation, Navy Department.
Observations and Orbits of the Satellites of Mars, by Asaph Hall.
Naval Observatory.
WELLINGTON :—Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Insti-
tute—
Vol. IX. Part2. 1876.

Index of the Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand In-

stitute—
Vol. I, to VIII.
The Institute.
Twelfth Annual Report of the Colonial Museum ro Laboratory.
he Colonial Museum.
Monon = 0 :—Wiirttembergische Phe Jahreshefte,
Heft, I, II. III.
The Society.
Yoxouama :—Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan. Vol. VI,
Part I. The Society.

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 199

MISCELLANEOUS.
(The names of Donors in Jéalies.)

Australian. Vol. 1; Nos. 1, 3. The Publishers.
Brazier, Jno., C.M.Z.S. : List of Land Shells collected on Fitzroy Island.
The Author.

J pia oe L., F.G.S., er John Horne, F.G.S.: Glacial Drift . the North-
rn Carpa thia he Authors.

tems 57) N., M. Lo sl the Free Motion of a Solid — an Infinite
Mass of Liquid. he Author.
Mauritius Expedition, 1874. Division I. ree Lindsay.
sige —" Ferd. von, C.M.G.: Fragmenta Photographie Australie.
The Author.

Misses Catalogues and Illustrated Lists of. F. B. Kyngdon.
Petermann, Dr. A.: Mittheilungen aus dem Gesammtgebiette der Geo-
graphie Erganzungsheft. Nos. 53 and 54. The Author.
Ratte F. ; ay sur les Roches et Gisements Métalliféres de la Nouvelle-
Calédo The Author.
hacia "De: : Forest Tree Planting and its Influence on Climate.
The Author.
Smyth, R. Brough: The Aborigines of Victoria. Vols. I and IL.
Rev. Peter Macpherson, M.A.
> Woods-Tenison, Rev. J. E., F.G.S., F.L.S.: Census; with Brief Descrip-
: tions of the Marine Shells of Tasmania and the adj acent _

: Books PURCHASED IN 1878.
Chambers’s Descriptive Astronomy.
Grant’s Histtey of Physical ‘Andon
s Sir John Herschel’s ae Observatio
: es of Antroniiaty.
_Humbolt’s Cosmos. "5 ore
Jenkin’s Electrici
Lacaille’ s Catalogue of Southern Stars
and Dunkin’s Handbook of Astronomy.
Loomes’ Practical Astronomy.
Treatise on Meteorology. j
loekyes * Spe Physics.

es ee ee

\ Neison, E .: The Moon.
Noad’s Manual of Electricity.
Proctor’s Large Star Atlas.

Other Worlds.

», The Sun.
4, . Saturn and his Systems.
Routledge, W.: a concep Discoveries of the Nineteenth Century
Simm" seen Tel
's annoys
Sprague’s Electricity.

200 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

English antes from 1864 Ave a 15 vols,
Astronomical Register, from

t’s
acket
Darwin’s Origin of Speci
* Var sien of Aneaale: 2 vols.
ss Deite of Man
S Repeat of the Emotions, &c.
\ Movements = hs oe Plants.
i. I ewig orou
baoeoek and Set 7 eataction. &e.
Huxley’s I ys
9 Anatomy of Tavert a
i iateiak an Addre
3 for sere in | Elementary Physiology.
La

Huxley and Martin's 8 Blementary Instruction. Practical Biology.
Australian Handbook.

Wagner’s Gheniitel Toohnology, edited by Crookes. 1 vol.
Swindell’s Well-dig

Sutton’s Volumetri Shee clig

Atlas of the Ditcannen Nos. 1 to 14.

PERIODICALS PURCHASED IN 1878.

American Journal of — and Art.

Annals of Natural

Botanical Journal iivimes,

Chemical News

Comptes asin

Annales des Mines.

Annales des Chimie et tg foe. 2

Popular Science Review,

¢ of Science, ~Eicooked

Journal of eens of Arts, 1878. ;
Athenxum, 1878.

Science Gossip, Henle 1878.

Zoologist, Harting, 1

Wagner's J Jalesbtiht acs Technischen Ghense. 1877.
Fresinius’ Zeitschrift fiir Analytische Chemie, 1878.
Dingler’s Polytec hes Journal, 1878.

English Mechanic and Mirror of Science, 1878.

‘ ~~ ine, 1

Journal of the Chemical Society, London, 1878.

es be
Quarterly Sedna of ot Sitooetogea 8
clopedia Bri

ociet:
Vols. VII. VILL. (half-bound in Russia, a8 _

=,
L’Art (Paris), 1877, 1878.
ortfolio, li

Oe Diag te | ieee at typ

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY. 201
Donations To THE Socrery’s Canrnets, 1878.
A Collection of Fossil Leaves. John K. MMume, Esq.
201 Species of Land and Marine ae * F vais ee nt of t
7, Esq., > at.

Ciass. GASTEROPODA.
mily. MuURIcrp

1. Murex petri Petia Philippine Toland,
2. cinus, Lam. North Australia.
Family. Trrrontp2.
3. Triton rubecula, Lam. New Caledonia.
4. Persona anus, Lam. Red Sea.
5. Ranella granifera, Lam. Ted Sea.
Family. is, seman
Sub-Family. Nass
6. Eburna (Zemira) Australis, wineha ‘Pe Jackson Heads.
7. Nassapapillosa, Linn Philippi ne Islands.
mily, - OLIVIDE.
8. Oliva be hae Lam. ec Islands.
9. ,, ponderosa, Duclos. Mauritiu
ti epee Seale Gat i Sandwich Treads
episeopa
|) eee ina, 7 Hpac Torres Straits.
pa kcnok m.
5 beer ae olivaceus, Meuschen. Panama.
13. ,, _ eruenta, Solander. "x osibe.
iaieaen n.
A ae irisans, J am. Ceylon.
i, tok he coals New Caledonia.
tele yrith oa ria variety. New Caledonia.
16. _,, elegans, Lam. Fiji Is
17. ,, ispidula, Lam. Cape von.
18. ,, maura, oe
meer pista ag
20.
21, Scophula bition “ce Sower “by. Coys.
22. Olivina jaspidea, Gmel. West Indies

Wie tciataise

Family
. Fasciolaria tulipa, Lam. West Indies.

23
Family. rian
24. Voluta sare: Swainso
25. ,, vespertilio, Linn. "Shiliopine ees tae.
= mn Norrish Sox owerby. A buco oc an aan
28. fs zebra, Lea, Port Stephens, N.S. W.
29. Mitra cereus Lam. An resin New Hebrides.
x Saga pontific alis, ree 9 %
Family. Cov:
31. Columbella varians, ae "Sandwich Islands.
32. Engina mendicaria, Lam. nea New Hebrides

202

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Family. Harp.
33. Harpa ventricosa, Zam. Solomon Islands.
‘amily. CASSIDLE.
34. Cassis ae omer Lam. Ceylon.
35. culus, Lam. Cuba.
Family. 2 es
36. Malea pomum, Linn. New Caled
37. Sycotypus ficoides, Lam. Philippine] Islands.
agi NAtIcIp&.
a Natica conica, Zam. Port Lincoln.
Pe melanostoma, Lam. Singapore.
3 millepanctata, Lam. Adriatic Sea,
4; oj ochiensis, Lam, Flji Islands.
Family, TEREBRIDZ.
42, Terebra dimidiata, Zam. Tahiti.
Family.
oy Conus ee Linn, New ‘Caledonia.
44, ,, imperi s, Linn. oe Islands,
slan

46, =i = Brag. Philippine me
Be gs quercinus,, Brug. Solomon Islands.

a8i. oye Oe is, Mart. ae ylon

49. ,, textile, Linn. Ney Caledonia.

50. ,, aulicus, Linn eylon.

51. ,, striatus, a3 ot Caledonia.

52. ,, geographus, New Caledonia,

LS Oe tulipa, inn. "andiatiok Islands.

54. ,, canonicus, Brug. ugitiu

wy ulatus, Sowb. Port Jackson.

56. ,, tessellatus, Born. Aneiteum, New Hebrides.

57. ,, catus, Brug. _ eyalty Islands.

58. ,, miliaris, Brug. Sandwich Islands
mk mily. STROMBID.

59. Strombus pacifica, Sowerby. Bampton Reef.

$3 Nove Zelandie, Chem
60. iy epi sdvventine Linn. New Caledonia,
61. Iuhuanus, Linn. New —

63. Pelicaria scutulata, Mart. Port ze
64, Terebellum punctatum, Lam. New meen

wich Is!
caput-serpentis, ‘Linn. Fiji Islands.
iy ee — a Eon Reef.

recs ee

ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Family. ag ETS NTR
78. oe caurica, gn Sandwich Islands.
79. xanthodon, Gray. gf South Wales.
80. ee errones, Linn. Ceyl
81. yi cylindrica, Born. New Caledonia,

82. is isabella, Linn. Bampton Reef.
83. i clandestina, Linn. Tongataboo or Tonga.
84, i asellus, Linn. Tongataboo or Tong;
85. felina, Gmel. Tongataboo or eee
86. Trivia quadripunctata, Gray. West Indies
87. Cyphoma gibbosa, Linn

(Ovulum iain, Lam.)

Family. CER

88. weagtpit moniliferum, Kiener. News Serna
89. po mniscatum, Quoy. “sgh Caledoni
: s-muscarum, ce
‘ sua ohetnaenti Brug. ster Caledonia,

2s

Se, ELANUD,
92. Melania nmr nson. Solomon Tales.
93. pee ian: Island of Guam
‘amily. PALUDINIDA,
94, Paludina bi Lam. Mauritius,
mily. CAPULIDE.
95. Cochlolephas ea Linn. cab Solander, Botany Bay.

Ce oo

Family. NeErtrip2&.

96. Nerita Sopa poem Solomon Islands.

97. bicilla, Linn. Solomon Islands.
98. Neritina ls Morelet. New Caledonia.
99. os cornea, Linn. Solomon Is :

100, », zebra, Lam. Philippine Islands.

sumatrensis, Sow. omon

4 Tn

104. ; ertoni Lesson. Bi Islands.
; lo ae, pine Islands.

105, ina, Reclaz

106. Navicella pom Tiana, Lin Linn. oldies Islands.
Family. Trocuips.

107. stems en Beck, Ceylon.

108. 3 mis, Linn. Mad

109, Hleshbia: Goats: ‘Lam. Tasmania

110. Trochus merula, Chem, Ca of Good Hope.

lll. Gi ibbula strangei, A A. Ad. Port Jackson.

. STOMATELLINZE.

112. Stomatella regress Lam. Port Jackson.

113. Gena strigata, Port Jackson. i
Family. ey,

114, Haliotis aaeme Port Jackson.

115. Luea incei Aen ee A
116. Soutas elongatas, to Port Jackson.

204 ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.

Family. CuHrron
117. Lophyrus australis, oss Port Ta ackson
118. Cryptoplax stri iatus, Lam. Port Jackso
mily. aieeateieniee

119. Bullina lineata, Wood. Port Jackson.

‘amily. BUuLLIDA.
or Bulla ampulla, Linn. Port Jackson.

oblonga, A. Adams. Port Jackson.

OrpER.—PULMONIFERA.

Family.—HeEticw =
122. a a att Sie Islands,
23. ambei, P/r. :

ands.
», flexilabris, Pfr. Rubian: cee Solem

126

127. ,, hargravesi, Angas. Bougainev ville Solainon Tslands.

128. ,, leucophe, Cox. Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands. )
»» ambrosia, Angas alera, mon Islands. |

130. ,, cleryri, Peitt. San Christoval, Say Islands .

i solitaria, Say. Ohio, United Sta es of America. |

foe oy louisiadensis, Forbes. Louisiade Talands, |
133. 4, «mad loxi, Brazier. Solomon a
1

» sy - Demgi on Islands.
135. ,, hunteri, Cox. a alcanar, Sohesion Islands.
He nemoralis, Linn, Eng
ty eee iloconensis, Sowerby. Phili ippine Islands,
138. 5, hombrani, Pfr. |" Ysabel, Solomon Islands, |
r. Wales

0. ew South
5 etcaionaiie Reeve Tasmania |
4] +» oxi, Crosse. Port on

Sol
150; = |, sellersi, Cow. Guadalcanar, Solomon Islands.
Os Ree miltocheilus, Reeve. San Christ oval, Solomon Islands.
ere dux, Pfr. King George Aimed

a.

1 re ufresni, Leach. 'Tasmani

154. ss zebra, Mull. Honduras

155. ,, — luzonicus, Sowerby. Philippine Islands.
s melo, Quoy and Gaimard. King oe 3 Sound.

157. kingi, Gray. King George’s Soun
158. Partula gibba, Fer. Guam
159. Achatina virginea, Linn. Gate.
160. Achatinella niga: Fer. Sandwich =
161. Pupa uva, Linn. West India Islands.

Family yy. - pera

162. Auricula auris-jude, Linn. Cape York.
a Cassidula angulifera, Petit. Cape York.

DONATIONS TO CABINETS. 205

Orper.—OPERCULATA.
Family. ge se:
166. Pupinaangasi, Brazier, New Gui
167. Siscicure esia polita, H. Adams. ackeainn Islands.
Family. HELIc1n1
P 168. Helicina moquiniana, Reclus, San ‘Christoval, Solomon Islands.

CLASS.—CONCHIFERA.
ORDER. Thar ACEA.
Family. PHoLADIDe.
169. Barnea similis, Gray. oe Jackson.
Family. SoLenipz&.
170. Solen sloanei, Gray. Port Jackson.
‘amily, TELLINIDA.
ae Tellina vir — Linn. a Islands,

| 1 nata, Linn. Philippine Islands.

Sub-Fa cae Donacinz,

173. Donax deltoides, Lam. Port Jackson.

Family. Sire oome

174, NP mac OE am. Tasmania.

175. phylla, Hanley. Port Jackson.
176 % cate Reeve. Port Jackson

178. >, scalarina, Lam. South ‘Aunbbiie:
179. Tivela undulosa, Lam. South Australia.
80.

182. pectinata, — Po is:
183. Cepes ce undulata, Born. Port Jackson.

184, Nplapeas tum, Sowerby. Tongataboo.
185. shine Linn. Fiji Islands.

Family. Lvucrnip#.
186, Lucina rugifera, Reeve. Port Jackson.
ily. YTILIDZ.
187. Lithodomus gracilis, Lam. Torres Straits.
Family. TRiIGgontiD.
188, . Tasmania.
a id ea Port Jackson.

190. Barbatia fascia sa Port Jackson.
191, Axinia h Arsen Reeve. Port Jackson.

‘amily. PECTINIDA.
192, Pecten Wood. Port Jackson.
1. lL, es New Caledonia.

194,
195. Wile teunka, dence Port Jackson.
‘196. Radula lima, Linn. Port

Jackson.
oh! 3

‘amily. VoOLSELLIDA.

197. Vulsella rugosa, pe New Caledonia.
‘amily. OSTREIDA.
198. Ostrea mordax, Gould. Port Jackson.

SS.—BRACHIOPODA.
Family. REBRATULIDZ.
Sub-Family. TereBRATULINZ.
199, Waldheimia flavescens, Lam. Port Jackson.

| x
:
2
me
oes
:

207

EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS

ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

In the fall

No. 1. ATourtil of the per Society of New South Wales, 1877.
»» 2.—Remarks on the Sedimentary Formations of mrad South Wales,
by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.
», 3.—Report of the Mining Department of New South Wales, 1877.
»» 4.—Report of the Commissioner for Railways of New South Wales,

’ 5.—Report of the Council of Education of New South Wales, 1877.

ERICA (UNITED STATES).

.Albany.— New York seit Library, — Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Annapolis (M.D,)—Naval Academy. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Baltimore.—John Ho pkins’ University. Xen 1334 &
Boston.— American Academ y of Science. I, 2, 3, 4

” Boston Society of Natutal Histo oe Y thon L% 3, 4.

Buffalo.—Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Cambridge.—The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College.
os. 4, 2, 3, &

Chicago, awieademy of Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Coldwater,—Michigan Library Association. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Davenport (Iowa).—Academy of Natural Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Hoboken (N.S, ) The Stevens’ Institute of Technology. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Minn ee Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
New York.—American Chemical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3,

sa Ameri faa Geogaphieal seth ‘“ Society of iow York. Nos.

. z, 2 3, a4

” Lyceum of Natural History. 1, 2, <e

” School of Mines, Columbia allege. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Penikese Island,—Anderson School of Natural resaeaye Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4

Philadelphia.—Academ of Natural Science. Nos. 1,2, 3, 4.
» Ameri 4 can En Society. Nos. 2, 3 4,

F mere atm Philosophical Society. Nos. 12,3,
: in i te. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,
No. 1, 2.2, 4
Salem (Mass),—P body Academ No 1,234
gem Se a Ge as

‘Sein <atihend ie Binnie Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.

208 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.

oe ge ag for Agriculture. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
Dr. °F. ayden, Geological Survey of Territories

Nos 2, <9
- Hydrograp whic Office. ” Nos. 1, 2, 3,4
" Siithanntan Institute. Nos. 1; 2. 4; Pr, 5
Ss War Dept. os. 1, §
i Chief Signal Officer. War Dept. Nos. 1, 2, 3,4. _
ov Director of the Mint. Treasury De tt Nos A, 2, 3, 4, 5
‘9 he Secretary. Treasury Dept hy 2; 3, 4, 5.
ne The Secreta Na ept. Nos. a 2) 3, 4,
ce U.S.A. Coast Su ate Navy Dept. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
- Bureau of Naviga Nos. 1; 2; 3,4,
a The Secretary. Dept 0 ‘of the Interior. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
. U.S. National Mus ne Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
sb Bureau of Education. > Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
- Office of Indian Affairs. fs Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.

E Dominion of CANADA.
Hamilton (Canada wis. —Scientific cua Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,5
Menten). it se Survey of Canada. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
ral His istory Society of Montreal. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Ottawa. Fears of Natural Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Toronto.—Canadian Institute. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Avs
Prague. ee ee Cieclinchas der Wissenschaften. Nos. 1,

Viemna.—Atiropangch Gesellschaft, Nos. I, 2, 4.
3, 4.

co aphische Gesellschaft. Nos. 1, 2,

ne Gen LAR Reicheatatalt, No

as Kaiserli k er Wissenschaf 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
#5 (Esterreichische Gesellschaft fiir Meteorologie. Nos. 1, 2, 4

és sche ells sey 8

” K. K. Central Anstalt fiir Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus.
2, 4, 5.

.

Nos. 1,
Trieste.—Societa Adriatica di Scienze Naturale. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5.

Breteium.
oe eon Royale des cine des Lettres et des Beaux Arts-
os. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
_ Liege.—Société des Sciences. 1 1% ri
1» Société a Nos 1,

T.

nel dat 1 g Nos. 1, 2,3, 4,5-

COLONIES. :
Carse or Goop Horr.
Cape Town.—The Philosophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Port Louis.—The Royal Society of Arts and Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 5

°

eauateenliieinmmemmmmee ee

sents nteds eeteaienn namededaiiieainin i inane

1 phe aie te a aN

EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS,

New Sourn WaALzEgs.
]

ssid owe — Club. No. 1.
ralian Museum. No. 1.

a the are Public Libra 0.7%;

” Linnean Society of New South Wales. No. 1
» The Mining Departm o. 1.

ti he Observato 0.

$5 The School of Arts. No. 1

» The Union Club. No. I
” The University. No. 1
New ee
—Auckland Institute. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Auckland.
Christchurch.—Philosophical Society oe Panett Nos. I, 2, 3, 5.
Ot

.—Otago Institute. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

‘eacunsallt *2 Philosophical Soc a = he 2 3, 5.
Colonial Museum. Nos. |
New Zealand Institute. re

Zz
oer per favour of the Wellington Museum.)

3°

QUEENSLAND.

edomen fale Philosophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
The Acclimatization Society. Nos. B2:

eee AUSTRALIA.

aneeine, Ae ee Government Astronomer. Nos.
e South eeiten Tustin Non : os $4 5
» The University. Nos. I, 2.
’ The Government Botanist. » No. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
TASMANIA

Hobart Town.—The Royal Society of Tasmania, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

‘omer
coraaam = ise nor Sta Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
The Government apcbaioies Nos. 1, 2, 3.
” The Mining Depart ment. os. 1; 2, 3, 4.
” The Public Library. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
” The Royal Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3
o> The University. Nos.
» The Eclectic Association. Nos. 1, 2, 5.
” The Government Botanist. os. 1, 2.
is General. Nos. 1, 2, 5.

(Forwarded per favour of the Public Library.)

ENGLAND.
ee Natural Science Club. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
The Philosophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 4
” e Public (Town man Press Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5.
” The Ray Cl Club. Nos. :, 2, 4,
” The rates —. Nos. i, sar 4,

209

210 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.

Dudley. era = Midland Geological and Scientific Society. Nos. 1,
3, 4, 5.

Leeds—Phlphia Society. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
The Col lege of Science. Nos. 1 2, 4,

he ( "ane Survey ‘of Great Britain, Nos. 1, 2.

use
e , 4.
he ae sire — Naval Architects Noe. '. 2, 4.

at he Linnean

ne ndon institution. pod “ 3 4, 5.

is he Meteorological O Nos. 4, 2, oS

ae he | leteorologica al Soc Seaithy, Nos. 1,

af he Physical So nity ae Kensington SM ekiiesd: Nos. 1, 2, 4
me he Queen’ os. 1, 2, 4, 5.

i he Royal ‘suse 5 ices, 2,

6 he Ro stronomical Societ Nos. 1,

ie he Royal Colonial Institute. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.

a he Royal College of Physicia Nos. 1,

ss he Royal College o ‘geons. on. 1, 2

me he Royal Geographical Society, Nos. 1, 2, 4

ro he | istori iety. Nos. 1, 2, 4,5

ee he nstitution of Great Britain. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
om he icroscopi iety. Nos. 1, 2, 4.

8 ne Ro school of Mines. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.

oe he ] Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4,

a he an Society of Literati Nos. 1, 2, 4.

” *

9 rd Lindsay. Nos. 1, 2, 4,
‘Manchester.—Literary and Philosophical Society. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5.
’ The Owen’s College. Nos. 1,
es The Geological Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Middlesboro’.—Iron and Steel Institute. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Newcastle-u Sgugeatt oer ts Sueany. Nos. 1, 2, 3.
eg Nort a Institute of Mining Engineers.
Le 4,
Oxtoe’.— The Adhaleie Lileszy. Nos 1 , 2, 4, 5,
ae The Bodleian Library. eer 1,2, 4,68:
»» The Radcliffe Library. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5. .
» The Radcliffe Obeervatory, Nos. 1, 2.

ee

| ail anianiaesa siceeicgecenpeiiaailitie my ee po tae

EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 211

Penzance.—Geological Society of Cornwall. Nos. 1, 2, 4
ee and Cornwall Natural History Society. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
Truro.—Miners’ Association of Cornwall and Devon. Nos. 1, 2, 4.

» Mimeniagie Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Nos. 1, 2, 4.

FRANCE.
Bordeaux.—Académie des Sciences. Nos. l, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Caen.—Académie des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 4
Dijon.— Académie des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
Lille.—Société Géologique du Nord. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Montpellier.— Académie des Sciences et Lettres. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5.

Paris.— Académie des Sciences de l'Institut. oy os. 1, 2, 4.
i Cosmos Pog Victor Meunier). a i # ‘4, 5.
bt d 1

- De e la Mari Nos, 1, 2,

ee Ecole des Mines. Nos. 1, “«

»» Ecole Normal ia rieure. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
» Ecole Polytec Nos

uy
2 Faculté des ee de bos Sorbonne. Noa. 1,:2, & &.
na Jardin des Plantes,
me 7 Mondes (Mons. PAbbé Kink Nos. 1, 2, 4.

» Royale Académie des Scien noes “Kon 1 2 3, 4, 5.

anique.
” Revue des Cours Scientia (Mons. Alglave). Nos. 1, 2, 4.
» Société de Biologie. Nos. 1, 2, 4.

» Société d’Encou arapeenees pour, Teale Nationale. ton? 2,

3, 4.
» Soe ~ oe EH tg de France. sae 1, 2, 4.
» Société Minéralogique. Nos. 1
Soci été Philotechatjue. Nos. 3 5.
Saint Etienne.—Société de IIndustrie Universale. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
Toulouse.— Académie des Sciences. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5.

GERMANY.
Beriin.—Chemiache Gesellschaft. Nos. 1, 2, 3.
Snigliche Akademie der Wissenschaften. Nos. 1, 2, ci 4, 5.

alens in Bonn. “123,4
Carlaruhe.—Natarwimenschaftticher ¥ Verein zu Carlsruhe. Nos. 1, 2, 3,4
—Das Stati inisteri

Innern zu Dres-

212 EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS.

“es (Saxony). —Die Berg Akademie zu Freiberg. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
turforschende Gesellschaft zu Freiberg. Nos. 1 52) 354

ides nen. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften in Gottingen.
Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Gorlitz.—Naturforschende Gesellschaft in a Nos. 1, 2.
emda ae ae ische Gesellschaf amburg. Nos
r Nat soalnaebatticne Usted lione in Haxitane
» 3, 4, 5.
Heidelberg. —Naturhistorish Medicinische Gescllschaft zu Heidelberg.
s. 1, 2,4

Jena.—Meticiaich TEER Gesellschaft.. Nos. 1, 2, 4.
berg. —Die Physikalisch-dkonomische Gesellschaft. Nos. 1, 2
Leipzig (Saxony). Crigtio i magia ae 1; 2,3, 4, 5.
ee ih University. Nos
sollacbatt zur heieaketag de _ eomaaaasyen Naturwissens-
chaften in Marburg. a 2, 4, 5.
Muhlhausen.—Industrial Society. Nos
M Se = nga re Pie Aad OO in Miinchen.
Nos.

Stutgart Kinch statistic Bureau zu Stuttgart.

Wurttemberg.— ae Verein fiir Moa a Naturkunde in Wiirt-

mberg. Nos.
ees
a a Asiatic perigeth Nos, 1, 2, Fa 5.
The Geological seum. Nos. I, 2, 4
ae The Geological tron of India. ' Nos. 1, 4,
IRELAND.

a Society. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4
Royal Irish Academy. Nos. 1, 2,4 %
Tray.

Genoa.— Museo Civico di Storia Naturale. Nos. 1, 2.
Milan.—Societa Italiana di Scienze Naturale. Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Maples.—Societs Reale Academia delle Scienze. re 1, 2, 4, 5.

os Zoological Station (Dr. Dohrn). Nos. 1
SMSOrHiR +Acaddetnia Palermitana di Scienze, tua ed Arti. Nos.

ee

Mi eck, tivissan di*Scienza Naturale. Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5.
Rome.—Circolo ene hico d'Italia. Nos. 1, 2

as Osservatorio del Co ollegio Romano, Nos. i, 2:
is R. Academia die Lincei, Nos. 1, 2,
5 R. Geologico Italiano. "Nos, 1, 23,4

— Academia delle Scienza. Nos. 1, 2, 4
Regio Osservatorio della Regio Universita. Nos. 1 » 4
Wension.— Reale’ Toatituts' Vedites &0 Scieine, Tantibe od Ait. Nos. 1, 4, 5-

EXCHANGES AND PRESENTATIONS. 213

JAPAN.
Yokohama.— Asiatic Society. Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5.
NETHERLANDS.
Amsterdam.— Académie Royale des Sciences. Nos. 1, 4, 5.
Haarlem.—Société Hollandaise des Sciences. Nos. 1, 4, 5.

Norway.
Christiania.—Kongelige Norske Fredericks Universitet. Nos. 1, 4, 5.

Russia.
Moscow.—La Société Impériale des Naturalistes. Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5.
St. Petersburg.—L’ Académie Impériale des Sciences. Nos. 1, 4, 5.
ScorLanD.
Saupe oy Society. Nos. 1,

3, 4.
Physical Society. Nos. 1, 4.
» ; pat ociety. Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5.
” The Royal Obeurratiey Nos, 1, 3.
» he University. 3, 4, 5.
——— ne td Nos. 1, 3 4,
The University. Nos. 1, 4, 5

Aberdeen.—The Vaieanilby Nos. 1, 4, 5.

SPAIN,
Madrid.—Instituto Geografico y Estatistico. Nos. 1, 4, 5.
SWEDEN.

en ee Svenska henge icin evan Nos. 1, 4, 5.
The Uni iversity. Nos

Ne Oe
Geneva.—Institut National Génevoie. Nos. 1, 4, 5.
—De la Société Vaudois des Sciences Naturelles. Nos. 1, 4, 5.
Neuchatel.—Socisté des Sciences Naturelles. Nos. 1, 4, 5.

Number of oe sent to Great Britain
The Colonies (in includ-
ing India)

112

” Pry ” America ae Bt ee

” ” ” Europe co x. ole

” ¥ Asia (Japan) i 4

Total (including Editors of Periodicals) ... «-- 877
A. LIVERSIDGE,

The Society’s House, Sydney, August, 1878.

s

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS

(IN ABSTRACT).

217

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
(IN ABSTRACT.)

SECTION A.—ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS.

PRELIMINARY MEETING—5 APRIL, 1878.
Mr. H. C. Russext, B.A., F.R.A.S., in the Chair.
Arter the confirmation of the sion of the preceding meeting
of the Section, the election of officers for the curre oa year was
proceeded with, and the following stiles were elected :—Chair-
man: Mr. H.C. rae, B.A., F.R.A.S. p vonara : Mr. G.
D. Hirst. Comm : Mr. HG. A. Wricat, M.R.C.8. ; Mr.
W. J. MicBowneic: “R, R.A.S.; Rev. Geo | Marry, and Mr.
J. U. C. Cotyer
Tt was resolved that the meetings of the Section for the present
session should be held on the first Friday in each month.

3 MAY, 1878.
Mr. H. ©. Russewu, B.A., &e., in the Chair.
A r was read from Mr. John Tebbutt, F.R.A.8., Windsor,
entitled “ <N ote on the Planet Uranus.
e CHAIRMAN read a paper on the “ Longitude hd the rte oe
Observatory,” ssid stated that as the longitude determined by

Mr. G. D. Hier quoted some remarks published by Mr.
Bessemer in “ ee: on the construction of large silvered glass
reflectors.

13 JUNE, 1878.
Mr. H. C. Russet, B.A., &c., in the Chair.

of §

218 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Mr. G. D. Hirst read a note on his personal observation of the
remarkable meteor seen on the afternoon of the Ist June.

The CHatrMan exhibited a set of eye-pieces, hedge by
Hilger, of London, for the large equatorial at the Sydney
Observatory, ranging from 150 to 1,200 diameters, the lenses
being composed of quartz. 36 also exhibited a micrometer for
the large “gi go by the same maker.

as exhibited, tha i invention of Mr. Barraclough, for
roducing a viartitly uniform motion in the revolving barr
chronogra aph. The governing power was oot gt by two pendu-
lums swinging at right angles to each other.

5 JULY, 1878.
This meeting lapsed in consequence of the absence from town
of several of the members.

2 AUGUST, 1878.
Mr. H. C. Russet, B.A., &c., in the Chair.
A discussion took place in reference to the clock exhibited at
the last meeting Mr. Russell stated that he had succeeded in
ang! hein the attachment to the pendulums. The clock

from Mr. Neisson urging the establishment of a dlonograglio
rs Ay in tei He also read a paper on observatories in the

The A test read a paper on “ The Comparison to Sirius.”

6 SEPTEMBER, 1878.
Mr. H. C. Russet, B.A., &c., in the Chair.
The CHAIRMAN introduced to the notice of the members a new
form of triangular micrometer, which he recommended as pos-

uced into the diap
of the eye-piece, the oe of the triangle being equal to its height.
Mr. G. D. Hirst exhibited some crayon drawings of Jupiter
made during the saber opposition ; he read some notes on the
most remarkable features presented by the planet at the present

Mr. W. J. MacDowyett and the Cxamwaw exhibited some meY
' forms of microphones and apparatus.

>

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 219

4 OCTOBER, 1878.
Mr. H. C. Russert, B.A., &., in the Chair.
A paper was read from Mr. W. J. ‘hung te F.R.A.S., on
star “ae and the separating power of telescopes.
ron the results of the transit of
pet observations published by Captain Tupman.

1 NOVEMBER, 1878.
Mr. H. C. Russert, B.A., &., in the Chair.

A paper was read from Mr. Joun Tepssutt, F.R.A.S., Windsor,
on ng . Geocentric Conjunction of Mars and Saturn on the Ist
July, 1

he C Curarrwan read a paper on the “ Mounting of large Object-
glasses.” He also read a note on a new form of equatorial stand ;
it was accompanied by a model and working drawings. e
model was inspected by the meeting, and the plan proposed met
with general approval.

930 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Note on the Planet Uranus.
By Joun Tespurt, F.R.A.S.
[Read seh the Astronomical spunea 3 ae Ys -” 78.

(o)
>
=
iE
=)
77)
kg
©
wm
a
fo)
Qu.
°
t= |
os
Sa
°
=
°
@®
ae
= x
ms
°
&
= 34
~
ct
RR
‘3
g
=
oO
es
ro)
=|

sideration of the eccentricity of the planet's orbit that the oppo-
sition-distance varies according to the distance of the planet itself
from its perihelion. Without regarding the small variation due
to the earth’s distance from its own perihelion, it is also obvious
that when the opposition takes place at the same time that the
planet is in or very close to its perihelion the opposition-distance
is at a minimum, and this is the most favourable opportunity for
the telescopic sauhasl on of the planet and its satellites.
combination of circumstances will soon take place ; the planet
has, in fact, for the past forty years been gradually approaching
the earth at each successive opposition. It will be remembered
that in the newspapers I pointed out a somewhat similar circum-
stance in connection with the planet Mars previously to its oppo-
sition last year. The heliocentric jones of Uranus at the last
opposition (15 February, 187 8) v was 147° 5’, and that of the peri-
helion, according to Chambers’s Descriptive a Aarons, 1885 p. 38,
is 167° 30’, and as the heliocentric motion of the planet is at pre-
sent about 43 degrees during a synodical period, it follows that the
opposition of March, 1882, will fall the nearest to the perihelion
during the present centu ury. Adopting the peat orbit eleeni nts
in Chambers s Astronomy, I get 18-2875 and 20-0780 pk eh
as the perihelion and aphelion distances asec of th
earth’s mean distance from the sun. The cae ga of the
earth corresponding to the heliocentric longitudes of the planet’s
perihelion and aphelion are respectively 0-9932 and 1:0064. From
these values I deduce therefore 17-2943 and 19-0716 as the mini-
mum and maximum limits of the variation of the planet’s opposi-
tion-distance. If now we assume Sir G. B. Airy’s s determination
(R.ALS. Monthly Notices, Vol. XXXVIII. p. 16) of the sun’s
mean distance from the telescopic observations of the British Ex-
pedition for the Observation of the transit of Venus, 1874, me
eset 000 miles, we have for the real minimum and maxim
tion-distances 1,615 and 1,781 millions of miles renpentively, :

2

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 231

giving a difference of 166 millions of miles. This difference cer-

ble part of its orbit for telescopic observation, and this favourable
combination of circumstances will increase till 1882, after which it
inish.
Another result of the conditions I have thuspointed out is the fact
that the planet is becoming more distinct to the naked eye at each

successive opposition. It can, even now that several weeks have
elapsed since its re dea be distinctly seen without a telescope.

At the ap reant Sane ab > early on the same meridian of righ

ascensio 1

of that Mais Bowe stars ieee embraced within the field of the

of v Leonis, so that Urarius may ai be Sokided as a ae
star of the sixth magnitude. My attention was not directed to
the planet at the time of its maximum brilliancy in February last.
In February, 1869, I observed the planet on the meridian with
the transit instrument, and found it to be very nearly fifteen seconds
of time west of the place assigned to it by the old Tables of Bouvard,
which have been employed in the computations of the Nautical
nac down to the end of 1876. Observations taken last even-
ing, however, showed it to be almost t precisely in the place deduced
from Professor Newcomb’s new Tables since employed for the
Toles meris in the Nautical Almanac.

Observatory, Windsor, 25 Ape 1878.

aS REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

On the Longitude of Sydney Observatory.
By H. C. Russert, B.A, F.R.AS.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 3 May, 1878.]

Tur members present this evening are probably all aware of
the extreme difficulty of finding the longitude by astronomical
observations alone, that is, by ohsarvadjone of the moon’s change
of position, due to her motion. To those who have not been in the
- habit of discussing lunar observations, it may be worth while to
say that an error mmade in observing t the moon’s right ascension
(taking the moon’s average change in right ascension) is magnified
some twenty-five times in the resulting error of longitude ; ; thus, an

error of observation of the moon of only one-fifth of ‘a second
would produce an error of 5s. in the longitude, and if the observa-
tion were made when the moon was changing her right ascension
slowly the error would be much greater. All the refinements of

the moon pointed out by the Astronomer Royal so long since as
1848, which might, I think, be called view personality. During
that year it was found that between Mr. Dunkin and Mr. Breen,
two of the Greenwich observers using the altazimuth, there
existed a difference of 0.38s, in determining the moon’s right
agoenslon 5 and the Astronomer Royal remarks :—

e circumstances under which the large errors given by Mr.
hs occurred were so various, in respect of moon’s age.and
moon’s position in her orbit, and the intermixture of the observa-
tions had been so complete that there was no doubt whatever that
this was the result of a difference in the mode of observation.

“« And ng was not the result of personal equation usually so
called ; for it was known from the medley eye of perso:
equation as exhibited i in the clock errors given n by stars (which are
confirmed by similar investigations made to the fer of 1849) that
the personal equation was small. Neither was it a different es-
timation of the moon’s diameter, for the difference of errors ©
moon’s R. A. is nearly the same, and in the same direction,
whether the first limb or the second limb be observed. It is

strictly speaking a difference between the personal equation for
the moon and that for the stars ; or, it. may be thus stated, that
the duration of the impression on the nerves of the eye, or the
time occupied in bringing into comparison the impressions on the

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 223

eye and on the ear, is not the same when the moon is observed
with the eye as when a star is observed with the eye. The evi-
dence of this is given in the following numbers :—

“ By observations of the first limb of the moon from 1847, May
16, to 1848, May 28 :—

The mean of 45 errors of moon’s tabular R.A.,

by Mr. Dunkin, is plus 0°53 secs.
The mean of 35 errors, by Mr. Breen is...... plus 0-99

Excess of Mr. Breen ‘plus 0-46 secs.
“ By observations of the second limb of the moon through the
same period :—
The mean of 33 errors by Mr. Dunkin is ..._ plus 0:50 sees.

The mean of 27 errors by Mr. Breen is...... plus 0°80 secs.
Excess of Mr. Breen plus 0°30 secs.”
—Introduction, “ Greenwich Observations, 1848,” 70.

Here then we have a difference between observers which would
make a difference of about 10-00 secs. of time in the longitude ;
and a careful examination of all the moon observations at Green-
wich by Mr. Dunkin, and published in the R. A. S. N ie vol.
19, page 259, revealed the fact that no two of the shee rs had
the same personality in observing the moon. sche rp
this fact in explanation of a sug geestion T have to ake to-night on
the cause of the difference in the ai aera of Sydney page ek
as determined by the Rev. W. Scott and myself—a differe

neg appeared as soon as I Asie 4g take the “taeidicun? in

The aly of Sydney Observatory now cad was determined
by the Rey. W. Scott from 48 observations of the moon, taken
during 1859, 1860, and 1861, and compared with observations
taken on the same — at Greenwich, or the Cape of Good Hope.

vations of the moon, and, kabemey for 36 of them, correspond
ing observations at Greenwich ; from all these the longitude
derived was 10h. 4m. 507 "50s. During 1864 to 1870 taalire
— Smalley did not observe for longitude. In 1871 I again
rved, and had twenty-four corresponding observations from
Greenwi wich, the mean of which gave 10h. 4m, 5091s. for the
longitude of Sydney. In 1872 the paar of comparisons
_ between Sydney and Greenwich from cloudy weather and other
causes was only seven, giving for this year a mean longitude of

224 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

i0h. 4m. 5108s. In 1873 fourteen comparisons were obtained,
and the mean longitude derived was 10h. 4m. 51:07. In 1874

irteen comparisons were obtained, and the mean tongivaall
derived is 10h. 4m. 50°47. For abbeys years I have not yet
received the moon observations from Greenwich. We have then,
as the result of my own observations euanaial with correspond-
ing observations at Greenwich—

mm: 8

1863 Ta 10 4 50°50
1871 ms 50°91
1872 51-08
1873 51-07
1874 50°47

Givingamean 10 4 50.806

which differs by 5-Ols. from that determined by the Rev. W.
Scott, although the same instrument and method of observ ation
were used by both of us ; and it is therefore obvious that between
the Rev. W. Scott and myself there is a personal equation when
observing the moon different from that between us when observing
Just as has been found to be the case at Greenwich, the
quantity is really a very small one—only 0°20—which produces
this Sitloretins of 5s. in the longitude, and I am not surprised to
oe it; forbetween us, when observing stars, there was a differen ce
Tt must not, however, be sie ae that there is very great
difficulty in determining t the moon’s position, and the observations
made at Greenwich on all dead occasions for determining the

question that extreme care is necessary in observing the moon.

Now, turning to other sources for data upon the longitude of
Sydney, we have first and most im important, the longitude of
Melbourne ; this, Mr. Ellery has found from a large number of
moon observations to be 9h. 39m. 54 ‘80s. ; a very careful deter-
mination of the difference in longitude between the two observa-
tions by means of the telegraph linee makes it 24m. 55:77s., and
this added to 9h. 39m. 54-80s. givesus 10h. 4m. 50°57s. as the
longitude of Sydney.

In 1874, Major Palmer, while in New Zealand with the Transit
of Venus ety found the longitude of ptt New
Zealand, to be 1 lh. 39m. 481s. and as “the New

the land lines at each end, so

Sra nee a Was Pee

i i tle nie

ee ONES nay ee

SNE etd aT ore ee

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 225

from one observatory to the ears without fm corse Signals
were therefore exchanged between the Venerable oe
Stock, B.A., and myself, with the following result :—F.
Wellington to Sydney, lh. 34m. 15-35s. ; Sydney to Wellington,
lh. 34m. 16-648. But it appears that the signals rec
Wellinaton from Sydney were received by an assistant, aes cry
as soon as he saw the signal from Sydney, was compared with the
clock by Archdeacon Stock, and I quite agree with the view of
Archdeacon Stock—that in such a process time must have been
ars and it does not appear that any attempt was made to deter-
how much was so lost; as the signals were received and
seiewiod on the chronograph at Sydney by one observer, it is more
than ge ae that the result so obtained is the more correct of
the two. I therefore adopt, as has been done by Archdeacon

Palmer’s longitude, we have 10h. 4m. 49-46s. as the resulting
longitude of Sydney. We thus have four values of the longitude
of Sydney.

a oe
Rev. W. ae ae i sieaus 10 4 45-79
Mr. Russell -“......... 50°81
Mr. Ellery (Melbourne) 50°57

Major Palmer (New Zealand) 49°46

And T have no veto that these differences may all be accounted
for by personality in observing the moon, and the question is
naturally asked whieh is right, but it is impossible to say, and
question must, I fear, eft unanswered until the Cosaesian
shall have been determined by the use of the alogrens lines. It
is very much to be regretted that the various transit of Venus’
parties did not combine and do this important work when they
were in the Pacific Ocean. Probably it will « long before such
« number of trained observers will be again on the spot to do this
work, and the cost of doing it now would be considerable.

I have only to say in conclusion that in future the longitude of
ee Observatory will be assumed to be 10h. 4m. 50°81s

226 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Note on the Transit of Mercury, on May 6th, 1878.
By Joun Tessvtt, F.R.A.S.

[Read before the Astronomical Section, 13 June, 1878.]
A transit of Mercury across the sun’s disc occurred on the 6th of
May last, astronomical time.—The ingress took place before the sun
rose, so that the early part of the transit wasnot seen here. Owing to

clouds having partially removed, I obtained the first view of the
Le about 19h. 58m. with my 38jinch refractor. At t
thought I could perceive a faint whitish spot on pe
senses disc, ‘but I could see nothing of the kind shortly after-
wards with the 41-inch equatorial. The eae bevient provided

with Cooke’s prismatic reflecting eye-piece and a magnifying power
of 180 diameters, was employed in the ber viititin of the egress.
was free from spots, and there was no ri

anything like a satellite. At 20h. 48m. 19-3s. observatory mean
solar time, when I estimated the thread of light between the limbs of
the sun and planet to be about a sec econd of are in breadth, the
planet suddenly threw out a narrow ligament and immediately
became somewhat pear-shaped, as ‘represented in figure 1.

“get at this time reminded me very much of that chal
by in at Greenwich with ri 3}-inch alt-azimuth during
the egress of the planet in November, 1868, and represented in his
diagram on page 12 of the 29th volume of the Ro oyal Astronomical
Society’s Monthly Notices. The ligament observed by me was
nearly as black as the planet itself, ‘and rendered it very difficult
to estimate the time of the geometrical or apparent internal con-
tact of limbs. This phase occurred about twenty-two seconds
after the formation of the ligament, or at 20h. 48m. 41°3s.
It appears from the Sydney Morning Herald of May 8th that
the times of the internal contact as iutcoal at the Sydney

vations were respectively, 114, 74, and mi inches. Their times
correspond to 20h. 48m. 13:05s. 20h. 48m. 22-00s. and 20h.
48m. 33-63s. at my observatory. Taking into consideration
the fact that the differential effect due to parallax is in this

, Fa SE se ee A ay Sf Rae en See et Shae ke oe ee SNe eS Se a Ce ee Nn ae

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 227

me anomalous is the circumstance that the earliest estimation
of the geometrical coincidence of limbs should have been made
with the largest telescope, and the latest with the smallest tele-
scope. Consi ering the small difficulty which the observers

precisely the inverse of that stated to have been observed. The
diminishing thread of light between the limbs should have been
seen last by the largest telescope. The anomaly may, perhaps, be
explained by a consideration of the magnifying power of the eye-
pieces employed in the observations. The order of the observed

rendering the objects indistinct, I was unable to observe
external contact ats satisfaction.

[Diagram.]

228 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Note on the Star “ Brisbane, 6183.”
By Joun Tessurt, F.R.A.S.

[Read before the Astronomical Section, 2 August, 1878.]
WHILE engaged last evening in micrometer observations of stars in

1822 and 1826 asof the seventh magnitude, had either disappeared
or become almost invisible in my equatorial of 44 inches aperture.
I succeeded in identifying the stars numbered 6142, 6172, 6177,
6181, 6196, and 6220 in the Brisbane catalogue, but the only stars
in the catalogued Ltertiea of 6183 are two or three
excessively faint ones. They are barely distinguishable in my
even on a brilliant sky with the moon absent, and it is
therefore impossible to determine their position with "the micro-
meter; this, oncibah might be done with the 111-inch refractor of
the e Sy ey Observatory. It is quite possible that the catalogued
position of 6183 may be an erroneous observation of 6196, the
right ascension being almost exactly two minutes of time too small.
The south polar distances in the catalogue agree within a fraction
of a second.
_ The non-appearance of the star may be thus accounted for, but
in the meantime it will be well to record the fact in the Proceed-
ings of the Astronomical Section of the Royal Society. The star
is not to be found in Lacaille’s catalogue.
Windsor, June 28th, 1878.

ia lage dt pe ae

i ilies re NRE we

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 229

Notes on Observatories in the United States.
By W. J. MacDonnett, F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 2 August, 1878.]}

with me whilst I make a few remarks on the subject. To the
student of astronomy in Australia the lesson taught by the past
experience of the States is one of great interest, and one from which
we ought to gain much in advancing our favourite science.

The progress of astronomy in North America was at first very
stow. No results worthy of record are noted during the eighteenth
century, with the exception, perhaps, of a few observations of the
transit of Venus, 1769; and, in spite of the advocacy of John
Quincy Adams and others, Congress was decidedly opposed to the
io or maintenance of a permanent astronomical observa-

0

the Hudson Observatory, Western R
and the Philadelphia High School, 1840, and the first State observa-

in the States, and Congress withdrawing its objections, the mag-
ington (now known as the
al

little more than thirty years have elapsed since its existence, it now
: as a worthy peer of the grand observatories of Europe, and
1s a brilliant instance of the commendable perseverance towards
Success of American astronomers. I will now pass on to the erec-

g astronomical works ever printed). The enthusiasm
raised b co s was promptly availed of by
Mitchell, and a Cincinnati Astrono i , the

object of which was to furnish the city with an observatory.
$11,0 , in shares of $25 each, were subscribed, a site was given
by a citizen, and Mitchell was deputed to visit Europe for the

230 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

purchase of a telescope. He secured one at Munich of twelve
inches aperture—one of the finest then in existence—at a cost of
9,5 The observat completed in 1845, and at once began
a career of oe which reflected honor both on founders and
managers. next observatory to come under our notice is that
of Harvard ‘Dobie Cambridge, Massachusetts. This is perhaps
bar most famous of all the American “ Light-houses of the skies,”
as J. Q. Adams calls them. A meeting of the leading citizens of
Boston was held in March, 1843, to determine on the construction
of an observatory. The question was settled in the affirmative,
and $20,000, to defray expenses, were at once subscribed. It is a
noteworthy fact that several Insurance Companies were subscribers
for considerable sums. The observatory was built on ground pur-
chased by the Harvard University, a splendid refractor of 15 inches
aperture (then only equalled by the Pulkova ar procured,
and active operations, under the guidance of the two Bonds, were
begun in 1847. It is unnecessary to recapitulate the splendid ser-
vices rendered to nao by the magnificent observatory, which
still in active opera
pene ites cae that of Dartmouth ea,
Hanover, New Hampshire, founded in 1853, is due principally to
the liberality of one individual, Dr. G. Shattuck, who supplied the
means for the acquisition of the site, purchase, and construction of
the necessary instruments. This observatory is now under the
direction of Mr. C. A. Young, who pam the 91-inch Alvan

In 1860 a certain number of the 5 saa of Pittsburg and
Alleghany city, Pennsylvania, undertook to eres an observatory
for that city. A 13-inch equatorial was secured and the erection
of a suitable building was commenced ; but funds tailing, the whole
was about to be seized for debt, when a rich citizen of Pitts burg,

ithout pre-
eedence in the annals my. During the night of the 8th
of July, 1872, a thief sora ti the observatory and stole ome
13-inch o - Afte

EN A. ups on. she. sitel sibs waa

pers
and on retouched by Alvan now one
poral mer ge 502 y Clark, is

Be aor act 4

el

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 331

December, 1862, the Professors of the University of
Dearborn, Chica ago, having learnt that Fitz, of New York, had a
fine objective of 144 inches for sale , started a subscription for its
purchase, and succeeded in getting $20,000. Mr. Moyne
was depute d to negotiate the purchase of the object-glass, but

earing en route that Alvan Clark had a splendid equatorial of
18} inches aperture, and 23 feet focal length, on ees hands, ordered
xy “the University of Mississippi, but owing to the war of seces-
sion, the University was unable to complete je purchase, Mr,

pletely mounted. A wealthy “public-spirited citizen of Chicago,
Mr. cammon, promptly came forward with funds necessary
for the installation of the telescope and the support of an observer.
The city of Albany (State of New a possesses a first-class
observatory, also founded by private means. The total cost was
over $200,000, of which Mrs. Dudley contributed $105,000 in the
name of her deceased husband, and hence the managers of the
establishment have given it her name—“ The Dudley Observatory.”
Within the last few years, the United States Naval Observa-
tory has added to the already fine collection of instruments it

of obtaining a 27-inch stiviniatiy we Grubb, Dublin, a still
one m e secured. Mr. James Lick: = California, has
on $700, 000 for the establishment of an observatory, to

contain amongst other instruments a 26}-inch equatorial.
finally, Alvan Clark and Sons have a disc of glass from Feil (of
Paris) in hand apd an object-glass of 29-8 inches aperture, which
Mr. W Wincheste is having made for New Haven, at his ame

other astronomers need not be specially Seen ” ‘They are fully
etailed | in Messi André and

Government for aid, and and I am sure

232 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

our worthy Chairman io testify _ much of the recent advance
in astronomy is due our American cousins. We have in
Sydney, Malbotvies ‘a Adelaidé, observatories provided with
instruments, thanks to the openhanded liberality of our
colonial Governments, to whom all honour is due for their support
of science in these young countries, but ought no effort be made to
procure a thirty or forty inch telescope for this colony? Have we
no wealthy citizens desirous of emulating the example furnished
their confréres in the States and establish an observatory with a
giant telescope? And, again, when small cities in the States, such
as they were thirty or forty years ago, determined to have their
own observatories, with as large tele: as were then procurable,
why cannot we do the same here? Let our Section originate, and
our Society sanction, an _ to the pir for “ funds to pro-
cure one of the powerful instruments now in vogue. I merely
broach the idea (probably premature) for the citucbeauie of the
Astronomical Section of the Royal Society.
Another thing may be er when the demand for large
telescopes commenced in a, Alvan Clark and Sons, Fitz-

vers. Who knows a rain that should a local demand arise,
same results will follow, and some Australian Alvan Clark, or 4
Cooke, or a Grubb, emerge from his obscurity and find a fitting
field for his talents.

List OF THE MORE IMPORTANT OBSERVATORIES IN THE UNITED STATES.

Government. University and College
Equatorial.
U. S. Naval Observatory ... 26-inch. "Equatorial
Westpoint do. ei ... 92,, | Williams College... 7-ine
lis do. 72,, | Western Reserve 9
Philadelphia High School 6 »
Private Observatories. Georgetown College 6»
Sere = Harvard do. 15 ”
ee es ... 12 ,, | Tuscaloosa University. 8 »
Dudley ... ... ~~... 18 5, | Amhurst College. ae,
pig eric i: »» | Shelly do.. as Tbe
» Rutherf Resita do. : 134 5»
Dr. arog root i “isi. ” »» | Dartmouth do. 9%»
Michigan do... we Se
Projected Observatories. re are eae te i . ”
‘ Hcl School, ”
Mr. M’Cormick’s ... we ee University,
1 Ae Lars fee - _ 29°8 » Chi eos eee wee 18} ”
Alfred re a
Pe 7 dee nC 123, Lehigh University ae as

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 233

Clark’s Companion of Sirius. ©
By H. C. Russetr, B.A., F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 2 August, 1878.]
SEVERAL communications have appeared in Nature upon this
interesting object, which was discovered in January, 1862, and
found then by Bond to have an angle of 85°-1 and distance 10”-4.

Year. Dr. owas aaa | Measured Observer.
Angle. Distance. | Angle. Pos. Dist.
u -

i . 854 10°10 85:1 10°4 Bond.
iL Meereeraies 799 10°78
an A 75°0 11°15
ROPE Fa Ajeec 70°3 1-20
1872-25: .55.6 63°0 10°6 Washington.
a 5 10°95

3. Bee 59°0 105
BG16°24 ...:.. 10°59 56°6 10-0
ned pa Eee ee 62'1 10°59 550 10°97 Russell.
1876°30 ...... 55°0 ‘is Erck. ©
47 O1 ..... 52°4 10°83 Burnham.
eee 58-4 10°05
BOO 50... 54°2 9

P x .
much light about the primary that there seems no hope of catching
the faint rays from the companion ; (estimated at 10 magnitude)
in the presence of such splendour. :

234 REPORTS: FROM THE SECTIONS.

T have frequently been struck when observing Sirius with the
planet-like disc of the companion, and I find that on the 7th
March, 1876, I have made this note :—‘ Small star appears as a
hard clear disc outside the rays of the large star.”

The following measures have all been taken by me with the
large equatorial.

Measures of the close companion (Clark’s) of Sirius, made with
the 114in. equatorial, power 280.

Date. Distance. Angle. Remarks.

Mic. <
28 Dec., 1875... 0°616 11°02 54° 6 | Fine night ; definition good.
0°590
0-624 11°19 55°14
0°650 11°65 55° 5
0°610 10°93 54°46

DIGGERS cise sc 11°07 54°53

February 17, 1876. Measures of Sirius with 11}, power 280.

Date. Distance. Angle. Remarks.
Mie. “ ° :
17 Feb., 1876...| 0°644 11°55 54°10 Fine clear night after cloudy
0°636 11°40 55°14 weather ; definition m
0°652 11°69 0
0°639 11°46 55°10
11°37 55°
0°643 11°53 54°40
0 “62 54°35
11°52 54°46

March 7, 1876. Measures of Sirius, 114, power 200.

Date. Distance. Angle. Remarks.
Mie. 7] eee |
7 March, 1876...) 0°556 9 55°40 | Light haze over the sky ; defi-
0°571 10°23 54°54 nition good ; small star xa
0°567 10°16 55°30 as a hard dise outsi
0588 10 65° 5
0°605 10°84 55°18
0568 10°18 54°58
10°31 55°14

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 235

April 5, 1876. Measures of Sirius, 114, power 180.

Date. Distance. | Angle. | Remarks.
5 April, 1876...| (See remarks.)| . 55° 2 Fine calm night, but very
54°5) much smoke about.
55°57
54°54 Measures of distance not satis-
54°37 factory.
55°

236 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. ‘

The Triangle Micrometer.
By H. C. Russet, B.A., F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 6 September, 1878.]

Most observers who have had to observe the positions of small bodies,
comets for instance, have learned to dislike the ring micrometer ;
for although it gives differences of time with tolerable accuracy, the
differences in declination are pe unsatisfactory when found an
very troublesome to compute ; when therefore I had occasion to
use it recently the old feeling of f dissatisfaction came back to me,
and set me thinking whether some more convenient form might
not be devised, and the result I propose to lay before you to-
night.

Youare aware that Lacaille’s observations at the Cape were
made with rhomboidal figures, that is, two triangles base to base
in the focus of the object-glass of the telescope. This form is much
more satisfactory and convenient than the ring, yet I cannot find
that any one has suggested its use in preference to the ring, never-
theless the advantages are many and they are still further incre
by making the figure a triangle. I therefore adopted the one in
which the base of the triangle is exactly equal to the height, which
is the most convenient form for the reduction of the results, and
has, as you will at once see, this property,— that the difference in
time of transit between two bodies crossing it, converted into
is their difference in declination. Of course, if the observations

aidion, the declinations are as valuable as the right ascensions,
which as we have seen is not the case in the ring micrometer. In
use the triangle is very convenient : by es a pasbeging’ along
the base while the instrument is at rest it can ce be set
position, so that its base is a oh ong of Paaenthertieny ae its per-
pendicular one of right asce

If the transits are Seated: at ingress and ond for each side,
four transits are obtained from which to get the mean.

The sides of the triangle may be tested by io owing a star to
run along, which if they are not straight will at once show the
irregularity. .

mech

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 237

| In the absence of a wire micrometer it might be of some service
in estimating angles of position and istance ; for the times of
transit may be made to indicate the distance, and the lines of the
| triangle supply six known angles of position, as shown in diagram
herewith,

A

c
When the line O.M. is adjusted by the Le setase of a star, the
sides are in the following angles of positio

M to A Angle of position ... 26° 34
O t M mn = i WE
Soi ty Boke uf i 16898 :
Bot B- % e ., 206° 34’
Mis 8 ..., fs .. 970° 0
O to C ... 333° 26

Before concluding I ‘eon like fe draw your attention to a
change in — 3 belts since last year : there are two dark bands
at about 45° declination, one on either side of the equator.

238 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Notes on Jupiter during his Opposition, 1878.
By G. D. Hirst.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 6 September, 1878.]

I nave the pleasure of laying before youa few sketches of Jupiter,
made this opposition.
t the planet’s Ge sie in 1876 I was able tosecure a number
of drawings, whic nad the honor of exhibiting to the Society
at the August okt of that year; they were afterwards for- 8
warded to Dr. Lohse, at Potsdam. In his letter acknowledging
the receipt of these, he expressed a hope that the oppoe 7

extremely favourable pay Ae ‘of Mars absorbed all our attention,
to the exclusion of Jupiter, I cannot say, but I have since hear
that Dr. Lohse has expressed a fi . the few drawings of Jupiter
which reached his hands for that

As the planet is still more ites oiabiy placed for observation
in Europe this year, by reason of his increased southern declina-
tion, the doctor has again appealed to us not to let the opposition
of i year Baye unrecorded.

ings I have to exhibit are but few, as unfavourable

weather eaaly | in the opposition, and other demands upon my time,
have prevented me from making any regular observations ; still, as
far as they go, they may be considered typical of the most eben 2
and permanent features of the planet as fairly as I can represent
them at By present time. They have been drawn principally from

who examined the planet with a silvered glass mirror of his own
make. Now if you will compare the drawings before you, made
from the reflector, with those from the refractor, you will see that

=a

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 239

this difference has vanished ; the northern equatorial belt appears
in both descriptions of telescope of a bright coppery red, and the
southern half ochre-yellow, inclining sometimes to grey.

here is something at present unaccountable here; for if the
diversity of tint exhibited by the reflector and refractor two years
since appeared inexplicable, their agreement this year mal tt
still more strange. It would be interesting at future oppositions
to make similar comparisons, which might eventually throw some
light on the subject.

Referring again to the large diagram, and comparing it with
the drawings of this year, we notice at once the alteration under-
gone by the equatorial belt ; in 1876 it invariably presented itself
as a broad band traversed in several places by narrow dark streaks ;
last year what was before the central portion of this band, was the
brightest part of the planet’s disk, the broad band had split into
two belts. This appearance is still preserved, the northern band

be much more quiescent, the chan s that occur are slower, and
the same portion of the belt presents generally but little alteration
after the lapse of several days. One bright red spot, referred to
by Mr. Russell in the Herald, now more than a month ago, still
appears in the same place, having undergone no alteration of
pe or position ; it corresponds very much to a marking we
called the “ Fish” in 1876, being on the same, viz., the south
side of the equatorial belt, the only difference being that in that
ear it was incorporated in the belt, from which it is at present
well detached ; its shape is exactly the same, though it is now
reversed, the preceding end tapering off, instead of the following.
_ The north pole of the planet, in 1876, appeared in the reflector
In nights of good definition, of a fine sea green tint. I have
looked for this colour this year in the refractor, but have not been
able to see it; the northern shading has always appeared light
, and on one or two occasions

240 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

twice when using the refractor; on the evening of the 31st
August the reflector showed it to be without doubt of a rich dark
purple.

I have not observed any of the small white spots that have been
remarked at previous oppositions, nor any of the minute an
intensely black ones which I saw so repeatedly in 1876; larger
and ill-defined spots of a very dusky hue have been seen on the
eaeetore! band this year, but they are evidently not of the same
character.

On the evening of the 24th August there was a transit of No.
IV satellite. I did not see the i ingress, but at about 9°45 p.m. I
looked at the planet with a 43-in. refractor belonging to Mr. A.
Fairfax, and was immediately ‘airdok with what appeared to be an
intensely black spot on the northern portion of the equatorial belt. It
was quite as black as the shadows of any of the satellites in me
and for this I at first mistook it, until upon reflection I could n
see any satellite in a position to cast the shadow. It grew hte
as it approached the limb, and finally at the edge became qui
bright. I have since noticed No. IV, as compared with the ee
satellites on the dark trent of the sky ; it is certainly much
less luminous, and if they were stars I should say it was two-thirds
of a magnitude smaller. It must certainly possess reflecting

appearing dusky under the circumstances, but it is difficult not to
imagine that there is not some other cause for such intense and

nb Lesnadltinhaeersr

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 241

On Star-discs and the separating power of Telescopes.
By W. J. MacDonnett, F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 4 October, 1878.]

appear as mere points of light, no telescope, however large, no
magnifying power however great, has ever raised a real disc like
that of the planets. It is, nevertheless, a well known conse-
quence of optical laws, explainable by the undulatory theory of
light, that the telescope shows the stars with a sensible disc of a
varying size according to the nature, quality, and power of the

or focus or the relation of aperture to focus; and with the view

lackness, surrounded by a series of alternate bright and dark
rings, the intensities of the bright rings being respectively about
v1) zho, why of that of the central disc. Two well known

?

ani
“Separate stars of the sixth magnitude 4”-6 apart, and hence the

Separating power of: any given aperture “a” will be expressed by
the fraction *=° (Monthly Notices, Vol. 27, pp. 217-238. See
also “ Astronomical Register,” vol. 3, p. 153, and vol. 5, p. 100 ;

itmiery Observer,” vol. 8, pp. 240 and 276 ; Smyth’s “Cycle,
vol I, p. 417), :

Mr. G. Knott, who is an experienced observer, and is the-
Possessor of a fine 7}-inch Alvan Clark refractor, instituted a.
Series of experiments for the direct measurement of the telescopic:
discs of stars, employing various apertures of his telescope for

Ma

242 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

comparison. He found a marked and ain regular increasé in
the apparent diameter of the disc as the aperture of the telescope
is diminished, thus agreeing with the results derived a fortiori from
theory. For Sonat the es of a nes pea were—
Aperture 7 in'33—6 in‘0—4 in95 4 in‘00-—3 in‘00—2 in ‘00
Size of dise 0” 731" *807—0" "901-1" *284—1”- $29 2”°435
(“Monthly Notices,” vol. 27, pp. 87 and 88.) In a letter to the
“ Astronomical Register,” vol. 5, p. 51, Mr. Knott further states
that, other things being equal, the separating power of a telescope
depends solely on its aperture, the diameter of the disc and rings
varying inversely as the aperture ; in other words, the larger the
diameter of the object glass the smaller is that of the apparent
image of the star.
inent optician Dallmeyer agrees closely with Mr.
Dawes i in ve separating power of telescopes, which he finds to be

for

On the other hand, Mr. Warren de la Rue thinks that focal
length has something to do with the size of the discs (“ Astro-
nomical Register,” vol. 5, p. 128).

Steinheil, the well known German optician, is of opinion

“ Astronomische Recbricktan ”No. 1525—“Intellectual Observer,”
vol. 7, p. 480) that it is a known consequence of the diffraction of
light that the stars appear as discs with measurable diameters.

ese diameters stand in relation to the intensity of the light,
and the proportion that exists between the aperture of an object
glass and its focal length, so that a telescope of 8 inches aperture
and 12 feet focal length, ‘which could not divide 7° Andromede,
would necessarily give to the component stars ae dises than
one of the same aperture and shorter focal lengt

Dawes controverted this opinion, and ‘Steinheil partly

accepted his correction, and explained the fact that his 8-inch
telescope did not separate stars which other instruments of the

its brilliancy. It has been long known that a central patch to stop -
out the middle rays has reduced the brilliancy of the stars and
their discs, and thus increased the separatin: ris - a telescope;
hence the superiority of a reflector, the small reflector acting as @
stop to the central rays. (“Intellectual Observer,” vol 8, p. msi
It will be seen from the foregoing extracts that t e balance of
opinion is that the separating power is nesheset ns a function of
only, but we rt in Sydney refractors up to 11} inches,
and reflectors to 10} inches acini and experiments could be —
. by a Section belated ah?
this i interesting questio’

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 243

Abstract of the Results of Transit of Venus.

By H. C. Russzxt, B.A., F.R.A.S., Observatory.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 4 October, 1878.] j

I rHoveut that it would be interesting to the members of the
Astronomical Section, if a short abstract of the results of the
Transit of Venus observations as published by Captain Tupman -
in the June number of the Royal Astronomical Society’s Notices
were made. It would be impossible without destroying the value
of it to make an abstract of the whole paper; it was prepared to
show how the various observations used in de rminin he
parallax have been combined, and it is as short as possible, but
we may extract just such portions as indicate the value of the

work done in this colony.

Captain Tupman discusses only those observations made by the

British nation, and from all the preparations and parties sent out
to observe it, in ot, South Seas, New Z dia, and
Australia, there were only thirty- observers whose reports

re ree ; ;
double weight ;'so that for parallax at ingress the Observatories

us remember, taught us to record what we did see, and not
loo for what we could not see. There are forty-eight observa-
tions of egress, and again New South Wales furnishes eight, age

244 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

four Victorian observers, only one gets double weight, and Adelaide,
with four observers, two are struck out by the weighting,
and one gets double weight. So that Australia, if we include
Mr. Tebbutt’s observations, furnishes seven out of the twenty

in both cases more than one-third, and this is no small honor for
Australia: one-third of the observations obtained by the whole
British nation.

The resulting mean solar parallax at ingress is 8’°845, and by
those at egress 8’'846, or a mean of 88455, equal a distance of:
92,400,000

aptain Tupman remarks that the observations at Sydney by
Russell, Lenehan, Wright, and Allerding have great weight in
lowering the parallax or increasing the sun’s distance ; but he sees
“no reason for rejecting them, on the contrary he has given double
weight to Russell, and his is one of the most detailed observations
made”; and Dr. Wright’s and Mr. Russell’s agree exactly ; Mr.
Lenehan is only 3s., and Mr, Allerding 5s. from the two first. It
is obvious that four such observations could not be rejected, and
although they have had much to do with making the sun’s dis-
tance half a million of miles greater, they have been retained.
But this fact really opens up a most important question, viz., how
far that distance in such observations is affected by atmospheric
conditions? It is well known that, at the moment of egress, the
atmosphere at Sydney was wonderfully steady, and all four

others late un atmospheric conditions, is that which
has , namely, taking a mean of e results; includ-

id ce

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 245

New South Wales the average of all the observations is 8-6 seconds
late; and it isa fact that here we were all favoured with exception-
ally fine and favourable weather,

It is to be regretted that the photographic observations have
not yielded better results. The use of photography was urged as

246 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Note on the Geocentric Conjunction of Mars and
Saturn, on July 1, 1879.

By Joun Tessurt, F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 1 November, 1878.]

As the present meeting of the Astronomical Section of the Royal
Society is the last of the series for the current session and the
members do not again meet till the middle of next year, I think
it will be desirable to draw their attention to the remarkable
circumstances connected with the next conjunction of the planets
Mars and Saturn. I find from an approximate calculation for the
centre of the earth, that the conjunction in right ascension will
take place at 5h. 50m. in the morning of July 1, 1879, mean time

The ey will be slightly greater than
this, owin e phenomenon will be invisible to
Eu and America, but it may be well seen from t rt of

the earth. To observers without telescopes the planets will at the

time indicated appear to be but one object, and, doubtless, in the _

ages when astronomical observers were unprovided with telescopes

Mercury approached Venus and Jupiter within about the same
stance on December 5, 1859, and April 24, 1869, respectively ;
but these phenomena were unfavorably situated for observation.

2

-

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 247

Some Remarks on the Mounting of large
Object-glasses.
By H. C. Russexz, B.A., F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Society, on 1 November, 1878.]

different pieces of glass, and mathematical formula all ready to
his hand, determine exactly what curves his lenses should have in
order to effect his purpose,—yet the exact accomplishment of these
curves in each case is a matter of chance; he can be sure of
getting very near what he wants, but to be exact is more than
human. His only resource, therefore, is by trial to make the best
of the lenses he has made, and his patience is, I believe, generally
rewarded by the best result under the circumstances. When he
as placed and marked the glasses, as a rule it is folly to attempt
improvement ; yet there are exceptions in my own experience of
so much practical importance that I have ventured to say a few
words about them this evening.
Some years since 1861 the Observatory received from Messrs.
Merz and Sons, of Munich, a 7}-inch refractor, which appeared to be
in every respect a first-class instrument. In 1870 I began to use

m., and the focus is shortened about two inches, the original

focal length being 10 feet 4 inches. The companion of Antares is

now quite an easy object, and the definition, under favourable

conditions of atmosphere, leaves nothing to be des

power of 800 has been used with advantage. : Us
uch experiments are troubl and not without risk, still it is

baie while to make the experiment when mounting large lenses.
eee ies ae 2 py er :

on three points only, and in the 7} inch Mertz I could never detect

any flexure from this cause, although the glass is not very thick.
_ When I received the 11}-inch Schroeder telescope T had not
the experience with Merz, and I tried sep

oO

248 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

as before, but each thousandth of an inch that the lenses were sep-
arated made the definition worse. In this case the curve of the
second surface has a smaller radius than the third, so that the lenses
put together without foil touch in the centre, and the maker sent
them out with pieces of foil just thick enough to support the ~
edges, and at the same time let the lenses touch in the centre, and
a beautiful batch of Newton’s rings marked the point of contact.
hese lenses, as usual, were supported only on three points,
but in this case I found that with full aperture and high powers
there was a decided tendency to a triangular figure in the rays
about bright stars ; I therefore removed the three points in the
brass cell on which the lenses rested, and allowed them to rest
directly on a plain brass ring touching all round, and I put three
more pieces of foil between those placed b by the maker, so that the
lenses were supported on six points inside, and on the brass rings
Gees ; this nearly cured the triangular figures, and I determined
to put a piece of paper in the form of a ring so as to support the
lenses all round. Now several difficulties arose — this ring of
paper was to be 114 inches in diameter, and -+},th of an inch
broad, and more es aed ap exactly 0 010 ‘tick thick ; the

m, was not a convenient thing to place, and in some parts it
extended farther from the edge thas was desirable. I removed it
and tried to replace it with foil exactly 0-010 inch thick, and here
a fact became evident that has had a great deal to do withmy writing
of these remarks. e thickness "Of foil which I wanted was
0-010 inch ; the nearest I could command was 0-0105 inch, and this
was ee in ‘and the lenses did not touch in the centre. e next

oil measured 0-009 inch, and I tried this ; now the lenses

not aaty touched in the centre, tet one would spin freely on the
other as if it did not touch Ke foil at all; I was obliged there-
fore to use 0:0105 inch, and twelve pieces oe this were , carefully
placed round the edge of the lower — and then the upper one put
on it—no oe appeared, and I put my finger on the centre and
o see if I could produce them, but without effect.

You will thas that the difference in thicknesses of tin foil on

for the lower lens was only supported in ‘the centre, bend un

lenses as now mounted cannot be more than 0-0005 inch, and yet —
two lenses, when pressed in their centres, will not

Se ae pas oes Sa ee

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 249

On a new form of Equatorial Mounting.
By H. C. Russett, B.A., F.R.A.S.
[Read before the Astronomical Section, 1 November, 1878.]

rigid is enormous. First the telescope must be fixed to the end
of the equatorial axis, and in order that no flexure may take

place, the tube must made rigid enough to support its own
weight as well as that of the speculum, when all are hanging on
that one point when it is attached to t s. This, of course,

between the sides of the fork; but, although all unnecessary
weight in the tube, as well as counterpoise, are by this plan

250 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

The plan proposed then is, to make a polar axis, the lower
end of which is similar to that in an ordinary equatorial stand,
but from that point upwards it branches = two arms, wide
enough apart to allow the telescope room to move between ‘them.
On these arms the telescope is supported, like a Geant instrument,
on its centre of gravity, so that no counterpoise is required ; and
the tube being supported at two points need not be made so strong
as in the ordinary mounting. Now so _ as we have Mr. Lassel’s

semi-circular piece, which is very carefully turned, and runs on

two large friction wheels; this, in fact, constitutes the second
bearing ‘of the polar axis. With proper care, such a bearing may
be made sufficiently accurate for the purpose —I think as accurate
as the ordinary bearing, and it would work quite as freely.
small piece projecting from the stand over the inner part of the |
semi-circle, and two small stops, prevent the polar axis from being
turned too far, or thrown off its bearing

Now the axis of the tube (declination axis) is made to bisect
the polar axis, and the telescope may therefore be laid down in
the semi-circular bearing, until it points to the pole, or it may be

inted to any degree of declination between that and 20° north

m 20° north to 20° south may be watched from rising to
setting, and all objects from 20° south to the pole may be watched
from (say) seven hours before meridian to seven hours after it ;
and this is far more than such an instrument is wanted to do.
A slight increase in the length of the polar axis would make
the range greater, but that seems unneces:

Now as to the weight of the = axis. Having much less to
i and, from the method of sup-

trouble in putting it together, less room required in the observatory,
greater facility of transport, and greater ease in working.

But about these I will not detain you. One word about the
just they seem ess-—the ordinary

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 251

To set the dec. vernier right, point the telescope to the pole,
then turn the polar axis and adjust the telescope until it turns as a
continuation of the polar axis, which may be known very nearly,
by the tube turning from six hours before meridian to six hours
after in its own diameter. To do this, put the telescope as
directed, and the equatorial axis in the plane of the meridian,
then bring an object to touch the side of the open end of the tube ;
turn the axis 180°; the other side of the tube should touch the
same object ; if not, move it until, on repeating the test, it will,
then the telescope points to its own pole, and the vernier should

d 90°.

Now, when this is adjusted, and the telescope tried on a star,
and the observed declination does not agree with the tabular posi-

and south, the greater the declination the better. If clock error
by each of these is the same, instrument is in meridian ; if not,

star (well known) and about six hours from meridian correct for
= is on declination wire, instrument is on
meridian, if not adjust.
en in meridian, adjust hour circle vernier to read Oh. when
a star is on meridian :
Maker must set the declination axis at right angles to the polar
axis,

ere W:
in construction, it would be impossible to get both ends of the tube to turn
180° in a diameter.

252 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

SECTION B.—CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, and by amal-
gamation with Section C, GEOLOGY and PALAION-
TOLOGY.

TuE first meeting of the session was held on 12th April, when Dr.

Lrisius was elected Chairman, Mr. Dixon, Hon. Secretary, and
Messrs. Bensusan, SLEEP, M‘CurcHeon, haa Gipps, members of
Committee, and the meetings for ensuing session were fixed for

the third Raines of each month.

WEDNESDAY, 22 MAY, 1878.
Dr. Lererus in the Chair.

Dr. Lerpivs exhibited: (1) Some very nice specimens of
bismuth-gold, from the Cloncurry, North Queensland, about 500
miles from Townsville. A large sample of this ore, weighing over

ounces, was,'a short time ago, imported into the, Mint, and
found to consist of about 10 per cent. coarse nuggetty gold (assay-

yields over 21 per cent. of pure gold. It is stated that bismuth
exists in large quantities in the above-mentioned locality. (2) A
specimen, consisting of conglomerate of crystals of carbonate of
lime, richly inte rspersed with gold ; also, {°), small specimen of
quartz, almost covered with gold. th the last two specimens
came from a place about 18 miles cman from Ravenswood,
Queensland, from a depth of 100 feet. They were presented to
the Mint by Mr. C. Hansen, and exhibited by the kind per-
mission of the Deputy Master.

. Dixon showed a piece of glass having a curious vane
on its surface. The glass was a circular piece cut from a crown

sk, which had been used as a wash bottle, and in celial
water had been frequently boiled during eighteen months.
placing the piece on a hot plate, the temperature of which was
_ probably between 300 and 400 degrees F., the interior surface

ickn
transparent, but it seemed as if the ie continued action of sh 0
water had altered the glass to that ved by removing some of the
d that the portio
under the circumstances described.
: Messrs. Bensvsan and SREP were onpinted Curator of the
Mineral Cabinet.

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 253

WEDNESDAY, 19 JUNE, 1878.

Lapsed from want of a quorum.

WEDNESDAY, 17 JULY, 1878.

Dr. Lerstvs in the Chair.
_ The Cuarrman laid on the table a letter from Mr. Gipps, M.E.,
mviting the members of the Section to visit Mount Prospect and

spect the geological formation of the district.
_ My. Dixon exhibited a specimen of rich silver ore submitted to
for examination by the Department of Mines. The sample
contained sulphides and metal, 10:1 %, and yielded, silver
522 ozs. 2 dwt. per ton, and gold, 18 ozs. 6 dwt. 10 gr. per ton
The sulphides consisted of iron pyrites with antimony, and traces
of copper and lead. Also an ore from the border of Queensland,
containing 77% copper, 19% lead, and 16 oz. 16 dwt. silver

e

i ‘

Mr. M‘Curcueon read details of ammonia determinations made
intervals of Sydney water as supplied to the Mint. He
ound ;—

Free ammonia. Albumenoid ammonia.
Parts per million. P

1877.—September 7 : ae OO14" a
10 Se .. 0-016 ais 0°15

October 5 oo ves) SOTO vee
25 ie .. 0010 Fis 0713
30 ve 4. ODIO a 0°18
November 2 cS .. 0-014 eae 019
1878.—February 16... ... Trace sh i
April 23. S a 0-18

These results show that the Sydney water is about on a par with
the filtered Thames water supplied in London by the Southwark
and Vauxhall Companies.

*

WEDNESDAY, 21 AUGUST, 1378.
‘Dr. Lersrus in the Chair.

‘The Cuarrman reported that he and several members of the
Section had visited Mount Prospect on the invitation of Mr.
Gipps, and laid on the table specimens of diorite, éc., which had
__Mr. Bensusay exhibited a specimen of silicate of copper
(Chrysocolla) accompanied by native copper and red oxide, from

‘

254 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

WEDNESDAY, 18 SEPTEMBER, 1878.

Dr. Lersrus in the Chair.

Mr. Dixon brought under the notice of the meeting a process
for making phosphorous acid. aving occasion to ma

of the acid, he used the process by Schiff, by acting on phospho-
rus with sulphate of copper, but found: the sulphuric acid set free
in the reaction to be a cause of considerable trouble. He therefore
tried whether oxide of copper would yield the acid i. the equation

3Cu0+3H,0+5 P=2H,P 0,+3
and found that by adding phosphorus and “oxide ‘of copper in the

id

represent the actus! geotcng it does so pepe as there re-
mained no oxide of copper and mere traces of phosphoru

Dr. Lernrusstated that some parcels ofsilverfrom near Tenterfield
had been received at the Mint, and the metal was found to contain a
considerable proportion of antimon.

WEDNESDAY, 16 OCTOBER, 1878.

Dr. Lererus in the Chair.

Eighteen specimens of fossil leaves from Tertiary — e
Iton, which had been sent by John K. Hume, Esq.,
mop

WEDNESDAY, 20 NOVEMBER, 1878.

Mr. Bensusan said he had received from Mr. Sleep, for the
— cabinet, some fine specimens of copper 0 res from Clon-

> ai. Damon anlidiitel silver ores from Boorook, and read ® 2

7 aes :

Pe eee

3 Wee te

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 255

Note on the Boorook Silver Ore.

By W. A. Dixon, F.C.S., F.1.C., Lecturer on Chemistry,
Sydney School of Arts,

[Read before the Chemical Section, 20 November, 1878.]

As anew mining industry which promises to be soon of con-
siderable importance has during the last few months begun to
be developed in the Colony, I have thongs it might be of some
interest to lay before you a short réswmé of what has been done at
the Boorook silver lodes. I have had a considerable number of
samples of the ores from the different reefs, &c., submitted to me
for examination by the Mining Department, and can
show some specimens with assays.

Boorook is situated on the eastern fall of the Main mort

nge
from Tenterfield. The country is very mountainous, rear
geological formation is sandstone, granite, and slate, the last a
which is reported to contain marine fossils. The ripe
reefs Pia to be found near the junction of the s
granite

ome seven or eight years ago a reef named the “ Nil Desper-
andum” was discovered and opened out as agold mine,a shaft being
sunk to some depth, and two tons of the pee stone sent to the
Mint in Sydney for treatment. The first ton from near
surface yielded 60oz. of gold and 45oz. of silver, and the second
from the 40ft. level yielded 150o0z. of precious metals, the propor-
tion of each being about the same as the first. On sinking
urther into the reef however, the stone became poorer, and as the
discovery of the rich tin ore deposits was made at this time, the

CHEN was abandoned for what promised to be a more lucrative
unde ing.

On the “Addison reef a shallow shaft had also been sunk, but
nothing seems to have been done with it, and it was the appear-
ance of ox stuff removed from this shaft that induced the present

to proceed with the exploration and put up a smal] machine

for its treatment. This reef runs into a steep hill which rises at
an angle of 30° or 35°; aa at about a "De oe" and fifty feet
the base an opening has been made, and the reef is there
found to be six feet wide, with well defined walls. | A hundred
‘feet higher up another opening has been made, and the reef is
there of the same width and character. Rabin Be chains north
is the original shaft, where the reef i is three feet

256 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

stone from this reef varies considerably in richness ; one-
picked specimen yielded
Silver 5220z. 2dwt. Ogrs. per ton.
Gold 180z. 6dwt. 10grs.
and contained 10% of sulphides, &e. solute in nitric acid.
Other samples gave
ilver loz. 4dwt. 9grs. per ton.
Gold 5grs.
Silver 200z. Sdwt. 10grs. per ton.
Gold Sdwt. 10g Pe
and stone taken from the ihicty feet level, gave
Silver 4202. ay Ogrs. per ton.
Gold 10dw t. 19grs Ys
The mineral matter in the picked specimen contained iron pyrites,
sulphide of silver, antimonite of silver, free silver and gold, and
quantities of galena,

The Golden Age reef appears to be a continuation of the
Addison reef, as it is in the same direct line. A sam mple of the
stone taken from the fifty feet level on the reef gave

Silver 980z. 16dwt. 19g¢rs. per ton.
Gold loz. 4dwt. Ogrs

whilst a sample of the crushed stone from the same level as

delivered from the stamper boxes of the machine, gave
Silver 83o0z. 12dwt. 19 r ton.
Gold ae

The whole neighbourhood appears to contain argentifer ous reefs,
and there have lately been discovered the Golden Crown reef,
which runs parallel to the Addison, and distant from it about 10
ins. A sample of stone from the surface of this reef gave
Silver 4590z. 16dwt. te per ton.
Gold’ oz. 1ldwt. 14
The silver in or ore is partly in the ove of antimonide with

m Boorook, and a sample of Ary atin yielded
Silver 5o0z. 10dwt. Ogrs. am ton.
Gold Qoz. Odwt. 19grs.

Near to this is the Alderman reef, a sample of which from the
| gave
cio) Bilver 3702. 15dwt. l4grs. per ton.

Gold = 0oz dwt. 5Sgrs,

bbs

*

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 257

Another reef, the Copenhagen, contains a very considerable
quantity of galena, a sample of the stone yielding

Lead 13:47
Silver 5oz. 16dwt. 48ers. per ton.
Go QOoz. Odwt. 10grs. Pa

The method adopted for the treatment of such of the ores as have
been already washed is exceedingly crude, much of the silver
being lost by the imperfection of the process. It seems probable
indeed that most of the silver which has been hitherto obtained
is that which is present in the ore in the free state, and that on
further sinking on the reef when the water level is reached, and
black unweathered ores only are obtained, the produce by the
present method would be nil. .

At present the stone after crushing is run over blankets, and
the material saved on them is subjected to grinding with mercury
in a Berdan pan, the tailings being run into pits, to be saved for
subsequent treatment. The separation of the ore by the blankets,
uf the slime had also been saved, wou ave been pretty
Successful in the case of the first ores which I saw, but in recent
specimens the silver is much more minutely disseminated through
the quartz.

If the contents of the stone going through the battery is com-
pared with the products, it will be seen that great loss is ex-
perienced ; thus, a sample of the crushed stuff gave

Silver 83o0z. 12dwt. 19grs. per ton.

Gold loz. Odwt. Ogrs. ,,
Mr. Warden Graham reports that 5 or 6 tons of the stone is
passed through the machine in twelve hours, and that about half-
a-ton of this is saved on the blankets and yields 1000z. of silver.

Now 5 tons contain 4180oz. of silver and 5oz. of gold, whilst the
eaten of tailings from the Berdan would contain by my assay

This grea
the silver ores,—the finest slimes, which take many hours to settle
in still water, invariably containing more silver than the original
re. Phillips says of the Nevada ores that they yield 207 of
slimes (not tailings), which from an ore containing 80oz. per ton
contain 100oz. per ton of silver. I have myself found in. one
the slimes to be much more enriched, and that, when the

Mineral was carefully hand-crushed and dressed, but the quantity of

the slimes produced was not more than 12% of the ore operated on.

So

258 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

In America the water holding these slimes in suspension is run
into large settling ponds, three or four ounces of alum is added
for each thousand gallons of liquid, and the whole is left at rest
until the water is perfectly clear, the clarification being much
hastened by the alum

In the United States the richer silver ores containing over 80oz.
per ton are eg dry, roasted with from five to ten per cent. of
salt, and treated by amalgamation in barrels with scrap iron.

The poorer ores, especially in places where fuel is scarce, are
treated a a Feng method, based on the same principle as the
patio process of Mexico jnamely, that chloride of copper in presence
of salt nner sulphide of silver into chloride. In Nevada, how-
ever, the process is hastened by artificial heat, and the reduction
of the chloride of silver instead of being effected by mercury, 18
effected at the expense of the iron of the grinding pans.

under — the whole material being saved, and 1,250 to
1,500ibs. of the sand is ground to an impalpable powder in @
ler pan, which takes about an hour. The contents of the

pan are then heated to about 200°F. by steam, taking care not to
allow the condensed water to dilute the mud to “too great an
extent, and 10 to 15% of the weight of the ore of mercury is

~ sh into the pan by pressing it through a canvas bag. Two
pounds of Te of copper and three pounds of salt or -_

rich tin deposits ts lying almost on the surface. Many of the ores
which have been worked for gold, notably about Mitchell’s creek,
contain much silver, and doubtless in treating fo r gold a great

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS: ; 259

quantity of this metal has been lost from the cause already stated.
Tt may be of some assistance to pros pectors to note that silver
deposits are generally found amongst the ancient stratified rocks,
as micaceous, quartzose, and clay slates, limestone, and sandstone
near granite. All the great silver deposits of the world, as at
the Comstock in Nevada, pernseeger and others in Mexico,
Carpathia, in Europe, and in Bolivia, are found acc
a recent dioritic porphyry (the petite Hg of Richthofen), probably
tertiary or post-tertiary age, though resembling ancient rocks.

generally absent. The rock contains much iron and is pip at
by w eathering, becoming stained red with the oxide.

The silver ore is meehy found in quartz, and the surface of
the veins is usually drusy and much stained with oxide of iron,
whilst the quartz is often very friable.

260 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

SECTION D.—NATURAL HISTORY AND BOTANY.
{No report of the meetings of this Section has been sent in.]

SECTION E.—MICROSCOPICAL SCIENCE.
VDAY, 1 APRIL, 1878.

The preliminary meeting of the session was held on the above date.

The Rev. GzorcEe Martin was vo h

a: minutes of the previous meeting were read and confirm

ECRETARY reported a donation ‘of a number (45) of slides of

ain from Professor Liverstper, previous to his departure for
Europe.

SEecrEeTARY reported that he had received an answer to his
letter, addressed to the General Council, requesting the use of the
room during the recess ; and in reply, they had stated that it was not
considered desirable that the Section should meet during the recess.

On the motion of Mr. H. G. RIGHT, seconded by Mr. W.
cece baa the Rev. G. Martin was elected Chairman for the
current yea

Mr. G. D. cea tendered his resignation of the office of Secre-
tary to the Sectio

The Crain: on behalf of the meeting, expressed to Mr.
Hirst their appreciation of the manner in which Mr. Hiker had
rE DoE the duties of that offi

Moved by Mr. Hirst, seconded by Mr. W. MacDoywnett, that
Mr. Pepiey be elected Secretary. Carried

A ballot was then taken thos the election of the Committee, and
the following gentlemen were declared duly elected :—Dr. Morris,
Mr. W. MacDonnett, Mr. H. G. A. Wricut, Mr. G. D. Hirst.

It was decided that for the present session the meetings of the
Section should be held on the evening of the second Monday in

MONDAY, 13 MAY, 1878.
The Rev. GrorcE Martin in the Chair.
~The minutes of the previous meeting w

nfirmed.
. Mr. G. D. Hirst presented twelve smcaliadesas slides to the
—— cabinet Mr. Hirst also exhibited a — s portable
microsco

Mr. R. B. Reap exhibi bited specimens oi Ophideres fullonica, an
te eee Ty
fi Mr. Readshowed

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. ; 261

@ preparation of the haustellium (proboscis) of this insect, and also

a series of drawings of the same magnified about 30 diameters.
The Crarrman called the attention of the meeting to a box of

polishing powder, sold under the title “ Oriental Polish,” which on

examination proved to be a diatomaceous deposit of the purest

character, fully 90 per cent. being the siliceous loricee of diato-
ce,

Mr. Pepiey exhibited the curious wheel-like plates which form .
the calcareous skeleton of the chirodota, from specimens found in
Double 2

Dr. Morris showed sponge spicules and diatoms from Sydney

water ; and Mr. H. Paterson, a preparation of the fumes of
mercury.
_ Mr. W. MacDonnetu exhibited one of Seibert’s 50th inch
Immersion lenses, and resolved some difficult tests with a Zeiss’
25th inch immersion lens, the microscope in this case being one of
Swift’s upon the improved Hartnach model.

MONDAY, 10 JUNE, 1878.
The Rev. George Martin in the Chair.

The minutes of the previous meeting were read and confirmed.
Mr. Hirsr exhibited a reduced diagram of a photograph of

MONDAY, 8 JULY, 1878.
The Rey. G. Martin in the Chair.

lefts: B | ‘obliquity of light may be
_ By this means any degree of obliquity nay

obtained, the axis upon which it is worked being central with the
object under examination. To such an extent can this motion be
carried, that the mirror ma be used asa condenser for the

262 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.
Mr. Hirst recommended the placing of a piece of ground glass

he obtains a soft pearly light, very suitable for the display of
insect preparations, and with the least possible fatigue to the eyes.

Mr. W. MacDoyne tt, for Mr. H. J. Brown, exhibited and pre-
sented to the Society’s cabinet a series slides of spicules of
Synapta, of small Tunicata, and of Gorgonia. :

Mr. Martin showed Lord Osborne’s area ee the object
operated upon being Gomphonema constricta, in situ

Mr. MacDoyvett exhibited some new and rare chest
diatoms from Peru and California, and Mr. Gilliat Climacosphenia
australis

Mr. Pepiey exhibited a rich gathering of Desmidiacee, from
_ Bondi; and Dr. Morris Méller’s new series diatom typen platte.

MONDAY, 12 AUGUST, 1878.
The Rev. George Martin in the Chair.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and confirmed.
ORRIS read a paper upon “ The Incrustation of the Sydney
Water-main.

Mr. Hirst exhibited some very thin glass suitable for thecovering
of micro-objects. This glass is simply blown from ordinary glass
tubing, is incomparably thinner that the thinnest covering glass,
and is so elastic that it is easier torn than broken, and may be
readily cut to any shape with scissors.

Dr. Tucker exhibited a human fetus six weeks old, and the
hand and foot of another four months old..

Mr. F. B. Kynepoy exhibited a collection of insect preparations ;
and Mr. H. Paterson showed the partial erystallization of chalk
subjected to a pressure of about 95lbs. to the square inch for three
and a half hours, at a temperature of 350° Fahrenheit.

Mr. Marry exhibited Sertularian zoophites, and crystals of
santonine, and Mr. Pedley, polyzoa from Port. Jackson.

MONDAY, 9 SEPTEMBER, 1878. 3
Mr. H. G. A. Wricur in the Chair.
a minutes of the previous meeting were read and confirmed.
en "called the attention of the meeting to a hand-
croscope of Swift’s make, which had just beem
imported by the Society for the use of the ilferent Sections.

h obj ective

of 100° of with
Ww. 1 eats

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 263

purposes, exhibited by Dr. Wright. This little instrument is as
all as is consistent with practical utility ; is fitted with a tripod
stand, achromatic cond , and two objectives, the whole packing
in a case measuring but 4in. x 2hin.
r. G. D. Hirst exhibited a curious fungoid growth which had
lately appeared upon a slip of pine wood that had been imme
for the last two years in a tightly stoppered vial of distilled water,
and Mr. Pedley exhibited some slides of parasites and local polyzoa.

MONDAY, 16 OCTOBER, 1878.
The Rev. George Martrn in the Chair.
The minutes of the previous meeting were read and confirmed.
Mr. W. MacDoyyetx exhibited a large and valuable series of
micro-photographs of recent and fossil diatoms, executed by Dr.
Gustay Fritsch, from specimens specially prepared. by Herr Otto

an amplification hitherto unattainable, owing to the great loss of
light which has prevented the necessary enlargement

maces,
Mr. H. Suarp exhibited a beautifully stained section of tumour,
Mr. Hewett slides of parasites, and Mr. Pedley sections of teeth.
Mr. F. B. Kyyepon presented for the use of the Section a postal
cabinet for micro-slides,

MONDAY, 11 NOVEMBER, 1878.
The Rev. G. Martin in the Chair.

objective, with one of Zeiss’ G. immersion lenses. Mr. W.
cDo exhibited the former lens, with which he resolved
Some difficult diatom tests.
a pure gathering of Actinocyclus Re
from fresh water, Botany ; Mr. De Lissa a collection of seeds and
3 and Mr. Pedley sections of Foraminiera, from New
ites, Alveolina, &c.

Guinea, Orbitolites, A

oo.

264 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

Notes on the Incrustation of the Sydney Water-main.
By Dr. Morris.
[Read before the Microscopical Section, 12 August, 1878.]
Axout six weeks ago, one of the water-mains which supply this
city with water burst, and having seen a notice in the papers that
the inside of the pipe was encrusted an inch thick with a soft sub-
stance, I at once obtained a sample, but instead of being soft, I
found ‘that it consisted of layers of oxide of iron, with other ingre-
dients. This deposit I now submit for your inspection. On boil-
ing a portion of this deposit we muriatic acid, and afterwards in
nitric acid, washing, and collecting the sediment, a microscopical
examination of it proved rc it contains a substance not accounted
for in the following analysis, which was forwarded to the Mayor
of Sydney by Mr. Charles Watt, and published in the Sydney
orning Herald of July 17th :-—

- Sir, —I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your communication

. the 9th inst., and the packet containing as substance which had been found

he
this incrustration consists chiefly of oxides of iron, a large proportion of
i¢ Oxi i i Wensatited action

A microscopical exniiteation did not show the ee of any forms of _

live animalcule. I have the honor,

CHA ARLES WATT.
Analysis of substance forming an sacgewr yn on the inner surface of cer-
tain water mains.— PP operon seni dried at 300° Fahrenheit before analysis.
Oxides of iron (magnetic peroxide), 793; * ila (chiefly in the form of sand),
45; volatile at red heat (consisting of combined water and organic matter,

15°1; alumina, races of chloride of sodium, lime, loss, &c., 6°100°0

I now submit AG your examination a slide prepared from the
sediment after treatment as above. “This preparation consists of
minute spheroidal bodies partly adhering to one another, accom-
ied by the silicious spicule which ‘I once exhibited to you

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. (265

cent., or 1} lb. to every 98} of deposit in a free state. It can be
dissolved out by bisulphuret of carbon, which shows that it is not
chemically combined with the iron deposit. Now the question
naturally arises, where does this sulphur come from? Mr. Waitt,
in a subsequent conversation with me, said he thought it must
come from the iron piping. If so, what about arsenic and other
kindred companions of sulphur found in the ites of the coal

use
sulphur exists to such an extent in the piping, other deleterious
ingredients are certain to accompany it. On the other hand, if

our water supply. According to a report by the Commissioners
appointed to inquire into the best means of preventing the pollution

266 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

SECTION F.—GEOGRAPHY AND ETHNOLOGY.
[No meetings of this Section were held during 1878.]

SECTION G.—LITERATURE AND FINE ARTS,
INCLUDING ARCHITECTURE.

is Section, which, from various causes, lapsed during the year
1877, was, through the exertions of a few gentlemen interested in
the promotion and Sa of the fine arts in this Colony, re-
organized during the current session ; and at a special meeting
held 26 July, 1878, the olloneting office-bearers — ley Pag sae —_
Chairman :—Mr. E. L. Montzriore. Hon. Sec : Mr.
E. Wittiams. Committee: Messrs. E. Du vase, Lupovico W.
Hart, G. A. Moret, C.E., and Professor Gurney, M.A.

It was decided that the future meetings of the Section should
be held on the fourth Friday in each month, at 8 p.m.

On the motion of Mr. RussEt1, seconded by Dr. Lersivs, it
was resolved that the Council should be applied to, to subscribe
to the Art Journal, Portfolio, and L’Art, from the 1st January,
1878.

r. Lupovico W. Hart promised to read a paper entitled, “ An
pence for eed Introduction of Photography in our Schools of
Art Scien

The Cua sage (Mr. E. L. Montertore) expressed his opinion
that the Section would become one of the most popular with the
members of the Royal Society, embracing as it did so wide a
range of subjects, and trusted that the Colony at large would
eoscne | profit by the united labours of the members of the

ecti

FRIDAY, 23 AUGUST, 1878.
Mr. E. L. Montertore in the Chair.
_ It was notified by the Secretary that the Council had sanctioned _

the purchase of the Portfolio, Art Journal, and L’Art, from 1
January, 1878.

_ Mr. Lupovico W. Harr read a most interesting paper, entitled,
“ An Apology for the Introduction of the St udy of Photography
in our Schools o: and Science.” The various reasons advanced
pointed to the study and practice of oer ae A as mart mee
which would serve to enlarge the mind and refine the ideas, 80
that while we should be able to see and nppteciats the wonders of

nature immediately around us, we could as nations become more
familiar with the various countries of the world, increasing our
knowledge not only for our own benefit, but for the welfareof =
the whole human race. The paper concluded by — we

x

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 267

hope that the time was not far distant. when we should see the
commencement of a course of lectures on photography in con-
nection with Schools of Art and Science, and the establishment
of a training school for the purpose of giving a sound and prac-
tical knowledge of photography.

A lengthy discussion ensued as to the place photography took
amongst the a:

number ny valuable photographs and autotypes were ex-

hibited ; and a beautiful work on wedgewood, illustrated by
photography, was laid on the table by Mr. E. L. Montefiore.

FRIDAY, 27 SEPTEMBER, 1878.
Mr. E. L. Monrertore in the Chair
Owing to the inclemency of the weather, only a , ey members
were sock, and Mr. J. W. Srepuens, M.A., proposed to
adjourn the business to the next monthly meeting (2 5 October),
which was seconded by Mr. L. W. Harr
e Chairman exhibited some rare and curious specimens of
sun satiehen by Fox Talbot.

FRIDAY, 25 OCTOBER, 1878.
Mr. E. L. Monrerrore in the Chair.

FRIDAY, 29 NOVEMBER, 1878.
Mr. E. L. Montertore in the Chair.
The last meeting of = session. A good meeting of members

the claims of sod as a fine art, and dwelt at some length on the
desirability of classes being established for imparting a thoro
knowledge to the nig generation. Until this was done we
could not ——: to hear high class music well rendered. Mons.
Nene his lecture with several interesting anecdotes,
illustrating the woes of composers an and art critics in connection
theatrical managers.

os with stars and

268 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

At the close of the reading, an animated discussion arose on the
subject of the position of music in. the Colony, many of the
members echoing the desire of the lecturer, that a training school
should be established.

A close of the meeting, the Cuarrman thanked the

tiiedias % which ‘the papers of the session just ended had been
confined.

bl

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 269

An Apology for the Introduction of the Study of
Photography in our Schools of Art and Science.
By Mr. L. Harr.

[Read before the Literature and Fine Art Section, 23 August, 1878.]
Among the many splendid and important discoveries that have
characterized the present century, few have more claims upon our
sympathy than Photography. While many of these inventions
have served only a special purpose, or benefited but certain com-
munities, either industrial, artistic, or scientific, photography has
placed its services at the disposal of all branches of human know-

ledge, and to use the words of Dr. Vo el, “ There is scarcely a

Single field in the universe of visible phenomena where its produe-
tive influence is not : ny, geology, astronomy, and
geography, it is the»faithful delineator of their marvels ; in sur-
gery, sociology, jurisprudence, its services are too well known to be
dispensed with ; in scientific research it has opened out a new field
or the investigation of the philosophy of light ; commerce and in-
dustry alike avail themselves of it, and to art and to art education
it has become a handmaid and graceful satellite. It is as it were
& new language, and may be said to be to “form” what printing

industry, in the dissecting room of the hospital, the astronomer
observatory, the philosopher’s home, the editor’s table, the artist’s
studio, public museums, and down in the profound depths of the
earth, among miners ; but it is in the humbler form of a portrait,
where one of its greatest influences is felt. Here it makes no dis-
tinction as to whether it shall adorn castle or cottage, for in all
the varied grades of fortune is it to be found. Its nev easing
iam, in memoriam.” This single application
of photography ought to be sufficient to secure our lasting

tude. A portrait! What a boon of consolation it has been to

tions does it not call up—a sister, child, a dear friend, the

in in its rural beauty, the old home wherein we

were born. Scenes of home and childhood may “em
0

photo. : possessors
shadow, though the su be id our reach. It is here we
ore through th

feel the value of photography, and whilst looking e

u

270 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

album, each particular portrait calling up a fresh history, we may
exclaim with joy, “Oh, memory, fond memory, when all things
fade we fly to thee!” The preservation and veneration of our
photographic albums is one of the best means of keeping up a
wholesome state of mind in young people living away from their
friends. It has indirectly a moral action, for the presence of good
is generally productive of good, and we could not or ought not to
have the portraits of persons constantly before us, of whose virtues
we are assured, without becoming unconsciously possessed in part
_of those virtues ; thus portraits are continually exerting over us &
powerful, though silent influence.

_One of the first requirements in many leading branche
of life is a knowledge of drawing. The study of this is
long and requires certain aptitudes. All students have not
the means of purchasing that great desideratum “a voyage
through the more classical or artistic countries.” "Tis true that
sometimes a student gains a prize of money, enabling him to make
the tour of Italy or Greece, but many have run the race, and only
one perhaps has gained the prize. Here then comes photography
o the aid of unsuccessful competitors. They cannot go to those
places, but those places by photography are brought to them in all
their richness. aintings, sculptures, rare collections of art
treasures—all are within their reach. Those marvels of art of the

hodern artists says it must not only become an object of observ-
ation, but of study to great painters ; more particularly then ought
1b e one for art students. We must not forget that photo-

‘ox Talbot, Tessié de Mothey, the valuable processes of
oodbury, Albert, Photogravure, Photo-lithography, and all the

ae

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 271

photography perfect stability ; and so long as the paper on which it
1s printed will stand the wear and tear of time, its photographic im-
pression will cling to it as ivy around an old tower. And at what
cost are these unalterable and faithful reproductions to be ob-
tained? From a few pence to a few shillings, for by reason of
the peculiar nature of these processes, a large number of im-

Right Hon. G. J. Go :
the distribution of prizes, says :—“ Education must deal with

of great assistance in helping forward this education. An objec-
tion might be made that it would become too expensive ; but that
is a mistake, as the public sale of such collections would more
than cover the expenses. It might also be urged that it would
be unfair to compete with the public dealers. Here, again,
is an error in England where there are several large

the camera
the various

Let us now turn to surgery, and see how
makes known in all their dreadful

272 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

of knowledge respecting them. In cases of deformity and
fleshy protuberances, ave heard medical men state, that
indifferent photographs were far preferable to highly finished
sketches. Here again I would remark that photography offers its
assistance for the general good, and in particular for the suffering
part of humanity. How does physiological research accept photo-
graphy? Dr. Stein has succeeded in producing photographic re-
cords of the pulse-beatings, tones given from musical instruments,
and recently astonished the scientific world, by photographing
upon a sensitive plate the sounds produced by the human voic«
In speaking of this wonder, the Photographic News says :—‘ As
the tones vary, so the waves of the line occupy more or less space,
or are taller or shorter. Shrill notes or tones, where the vibra-
tions are rapid, are represented by many steep waves ; low or bass
tones, where the vibrations do not follow each other so rapidly,
produce but a few waves in a line.”

Another practical use of the camera is thus described by Mr.
Baden Pritchard. One instance taken from the war of 1858 is

country th
corps. One alone

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 273

they were magnified by the oxy-hydr ogen apparatus, and rewritten
by newspaper authorities and others interested therein. pwards
of 100,000 hog cara: were received in Paris during the siege by
these mean

In astr a Heel we find the gare: hand of photography.
It seems to have in this case a two purpose—obtaining the
images of the *hhasenty bodies for oe purpose of measure-

ment, and for producing pictures of some of these bodies with

collodion process for the same purpose in 1860, and at the
present time all the European Governments use it in connec-
tion with astronomy. The Scientific American says :—“ Astro-

nomical photography has recently assumed a higher place than as
a mere mode of reproduction of the images seen through the
telescope. It has, in fact, become an important means ‘of dis-

covery ; and the researches of Professor Janssen of Paris, has shown
that photographic pictures reveal phenomena otherwise perfectly
invisible, It was through such prints that he discovered the
photospheric network round the sun.” ree proof of its utility
was furnished during the late transit of Venus, and another not
less important exists in the fact, that the British aa

ment supervision. The French Government, however, ‘possens
the most im mportant set of photo-astronomical instruments in their
splendidly fitted-up ai at Meudon Observatory, near Paris.
re daily photographs are taken of tlre sun, the average exposure
being one-twelfth of a second for an image 3%; of an inch in
(liameter. Sir George Airy gives another proof of its utility when
he says, “The computation ‘of the photographie records o
barometers, from 1854 to 1873, has so far advanced that it is
asserted positively that thoes is no trace of lunar tide in the
atmosphere, but that there is a reaiege'é -marked semi-diurnal tide,

i
graphy, (Vide before the American Philoso
Society, J = 20, uSTT) 7.) Professor Janssen’s photographs of the

sun are now causing as much excitement as De la Rue’s photo-
graphs of the moon ‘lid some years ago.
_ , Another important use to which eer i * put is
hahaa its rigorous exactness re particu.

eras dP
Hs! tm loto ‘bo ably proved hy moms In

274 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

1852 Monsieur A iii proposed to the French Govern-
ment that risoners should be photographed prior to
their discharge, and notes of their cases and biography attached to
them, but nothing important was done until after the reorganiza-
tion of the country in 1871, when Monsieur Lombard succeeded
in obtaining permission of the authorities to establish a photo-
graphic department in the prisons. Some idea of its usefulness

being used exclusively e Morgue Dépét, where are laid out
all persons found uniate or pikes killed, and whose residence
is not known. bodies brought in are immediately photo-

register. Thus, persons seeking lost relatives or friends may
daily be seen consulting this shocking but useful record. Views
are taken where crimes have been committed. Even caves or
cellars do not escape, for by aid of artificial light, such as magne-
sium, or oxy-hydrogen aBh or others, these interiors are perfectly
ph phed—in fact nothing is omitted to assist J ey in her

ion. Tn cases of arson, the condition and positio . the ay

them, which, in the event of prisoners or untried persons trying
to make their escape by sea, becomes of great service to the
police. So Diode in this case again shows her great utility.

ke. “The Woedbury Yompany, wa Heliotype Gemapsiay , in
: . . . * "3 . books. A matter

enn ang ava the aly the wonkes apna two vo

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 275°

large “stools,” known by geologists as sigillarie. This is the
fossil form of the trunk or stem of a tree which grew duri
age in which the coal measures were deposited, and its genus con-
tributed more than any other to the formation of coal, but it
differed much from the forest trees such as we are acquain
with in these days. Dr. Hooker suggested that it probably
belonged to the tree ferns found in tropical and semi-tropical .
countries. It being a very rare occurrence, all desired to have a
tawing made, when Mr. G. Emlrey (master of the Gloucester
School of Science), accompanied by a few friends, visited the pit
for the purpose of making some photographs of it. The dry plate
process was employed, and the subject was lit by the use of magne-
slum wire—certainly the photographs of such a subject were more
valuable than mere hand drawings.

think if we

keep within the acknowledged description of fine art, we shall find

it to be one. The fine arts, as generally understood, eae Tm
i ill, more

eally fine art, or should we
take our standing-point from nature herself? For my own part I

from Mr. Ruskin’s estimation of art when he says, “ Art
should be full of truth or full of use ;” or again, “ Let me finally
tell_you, and with all distinctness possible to me, that the main
business of art is the service it renders in the actual uses of daily
life.” I think it a degradation to art if its sole object is simply to

‘MHhe also pl: ‘onal. s whi i their use, and hence,
in fine art, an imitation is something independent of and different

hy

276 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

from the subject imitated. Whereas in photography the materials
are not plastic, being unyielding scientific facts, which in their
workings are not subject to plastic emotional feelings, and hence
the imitation is dependent on, and cannot differ from, the subject
imitated.” This is true only in part, and I claim for photography |
such emotional feeling as guides it in the difficult task of imitating,
and the plastic power according to the nature of the materials |
necessary for the carrying out of the task. How, I would ask, is
this power of altering nature at will, to serve our likes and dis-
likes, worthy of the appellation of fine art? Cultivated minds
differ as well. as uncultivated ones, and painters are no exception
to the rule. One will pronounce a piece of work a marvel, and
another will disclaim it. This being so, and following out the

and studied the original, and so becomes but a bad imitation. We
surely do not presume to improve upon nature, for what could we
produce even equal to the colouring of a simple wild flower? We
can only imitate. Composition is simply an imitation of nature,
and he who keeps nearest to her is the most faithful representa-
tive of fine art. The colourist can doa great deal; but he can
only copy nature, and in attempting more shows weakness. What-
ever combinations we may choose to make and call them creations,
they are, if opposed to nature, simply dull and meaningless imagi-
nations, proceeding from a wandering, if not a diseased brain.

‘

plastic, by which I presume is meant that they are not under the

materials, and the necessary amount of brains to use them to

en as
Mundi, Wilson, England, and others ; see them up with the lark,
Searching after the beauties of nature, watehing all the

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS 277

changes of light, seeing their subjects under all phases, looking for
a happy spot where the combination of a picture may be in har-
mony with the rules of art, and where nature is seen in her most
beautiful aspect—in short, the brain working hard from morning
till night. Not only have they to use equal judgment with the
painter in his selection of light and position, but the practical part

part more fully than another; one subject may require a short-
focussed lens, another a long one—one require a collodion with
much more bromide than another. Again, in the after-printing of
their subjects they have large scope for judgment and taste.
short, the proper working of photograpl ires tl moun

by n
1t will be proclaimed the first of the fine arts. Photographers, as
a rule, have neglected art-education; but that has nought to do

ever saw—imitations that it is given to photography alone to pro-
duce, for their perfection and truth defy all other processes. Here
then is another reason why it should be taught in our Schools of

and Science. It is yet a young art, and seeing what it has
already done, what may we not expect from it in the future? Take
it then by the hand and give it its place ungrudgingly. If you do
not, sooner or later it will take that place by the force of its truth

tility. ae

We will now come to one more application of photography,
Which, although coming last, is not of least importance.
I refer to its applicability to educational purposes. It x
well-known the great difference that exists between reading o:
any subject and seeing illustrations of it. The ‘latter must of
necessity fix itself more lastingly on the brain. Now photographs
are acknowl in in cases where truthfulness is
required, better illustrations than any engraving process can be

sie

278 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

for educational purposes ; therefore large ones become very valu-
able. What then ought to be the value set upon the method that
allows us to procure real photographs upon a screen varying
6 to 30 feet in diameter? I speak now of the adaptation of
photography = the sciopticon and a apparatus. Here
is a special manner of teaching, at once the most perfect and the
most hitessoting, allowing any number to see the illustration at
he number depending solely upon the size of the
hall used, which illustration bears truth in every line. There is
really no limit to this mode of instruction—thousands upon thou-

ce most wonderful results. It was introduced into France

with great success, and is still used in connection with the

lectures in the military and other large schools. It can well

be understood the great charm these monster poe
i ho

empire. Alas! how very few of our countrymen know any-

thing of its grandeur? Then there is much to be learned about

those wonderful people the Chinese, the Japanese, the wilds of

America, Africa—and, indeed, what is there not that we do not
an

cases photography comes again et our

generation so long remain ‘dentaadi of these ‘places —why

not illustrate our geographical lectures ae these ans by
ic! rs and cu arious nation 2 be 80

&c., is one that ‘will, serve to e e our minds and refine our

ideas, that we may be able not only to see and appreciate the

wonders of nature all around us, but that we may, as nations,
more familiar with the various countries of the world,

various virtues and abilities ; and knowing these, we cat
alot ease what we ousever are dient i, and oinreoe

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS, 279

knowledge to the general welfare of the human race. Thomas
Pearsall, F.C.S., in an article in the “British Journal of

: In the current literature of the day,
especially devoted to arts, science and manufactures, authors,

artists
illustrations. Take the book-illustrations by w

wood block. This artist was hampered by having perhaps a crude
sketch on the one hand, to be followed out by such lines as

engraver could cut. Now, the wood block may have a photograph
impressed upon it, and thus, having truth of faithful outlines, due
proportion, and correct light and shade, both artists and engravers

wit

by saying :—“ The caverns of the deep will soon be explored, and
light will shine in the valleys of deep waters, will point to the
dangerous rocks to shun or how to follow a safe track, if mists,
darkness, or fog, obscure the mariner’s sk I

- few remarks by John Beattie, Esq. :—‘“There are few, says he, “if

ony, branches photography, but especially
those immediately connected with man. It has rendered anthro-

ogy com ive . Ethnology is the science of character-
the smence of all pasforpa ass Now photography is every day

ing us to see how social is so directly with
form. No sketch or engraving can please us—it must bea photo-
graph ; then the social influence of ph is seen to be
great in the multiplication of works of art. I trust we are
coming to a time when all things ;

vali ng to
true educational worth, in fact in proportion to their sociological

280 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

influence and power to reveal man to man, and man to himself,
and above all to cultivate the sentiment of beauty in the popular
min otography is made to bring under popular view
‘all that has been rare and almost unattainable, the forms and
pictures of suns and planets, the portraits and forms of life whose
whole existence is spent in the eternal darkness of deep ocean.
Surely then the educational influence of photography is immense,
and must take its value from so great a social power. e use of
photography to social science could never be supplied by another
art—nothing else could so hold up the mirror to nature.” From
poe foregoing we must make the following conclusions :—That the
study of the good and beautiful is necessary, and of benefit to the
uman race. steely I have shown to be one of the best
of vulga sa these studies. It follows as a matter of

por to its literature, gi ‘weal be éblé to continue prosecuting
his studies without ~ constant presence of the professor. The
cost would be but small compared with the results, as one
professor could init many schools. What a great advantage to
the Government of a country having its photographers spread all
over its surface. What a wonderful collection of valuable in-
formation could be thus obtained. Nor must the professor be
a, a seamate or lecturer of his art—he must be a lover of it,
so as to bring out boldly and earnestly its advantages, and so by
his own C ieesdee and devotion make ardent disciples. No study

course of lectures, like those in the practical museums of

Igium, on photography, in cenackicn with the schools of
art and science, and by these means a good training school for our
young professionals will be started, who will thus have an oppor-
tunity of getting a sound and practical knowledge of photogran’y
icp by ee gerites examinations, a wholesome desire to excel
may be crea crowned by some reco degree OF
mar, at wil have msl the pecan raat? ta the competent
and experienced operator.

Ce

Se ee ea eR ee: a

¢

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 281

On Music.
By M. Jcutes Mrrnuay.

an article or essay on Music, to be read before this learned Society,
[naturally felt gratified at having been chosen for this task, as
well as at being, as I believe, the first professional musician entered
on your list of members. I must then commence by thanking
you for this mark of your esteem for me as an artist, and my
second duty is to assure you that I shall always do my best to prove
worthy of it, by contributing my mite towards the progress of this
Royal Society of New South Wales.

e subject of this address has been suggested by the apparent
state of humiliation in which, it seems to me, music is vegetating
in this Colony. I notice with amazement, for instance, that many
persons here, even amongst the learned, question the claims of
Music to the highest ranks of excellence as an art; and it

tod . .
should therefore be interesting to discuss this question, and try to

and discussion of our Medical Section. Now, there are other per-
Sons who do not like musicians, and who visit on music a part 0

the contempt they feel for its votaries. I knew, however, a rich
amateur who, when asked if he loved music, replied: ‘ Do I nor
love music ! Why, sir, I love it so much that musicians themselves
have been unable to disgust me with it.” Well, the test is some-
times a severe one. Again, there side questions, as that
Nature has not made us all alike, and that it would therefore be
as ridiculous for a musician to expect that every one should like
music, as for an astronomer, for instance, to be indignant that every
one cannot calculate the par 0 .

speaks to every one. I speak of course of the simplest, which, for
some nations, is the only kind, consisting of a few airs and dance

i

282 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

tunes. A single voice or a single instrument, however rough, may
be sufficient to produce such, and the infant, be it man or nation,
is capable of enjoying such music. But as man or nation develops,

its fanciful melodies and elaborate harmonies, leaves behind the
mere dance tunes, and stores asserts the glory of art, just as
from the mere rough- -hewn stone some great sculptor will ’ produce
to our wondering, reverent eyes the very image of the gods. In
its progress, however, music recedes from the crowd, for the com-
poser is no more the only producer of his works. Between
and his public is an immense distance, interspersed with obstacles
of all sorts, unknown to other artists. A painter, for instance,
composes a ag and with the —- touch of the brush his work
one ; any one can see it ; any one can even to a certain degree
form an "opinion on it. The work ‘of the sculptor once finished

enjoys the same privilege. ngtigire yee it is true, presents to its ,

votaries more difficulties, and in this, asin some other respects, it
is perhaps the art that most sdisentilak’ music ; for, when the archi-
tect has conceived and drawn ‘his plan, showing all sides of the
building Beene measured and numbered, his ‘work is but at the
beginn till, many can judge at least of its artistic value ;

many can ‘anticipate what the effect will be when the structure
rises from the ground ; but once all the difficulties of builders and
masons are surmounted, what a rich recompense to see grow into
form the reality of his conception. Then any one, every one may
admire, may criticise , every day, every hour. There stands the
rare pile to outlive centuries of human beings, and to glorify by

ts harmonious proportions and beauty the memory of the man —

pei was its architect. Its very ruins, in itsage or possible mis-
fortunes, sing his praise. And yet architecture is an art in which
intellect alone works, and in which. intellect ca is stirred to
Seiearaae Now when the musician takes his pen, or, if I may

ohare with ne is also to tell us what he thinks and feels, to
make us think and feel as he does, to give us in fine something ¢
his soul and of his very heart’s blood, so that what has been sai

of the great condition of true eloquence, Pectus est quod pee
facit,” may be applied with at least equal truth to music.

in other arts it is the artist we turn to admire, in music we forget the
composer in = multitude of impressions with which he fills our

a

TESTA LSE Rae eT San Ne SRE ee NOE Oe, Ne aD NT TE TN Me PE pwns ea ee sae ee a vee EN ce Trem

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 283

after happiness, its hope and despair, its tenderness, its love and
hatred, its generosity and meanness, and so down to the everyday

moods ‘and ections of indolence and vivacity, sullenness and
good humour, &c. ; and thus it is that he alternately drags and
beguiles us through all the infinite variety of his fancy. He must
be a Proteus ready to assume all shapes—man,

and to force from him his precious secrets. I admit, of course,
that such an organization—one, I meets Se) ns in natural ts
as well as in professional acquirements—is to be found

all musicians ; some, indeed, having been reneriable for a few

consigned to an inferior position in the pan peste of posterity.
et us, however, take a good compnear of the day—say the cele-

brated author of “Faust” pau of “Romeo and Juliet.” He

commences an opera. One, two, perhaps three years of labour

gatherings to which the movement of his own social life as a
genius and a favourite drag him. He must listen to sickly ballads
at these places, to insane opera-bouffe selections, to empty crashing

military band music. He must answer silly journalist questions,
submit well or badly to the real and the would-be aristocratic
smiles and praises lavished on him ; perhaps even being hunted
by some of those commercial firms seg order music by ‘the yard,
he may find himself bound down to compose between hours,
things which, good or bad, can add he! little = his renown. But
all this time the true musician must carry about with him, in his
head and in his heart, his whole mr “When smiling to

life to these human passions, what are his materials? The most
fugitive of all—sound—the mere vibrations of the air. But these

fancies, in the rtion of his pe and of our individual
musically seetlh ingdect and of our sympathy with him. Not
to , however, let us say the composer has finished his score ;
that is to say, about 1,500 pages large quarto size, sre covered
with fanciful dots, lines, zig-zags, serpent-lo of cor-
rection, and hieroglyphies of all sorts, expressing all ee has in him
of talent or genius. As it stands now it is a one eho
knows it? Nobody. air es of the initiated perhaps

through that labyrinth, and catch a glinpo fs ats; but

284 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

who cares to spell slowly and painfully through such a manu-
script with its numerous abbreviations, so deceptive that often the
eye mistakes one élef for another, thus altering sufficiently the
sound to put you all out and oblige you to read again the twenty
or thirty lines which performed simultaneously are to produce the
effect of that portion of the work. No one cares for a task so

rd, and no one undertakes it. It is for this reason that judges
of musical competition require from the candidates a pianoforte
arrangement and reduction of the general scores, and it is for this
same reason that young composers find it so difficult to present
themselves fairly before the world ; for in many compositions the
pianoforte score is powerless to give any sufficient or correct idea
of the whole work. Of course in the case of an already celebrated

is not difficult to finda publisher to buy the copyright. He
immediately prints the pianoforte score for the assistance of the
artists at the rehearsals. Then the gencral score is delivered to
the copyists, who extract and separate the parts of the various
instruments and chorus-voices, and this is often the affair of many
weeks, after which only really commences the practical labour. I
do not know if an astronomer finds that stars of the first magni-
tude or those of minor importance cause the most embarras in
the heavenly system ; but I am quite sure that, if the former are
great trials to a composer, the latter are often ten times more

a C at such and such a place to show off his best notes ; some one
else desires the time made quicker or slower to suit him; and

with the style of the music, the sense of the words, or the
dramatic situation. What signify such trifles to stars who know
their importance! They have spoken! Make the required
alterations, or they throw up their parts! The u py com-
poser has to yield ; and to save the life of his work he, perhaps,

maims or cuts off alimb. I doubt if there ever existed a composer
' bow his

z i Ps eee eying
ts ¢
ES Oe PENS ee ey ae RES nee eR ES eS STE OY SRE eT ee

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 285

other works, mostly French and Italian. Happy composers when
such so-called improvements are only made after their deaths, as
ma case which occurred not long before I left Paris, I remember.
A certain Madame Hisson, then singing at the Opera, took it into

that such conduct, especially from the fair sex, on whom it could
not be returned in kind, left but one course open to the critic,
which would be to pass them by with merely the observation that,
as they not only professed to have arrived at perfection and to

no improvement, but also were ready to assert by the valour
of their fair hands their being better interpreters than the com-
posers themselves of great works like “ Der Freischutz,” they
must clearly be above all criticism.

To return to our composer’s miseries. The stars restored to
good humour, he has next to run the gauntlet of the manager—
the interpreter of public taste ; and if his energy or diplomacy
has saved his work from some of the vandalism of the stars, it is to be
feared it will not hold out against the storming of the director.
Wagner himself, the despotic Wagner, had to give way when his
“Tannhiiuser” was rehearsed in Paris. In his own account of
that unfortunate affair, he confesses he was obliged to modify his
work in order to make room for a ballet, without which, he says,
no opera there can succeed. It is true that the great tone-poet
has long done with this mild spirit of condescension. Now, he
not only imposes his own conceptions without suffering the very
slightest modification, or the hint of such a possibility, but he for-
bids the audience to give any mark, even of approval, before the
close of the act. It is related also of him that when, at the close
of the Bayreuth festival, all the chief performers were clamorously

ited, ing personality takin,
alarm, he tyrannically forbade their obeying, and he made his
@ppearance all alone before the public.

_Well, it is not every composer, even though popular, who can
ord thus to fe be sop, aa cou Sager

afford on his dignit posers th
general know well what it is to pass under the caudine forks
ial tyranny ; moreover, during the rehearsals there are

x

286 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

plenty of well-meaning friends to hazard their various suggestions

ould it have a fine effect if the trombones had a note here,

or if the oboe could be added to the flute there?” and so on; and

these prick-points, without counting the — corrections of
the faults of copy, make his life a real martyrdom

At last the day appointed for the full and final iene arrives.

Everybody is at his post. A sort of solemnity prevails on these

vincia
to suit the tastes of their special public. The composer, sitting
near the na is already prepared to give the temps, when,
perhaps, as the last drop overflowing the cup, comes the indisposi-
tion of the prim nbn or some equall happy accident, involving
postponement. Why the general areca and annoyance

is; and, alas! he who is the most bitterly annoyed and disap-
pointed — — all has no one on whom he has the right to fall
foul of in his

I will not weary you with further details. The first representa-

exaggeration—he is a demigod or a cobbler, a tone-poet or

oO er; he is “«tballooned” (excuse the word) up to the
seventh heaven, or “diamond-drilled” (pardon again) to the
bottom of hell. Anyway he once more breathes freely—his work
is produced—it is known—he can do no more. He waits the
verdict of time, and may perhaps never know it.

To return now to my assertion that the — or rather

composer, has to struggle against many more material difficulties
than have other artists, in the production of their por not

Go
_
i=%

poser. Alas, n
work, good or bad, before the public, depends i in so large a measure
on the degree of perfection of the performance. The more beau-
tiful the work the more perfect should be the performance, 1n
order to show forth its varied charms, and this is why composi-
tions that in London, Paris, Vienna, and Leipzic excite unbounded

create but little — c= oe in other towns. In- —

stance the works of Beethov: If any man ever conquered @
sublime position in the eso of all ane who love and under-
stand music, it is Beethoven, whose illustrious name has become
+ of worshi his works have been pales

a ay cso been enriched by such

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS 287

editions of them, without reckoning duets, trios, quartettes,
‘8 @ programm
ho

:

?
given here some months ago. Oh, the profanation of that splendid
work! There was nota single bar without its mistake—time,
tune, expression, movement, all went wrong—a veritable repre-
Sentation of chaos. Is it to be wondered at if those who heard

be much humbug in g wors e great master’s
genius? It must be remembered it is not easy to play high-class
music. To build such cath s as Strasburg or Cologne wit!

Winde for the University degr “aid he never see in
yer read for e University ree Ee gaat ot

is modern legislator, since his obliviousness is, I dare say, |
traceable to the fact that music itself in this young community has

288 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

failed to remind him of its divine qualities and to assume its natural
position. Again, the musical critics of our papers do not show
either much knowledge of their subject, or much care for their
task. Read over the hundred, say, of musical crepentes of each year,
and this is about the substance of them all :—“ On sucha day
such a person gave a concert at sucha place ; the attendance,
though not very large was appreciative. r. A. sang with his

instrument that she elicited an encore. Mrs. C.’s charming song
this or the other, never fails to be appreciated,” and so on, from
five to twenty lines, according to the number of artists not to be
offended. One exception to this rule, however, I do recall, and
that was in an evening paper, after one of Mdlle. Charbonnet’s
concerts, where the writer made an ores if not at criticism,
at any rate at analysis. He wrote, speaking of a stringed
quartette, to this effect :—“ Those who write for strings make use
of dissonants not only of the 7th of dominant but of ‘other 7ths ;
they are not only employed singly, but also in sequences. This

Now what would a painter say if he read in an art
critique, “ Painters who paint landscapes freely use yellow, not
only alone but in mixture with blue or other colours, and these
mixtures are to be found principally in the works of Millais ?”

they answer : “ Cricket here is a national passion, and is played
in great perfection.” Our cricketers are in their way, a sort of
artists Anand I fag hana ‘ake isa show of truth and common

tort. Artists complain that there is no-
sitio ye the » Siete music. The fact is that many
attempts at high-class concerts have been made in Sydney,
both i an i ese

have been failures—I m nancially. I except, of course,
for which eioakdevabnth of of friendship, patronage, or charity, ae
done more t than any musical enthusiasm. sd is then apparent

ledged as an art. Deeply, however, as I myself feel miscom- —
a of that to which I have serene wind S20

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 289

might say of my life, I do not despair of its future in this country,
because I can trace its present humiliation to very natural causes,
and I therefore see no reason that time and patience should not
put the matter right.

y
°
ra
gg
re)
°
}
5
5
fe
mn
co
By
R
®
4
fo)
“d
°
=]
C

mer erce, so as to attract paniatial and money, are less the means
to the end than the end itself ; squatting, banking, buying and

selling, and building, are the ‘grea at purs rsuits to which all else is
entirely subordinate ; - and of the liberal Bist ag two only push
their way in so ne ew a country, law and medicine, for moral and

physical diseases follow us everywhere. In the cums for exist-
ence the young Colony can spare neither time nor strength for
more refined culture; but as time goes on, it follows that some
families will, from w ealth or official position, raise themselves
bove the mass, thus at once creating a demand for a higher and
more refined education. Professors of various kind appear on the
e—a University is founded ; but the means of the Colony being
still limited, the curriculum embraces only the most indispensable
matters of ‘learn rning. No doubt some members of the Senate do
not forget that music is one of the liberal arts tau

air of m vernment which has already done so
Then outside the University and Government prim
schools, teaching is abandoned to private enterpri e teachers

arrive with the demand, and the pianoforte being considered as
specially the instrument of the fair sex, it is the lady teachers who
predominate ; moreover, it is only the ladies who can find time
for cultivating the fine arts. Tt follows that for a long period,

mediocre piano-playing and still more doubtful singing. In my
present capacity of pianoforte teacher, it would be out of taste to
repeat all the witticisms circulated ~ the Re pO of that most
popular of instruments; but I may be to say that the
piano, by making music easy for the m one has contributed to
lower its standard in the estimation of outsiders. Later on, new
comers try to see if 50 mething cannot be done besides porotensin
and vocal music, and they attempt to form e mili-
tary bands are first called u a ae ce Now
of he bands fail because th Oat es econ snatie —_—
producing anything but powerful, noisy music, and because
class of siaiians mes adn arily have had that delicate profes-

: endeavour to mix with these military instru-
siete Peete tour talent available among the citizens.
That this combination also fails is not wonderful, seeing that such

290 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

amateurs, being engrossed with very different pursuits since their
arrival in the “Colony, have mostly forgotten the use of their
instrument, and can find neither time for private practise nor for
rehearsals. All the same, say I, all honor to these valiant
champions of art! Though working in a wrong direction, they
thus direct the attention “of a certain number of persons to the

Nevertheless, for the present, weighed by their own intrinsic
worth, these attempts are far from putting music in its best light,
for, as before said, high-class music requires high-class execution,
and high-class execution can be obtained only from thoroughly
educated musicians—tmusicians sufficiently masters of their instru-
ments to perform to a nicety every si i

parts. Now.

of such artists here ? Assuredly not! Of course I speak only of
those composing our orchestras and choruses, not of the fraternity
to which I belong, nor of certain ladies and gentlemen I know
who would be valuable acquisitions to our musical Societies, pm
for their own doubtless valid reasons they stand aloof. der
all these circumstances, acs it is not wonderful if, though often
called upon to testify to the progress of music, and to endure high-
class compositions, the public fail . fall in love with them. “Is
that music?” they say. “Well, it is not worth the strain of
listening to it, nor the trouble as expense we chats been at to
take our families to hear it.” ‘They ar e in the main right, a
what is worse, anythin g that repeatedly Miron tiry repeatedly fails
must be considerably depreciated by the process.

now endeavoured to trace to its natural causes what i
Seti the state of humiliation in which music here vegetates,
must hasten to the consideration of how we might to some oe
raise its standard, and so, gradually winning new allies and admi-
rers every year, finish by lifting the divine art to the pedestal it occu-
pies in Europe. I begin, then, abruptly by deploring what seems to
me the mistaken zeal of some music-lovers in proposing to build a
new music-hall. That the wretched accommodation of our present
-concert-rooms makes the attending a concert a very ng pe
amusement is not to be denied, and no doubt de new hall would

wali Forgot. in;
being told we did not know what good m

was in New South
Wales to hear it added, “but you could eared ete finer hall!”

|
|

them. sound ;
- and this of mine which after all is

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 291

People might almost as well say, “ But then Sydney harbour is so
lovely !” No, the music-hall is not what most presses! But there
are some other persons who suggest having practices of orchestral
and vocal music. This scheme, though in principle better than
the other, is practically, in my opinion, as powerless to serve the

five or six of these persons attend ; at the next meeting perhaps a
few more, or a few less ; and this is your average luck throu
the season. Now, of these serious members— say serious
because they are in earnest and attend—few know enough to
execute their parts even roughly. Dubious tune, fantastic time,
indescribable bowing, é&c., are among their characteristics—an
is from no fault, mind you, of their own. ey cannot do

as

the necessity of sound grounding in an art they imagin
merely of pastime and a fair ;
Knowing little more than the rudiments of music, they have

they seek to be. Learning was, perhaps, not to their tastes.

yet learning alone is the way to progress ; it is by trouble and
learning we can alone hope to see music flourishing in our midst.
It is useless to go singing in choruses if you do not know your
solfége and the management of your voice—it is useless to sit in
i stiff and heavy, and your
rt and asa whole more than

school for music as we have for drawing. : Let us teach boys and
girls in preference to men and women, and thus sow what we may

T have seen or known to be done

_ One, though perhaps its carrying out here might meet with a few

292 REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS.

difficulties. I propose, then, the establishment of a school for
music, in which boys and girls shall be taught the solfége, vocal
music, and instruments. The teaching must be gratuitous, or at
least at a merely nominal rate, say half a guinea for a course of
thirty lessons, three times a week ; children admitted to the school

.

stringed instruments for love of art. The artist to whom I refer
has already offered his services, though in a slightly different line,
to the Academy of Art; and I cannot doubt but that he would

illing to modify, or even altogether give up, his project of
practices, if such a school as I propose were seriously established,
either in connection with the academy or as a distinct institution.
And for the solftge teacher I can answer for another who would
do the work on the same terms. Under these circumstances,
when the only thing requested from those whose patronage would

esirable is countenance and a little warmth of sympathy,
ought we go on as now—dozing, if not slumberi No! we must

intellectual support—artist disinterestedness and zeal. Further,
we shall need a room, a black board, and a few desks. If New
South Wales can afford these few essentials, we must not despair
of the future of music in this Colony.

REPORTS FROM THE SECTIONS. 293

SECTION H.—MEDICAL SCIENCE.

Durixa the session 1878 the Medical Section of the Royal Society
held eight meetings. At the first meeting, on April 12, .
G. Wricut was elected Chairman, Messrs. CtunE and Roperts
were appointed to the Committee, and Messrs. Jones and
CLAvURIN were continued, in their office of Secretaries.
At the other meetings of the Section numerous papers were
read of a very interesting character, and many pathological speci-

mens were exhibited.
P. SYDNEY JONES,

H. N. MACLAURIN,
Hon. Secretaries.

SECTION L—SANITARY SCIENCE.

Report of the Social and Sanitary Science Section of the Royal

Society for the session of 1878.
Sydney, 19 December, 1878.

bs
I have the honor to submit the following report :-—
i i held on the 15th day of
April last, when Mr. Atrrep Ropers was elect airman ;
Professor Surry, Dr. BELGRAVE, and Messrs. WRIGHT and BepFrorD
were elected members of the Committee, and Mr. Harrre Woop
was chosen Hono Secretary.

At subsequent meetings the subjects Vital Statistics and the
Form of Certificate of the Cause of Death were further con-
sidered ; but owing to the absence from Sydney of some of the
members of the Section, and other causes, the course of action to
be pursued for remedying the defects found to exist was not
definitely agreed upon. ;

It is hoped that during the next session these and other im-
portant matters will be dealt with, and that the Section will be
able to offer some valuable suggestions thereupon.

T have, &c.,
ALFRED ROBERTS.

APPENDIX.

297

ABSTRACT OF THE METEOROLOGICAL th ge
TAKEN AT THE SYDNEY OBSERVATORY.

GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LonerrupE 10 4™ 46; MaGNeETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.

JANUARY, 1878.—Generat ABSTRACT.

mceneter Highest Reading ... ... 30°103 inches oa the 23rd at 9 a.m.
At 32° F Lowest Reading ... .-. 29°390 ta ced n the 15th at 5 p.m
e i rd oe "853:in
(Being 0-088 inch greater than that in th rage of “on preceding 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest Pressure... .... 146 Ibs. on wees lst.
ean Pressure eo ae,
Number of DaysCalm ..
ae Direction teen *
(P ili h for the preceding 19 years, N.E. )
Temperature Highest in the » hades ... 86°9 on the 10th and 15th.
Low: n the — ... 58°8 on the 22nd.
rasa ge 1,. 22°2 on the 10th.
Highest in the tess | 145-0 on the 28th.
Highest in Black Hea with
Glass Top . 203°5 on the 28th.
Lowest on the Grass ... 63°2 on the 6th.
ean Diurnal Range ... 12°4
Mean in the Shade Bara (9°
(Being 1:2 greater than that of th th on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ...__ 940 on the 15th.
Least és < fe rt

50°0 on the 7th.
Mean aie me a, Coe
(Being 3°3 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

i Na oe of Days ... ... 12rain. (No dew.)
Greatest Fall bee ... 0°888 inches on the
0°636 inch. 65 feet above ground
Tout Fall...» +} 1-996 inch. 15 in. above ground.
(Being 2-682 inct that of th th verage of the preceding 19 years.)
Evaporation Total Amount ... ... 8°791 inches.
Ozone... <u Me peered rr a OF
(Being 1-1 inch greater th th ge Of the preceding 18 years.)
icity ... Number of rb oe 4
Cloudy Sky Mean Amoun . 66
umber of ‘Clear Days cae
Meteors ... Number Observed 7
arks.
above th re rash and the temperature, sithough on

The barometer has been
no day has it exceeded 86°9, Yet gives a mean 1'2 above the average for or 19 years.
Generally, + the rainfall haa been heh? ; son ea ate have fallen,
the highest being 8-93 inches at Port Macquari

298 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS,

GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 38° 51’ 41” ; LonGITUDE 104 4™ 46"; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.

FEBRUARY, 1878.—Gernerat ABSTRACT.

Barometer ... Highest Reading ... 30°213 inches on the 25th at 9 p.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... 29°499 inc chee on the 23rd at 3 p.m.
— ‘870 inch
(B ing 0°069 inch greater than that in tt an average Z the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... Greatest Pressure... 10°1 Ib. on the 6th and 8th.
Mean Pressure... o-9
Number of Calm Days 0
Prevailing Direction E. a E.
SaN Le aa ee segura em asi sia) al wk
Temperature Highest in the Shade 91°1 on the 23rd.
a est in the Shade 62°5 on the 27th
ates ge 18°6 on the 23rd.
Highest i in the Sun . 146-2 on the 25th
igpesti in es. Box with
. 206°4 on the 12th.
peaks on ake Grass od _ on the 5th.
ean Di ge
Mean in the Shade 2 2
(B gls_g thi shad 2 si eat P ding 19 y 5 ;
Humidity Side: gs Amnaeat i . 100°0 on the

5th.
55° ? on the 25th and 26th.
78°

Mean
(Being 3-4 greater than that of the same vada on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

Rain ... Number of Days . 19 rain. (No dew
Greatest Fall 7°526 inches on th.
Total Fall ... 12 inches. 65 feet above ground

(Pat 0-001 tnnt

16-254 inches. 15 in. above ground

S

“S 5

Brapration Total Amount 4691 inches.
70

Mean Amount
Electricity . Naber of DaysLightning 10
Number of Clear Days ... 0
Meteors Number Observed... 0
Remarks.
Like last month, the mean barometer has been above the esi and th
ong 1- 3 above Per average of 19 years. Very hea pian Sev inches fall
and thro Colony ¢ gery, en,
est mg 01 inch at Boulka greatest 23°30 ches ab Bodalla
e Murra; has risen 5 ft. and is still rising. At Wentworth the Darling
is below enantio but a flood is coming down.

i

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 299
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 83° 51’ 41”; LonairupE 104 4™ 46°; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East,

MARCH, 1878.—Gernerat ABSTRACT.

Barometer ... Highest Reading... _... 30°160 inches on the 22nd at 8.45
a.m,
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... ... 29°418 ome on the 27th at 3 p.m.
spe shone, oe oe ... 29°886 in
(Being 0°010 inch 1 th g g 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest a: eee = Ibs. on the 30th.
Mean Pres ee e" 4 Ib.
Number of. Daas Calm ...
_— anne — ction... ENE.
(Py. 292. ig ah As 1m ‘ N E )
Rsaperatnre op awe in the Shade... 91.3 on the 16th.
Lowest in the Shade ... 57 6 - - 31st.
Great ak nee
Highest in the Sun 143 0 am the 16th.

Hi son in Black Box with
. 193°1 on the 12th.
‘8 on the

louie on the Grass we 3lst.
ean Diurnal Range... 114
Mean i in >in prada 0s
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... . 100°0 = - son 24th, and 25th.
Least a Bae Sy ee a
Mean 79°9
Rain ... ---» Number of Days ... .. 8 rain and 3 dew.
Greatest Fall ey ... 0°652 inches on the 23rd.
1'410 inch. 65 ft. above ground.
Total Fall ... eh “C1092 % — hed in. — gona,
Bviaiiectin Total Amount... ... 5°057 inches.
Ozone... ... Mean anne oe Ue
(Being 1:4 greater than h th on a we of the preceding 18 years.)
Electricity .... Number of _ Lightning 3
Cloudy Sky... Mean Amoun’ PENS a
Number of Clear Days wel
Meteors... , Number Observed ae
ks.
th has — Age ody megpialedac
greater than the average of 19 years. erate rains have fallen generall
over the Colony, the ayer i at uin, and the least 0-63
inch at Gilgoin. At the Murray Darling are 11 ft. 9 in.
above appearance of a high flood ; at Bathurst, mosquitoes

above sum but no appearar
oS eevee WY is

300 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.

GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LonairupE 104 4™ 46"; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.

APRIL, 1878.—GernERAL ABSTRACT.

Barometer ... Highest ryote ... 80°267 incheson the 9th at 10°50a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Readin ... 29°392 inches on the 28th at 3 a.m,
Mean dha eer et ... 29°92] inches.
(Being inch less than that in th th ge of the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest Pressure.. ... 82°0lbs. on the 29th
Mean Pressure son Oa Ih,
aheoeteed of Days Calm... 1
Syereihing Dir rec oe age)
Ie th for the preceding 19 years, W.)
a pigbent i a ey Shade ... 79-0 on the 19th.
Low he Shade Soh ee on bi 25th.
Groatest 5s nee tks 20°1 e 16th.
' Highest in the Sun . 139 ie on a 19th.
Highest in Black Box with
ass Top . 1782 on the Ist.
Lowest on the Grass ... 45°3 on the 25th.
Mean Diurnal eee S|
Mean in the Shade ia. Deck

(Being 1°1 inch greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

Humidity .. Greatest Amount... . 100-0 on the 10th.
Least ine i: bs on the 15th.

Me
(Being 1°6 less than that of tl the same S aome ¢ on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

Rain ... Se en of Days ... oh — dew.
Greatest Fall ie .. 0°896 inch on me ell - 4
22 inch. 65 feet a _ groun
‘Toa — 11760 inch, 15 ina und.

(Being 5°433 inches less than that of the same month on an average of the ae 19 years.)

Evaporation Total Amount... ... 3°570 inches.
Ozone . ... Mean Amount 65
(Being 1°3 g ee iene +} ¢ f the preceding 18 years.)
icity ... Number of ey Lightning 4
Cloudy Sky... Mean Amoun’ wi ae
Number of Clear Days ie
Meteors =... Number Observed... Nie |
Remarks,

The barometer this month has been slightly below the average of past 19 years, a

and the temperature 1*1 above the average. Rain i in the Colon generally has beep
a ng has fallen.

on level, a
gation on the Darling is almost closed ; during the late flood some of the steamers —
got up the river as far as Wilcannia, . ee

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 301
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE, 33° 51’ 41” ; LONGITUDE, 104 4™ 46s; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.

MAY, 1878.—Gernerat ABSTRACT.

Barometer .. Highest iS ... 30°357 inches on the 6th at 11 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Readin ... 29°712 inches on the 24th, at 3 p.m
n He ane” ‘ ; .
(Being 0:046 inch greater than that in the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest Pressure .. ae BS Ibs. on the 11th.
Mean Pressure. on 5 Ib.
Number of Days Calm ...
pimaane, 3 oe i W.
(D. *72. ng ng su 2 p 3: g 195 ; W.)
Temperature a rerigh in the Shade .. 73°4 on the 12th.
Lowest in t ey ae ade .. 44°9 on the 11th.
Grewte vse . 22:0 on the Ist.
Highest in the | Sun 128°3 on the 2nd.
Hi est in Black Box with
tlass Te . 152°4 on the 2nd.
Lowest on the Grass | pi the 15th.

Mean Diurnal Range
Mean in the Shade
(Being 0°8 less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ... 100-0 on the 26th.
Least ie ite ... 51°0 on the Ist.
78°6

ean ses ose _— le
(Being 2°5 greater than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

Rain... .... Number of Days... ...._ 6 rain and 16 dew.
Greatest Fall ae .. . 0°562 inc a Sag ‘hea a
0°549 inc eet above groun
Total Fall ... pend 15 in. above ground.
(Being 4-552 inches less than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Evaporation Total Amount ...... 2°355 inches.
oe .. Mean Amount _... ea ee
Electricity roa Days Cai 3
oven t 4-2
N sasha ot Clear Days 1
Meteors ... Number Observed 4

Remarks.

This is the first month this the mean temperature has been below
the average of 19 Soa Sew ie aly 0°8 less. The rainfall has been very
ae light throu, aeons larence River District, where moderate

—o ihe Darling down to sumer level, and the

et above summer

=

302

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.

GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.

LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LoNGITUDE 104 4™ 46s; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25 2” East.

JUNE, 1878.—GeneraL ABSTRACT.

This month the mean
_ Generally there has in oy
hone has fallen.

Ceo
bits th pans

Barometer ... Highest Reading ... 30°156 inches on the 22nd at 9 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading 29 367 snare on the 13th at 1 p.m.
Mean ene 29°802 inc
(Being 0°130 inch less th f the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... Greatest eo ... 14:0 lbs. on the 12’, 13’ and 14.
ean Press 1°4 Ib.
amber of ae Calm 0
ome oo Wi
il for the p g 19 years, W.)
Temperature Highest in the Shade 63-1 on the 12th
Lowest in the Shade 38°7 on the 17th.
Greatest Range 17°8 on the 18th.
Highest in the Sun 123°0 on the 14th.
aoe in Black ee with
Top a *3 on the 23rd.
Lowest on the Grass ‘
Mean Diurnal Range :
Meni i in the Shade... 51°3
Humidity Greatest Amount ... 99°0 on the 23rd and 26th.
. Least ae Oe 50°0 on the 20th.
Mean 71°9
(Being 5-2 legs than that of th tt age of the preceding 18 years.)
Rain ... haw! of Daye si 10 rain and 4 dew.
Grea ee re 2995 in ches. 65 fect rh pound
190 inches. eet above
Total Tall ake 7°167 inches. Wi in. a aboye a “6
Evaporation Total Amount 2-239 inches.
ot ae Ament 8°3
L{Ratne 2:4 a ok 10 wears.)
Electricity = of ways Lightning 6
Cloudy Sky... Mean Amoun 39
Nout mber of ‘Clear Days 3
Meteors Number Observed... 3
Remarks.

little or

ature is 3:5 below the average of 19 years.
ideas far west where

Ces ee ee

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 303
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; Lona@rrupE 104 4™ 46: ; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.
JULY, 1878.—GerneraL ABSTRACT.

Barometer .. Highest Reading... ... 30°22] inches on the 30th at 9 a.m.
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... ... 29°343 inches onthe 19th at 1°25 p.m.
Mean Height a ... 29°826 inches.
Wind... ... Greatest Pressure... ... 19°21bs. on the 27th.
Mean Pressure or Orr Tbe
Number of Days Calm
Prevailing Direction
(Pr ili ig di ti duri g th th for the preceding 19 years, W.)
Temperature gr ad in the Shade .. 71°2 on the 26th.
n the Shade ... 39°7 on the Sth.
Gaaeet Raa e nn on the 10th.
Highest in the Sun 21°1 on the 20th.
Hig: in Black Box with jbo: 7 on the 29th.
lass Top ie
Lowest on the Grass ... 34°0 on the 9th.
ean Diurnal Range ... 142
Braet in the Shade” 62°7
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ... 100°0 on the 12th and 13th.
Least ae ad ... 53°0 on the Ist, 2nd, and 20th.
Mean 76°0
(Being 1-2 greater than that of th th ge of the preceding 19 years.)
Rain... .... Numberof Days... —...._ 10 rain and 13 dew.
Greatest Fall ae ... 1669 inches on the

12th.
1°846 inch. 65 ft. above ground.

Total Falk. 3 “495 inches. 15 in. — —
(Being 1-164 inch th that af th
Evaporation Total Amount _... ... 2°111 inches.
Ozone » Mean Amount ..... st
Electricity ... Number of Days Lightning 5 .
x Cloudy Sky... Mean Amo unt og
aserbe of Clear Days Cee,
Meteors ... Number Observed ola

Remarks.
mean barometer is 0°119 inch less than the average of _ 19

a ‘aig ata: is a ed eate or + the Darli trict, fine t ke iol have
—— _only S eo Bae t rling oa omar

inches at Orange. A
on rt isa ecaray 3 is 14 feet above summer level.

304 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.

GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41”; LonarTuDE 104 4 46%; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.

AUGUST, 1878.—GeENERAL ABSTRACT.

Barometer ... Sphere oe ... 30°282 inches on the 21st at 9 a.m.
At 32° Faht. est Reading ae 29°406 in ches on the 11th at 4 a.m.
Mani Height = ... 29°857 inches
(Being 0°090 inch less than that in the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest bron a ... 13°0 lbs. on the 9th.
Mean so Opal.
ee of. Days Calm aa
— Dies SV
(P. il iS is th for the preceding 19 years, W.)
Temperature Highest inthe Shade... 77 oe on the 28th.
Lowest in the Shade a n the 7th
reatest Range soba on ihe 28th.
Highest in the Sun _ 149-0 on the 30th.
Highest in Black Box with
Glass Top Se . _ he 28th.
Lowest on A Glass e 7th.
ean Diurnal Ran oe mi
Mean in the Shade i
(Being 1°8 greater than that of tl tI average of the preceding 19 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount ... . 100-0 on the 2nd.
Least ot Oe id ts on the 13th and 23rd.
Mean
Be. wn Oe aS
Greatest Fall... ... 2°280 inches. On th ar 2nd. 1
1°936 inches. 65 ft. above groun
ome oe a, oy 3°304 in sagas ag in. above ground.
(Beitig 0-540 inch greater than that of th Sh . ding 19 years.)
Evaporation Total Amount ... ... 3°814 inches.
Ozone .. ... Mean Amount 2 ORS
(B gg 82g + oie ka ee ae 6 at P 1 17 years.)
Electricity .. Number of Days Lightning 5
Cloudy Sky... Mean .

Amount... “wa ae
Number of Clear Days ... 6
Meteors ... Number Observed... 2
Remarks,
The barometer is 0°090 less, and Lee tem 1°8 greater than the ave
sy seven of 2

of the peak 19 years, bor gra: n, in which 1° i
in 12 minutes ; a mile east of the Obervatary th ere
stig skdn paul like

seen like a wall of et mem: from north be south over ‘he Ll i

On the same pe Retort som r passed
‘which 6 inches of rain fell, bs aed

{

Sita «lings wats ai i. ie an a ame suze

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 30

gr

GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.

\y LATTUDE 33° 51’ 41” ; LONGITUDE 105 4™ 46* ; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.
' SEPTEMBER, 1878.—GeneraL ApsTract.
| Barometer ... Highest Reading .. 30°173 inches on the Sth at 9 a.m.
At 32° Faht. toa ici oe 29°217 inches on the 24th at 7 p.m
Mean Hei bios 29°772
(Being 0°116 inch less than that in t th 2 ling 19
Wind .. pag fais) wage 17°4 Ibs. on the 24th and 28th.
Mean 0°8 lb.
Number of D Day ays Calm 0
dpe oa — Wi
(Prevailing ae. “10 fens W.
Temperature Highest in the Shade 87°5 on the 21st.
Lowest in the Shade .
Greatest Range . 29°3 on the 21st.
Highest in the 8 . 142-2 on cipre 12th.
Highest i in Black Box with
rlass To . 184°5 on the 21st.
ete - the Grass 39°2 on the 29th.
Mean Diurnal Range ;
Mean in inthe Shade 60°2

£4} Al 419 \

(Being 1°7 greater th

> ‘>

Humidity Greatest Amount... . 100°0 on the = 5th, and 27th.
Least e ne 29°0 on the
Mean 740
Rain... .... Number of Days ... 18 rain and 6 dew
Greatest Fall is 3060 en On the 8 4.
4°472 inches. eet above groun
a aac 5°852 inches. sents in, os thie Ac
(B . g 2.046 g bak ax g p g
: Evaporation Total Amount 3°71] inches.
‘ Ozone... ... Mean Amount 76
: 2¢ t r that in th th Lg f tl I di iz 17 years.)
Electricity ... hse’ of asi 7 :
Cloudy Sky... Mean Amou
: Nom guia of Clear Days re
Meteors ... Number Observed 2

r than

Remarks.
The mean barometer is 0°116 less, and the 5 rage a 1‘7 greater the
Vverage pee the =. 19 valuable rains have and this time have
Bog ate 3°85 inches fell ; at Walgett, 4°39 inches ; but in
Darling River little or no rain has fallen ; on the coast the
vy—greatest, 5°85 inches at Sydney.

306 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41”; LonaiyuDE 104 4™ 46*; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 32’ 45” East.
OCTOBER, 1878.—GENERAL ABSTRACT.

Highest ee ... 80°146 inches on the 5th at 10 a.m. oe |
At 32° Faht. Lowest Reading ... _.. 28°967 inches on the 10th at 3 p.m.
Mean Height das ... 29°788 inches
(Being 0°050 inch less than that in the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest Pressure .. ot as Ibs. on the 11th and 15th.
Mean Pressure nn 1 Ib.
Number of Days Calm - a:
Preva ming 2 appea ou Lowy E.
s (Pr uiling di th for the preceding 19 years, N.E.)
Temperature Higbet inthe Shade ... 86°5 on the 30th.
ee in the oad ade ae ef 7 on the sari
on
Higheat i in the "Sun * 439° 0 on Es 14th and 29th.
Be ge in Black Box with
. 198°3 on the 29th.
Lowest on es Grass .... 37°7 on the 17th.
Mean Diurnal Range ..._ 15°4
se Mean in the Shade poem vou!
(Being 0°1 greater than that of tl tl f the preceding 19 years.)
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ... 100°0 on the 28th.
Least. Se ms ... 29°0 on the 14th.
Mean ‘i ia a 686
(Being 01 less th thot at +h aL g eal. p a: g 19 years.)
Rain... .... Numberof Days... .... 10 rain and 3 dew
Greatest Fall ce "0520 inches on the 208 “a
1°859 inch. 65 feet above ground,
Total Fall... = ~Poor segs 4 ge web 200 |
(Being 0°242 inch 1. } that of tl 41 g £41 p at. g 19 years.)
Evaporation Total Amount... ... 4°872 inches.
Ozone. . Mean Amount ... PE be
(Dat. ‘ 1 ig pe: om “oa 42. 1° waoare )

Electricity ... Number of me Lightning 8

Cloudy Sky... Mean Amon 6%
umber of ( Clear Days See

Meteors ... Number Observed cette

Ridierks

This ooh terne thermometer are very close to the average for 19

os ban Coast rain have been ht, and the mountains and western slopes he¥®
fine rains; but we ne i light, :

the fall has been

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS. 307
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 83° 51’ 41”; LonerrupE 104 4™ 46°; MAGNETIC VARIATION 9° 25’ 2” East.

NOVEMBER, 1878.—GeNnERAL ABSTRACT.

Barometer ... Highest Reading .. ie = 167 inches onthe 7th at 10°20a.m.
At 32° Faht. . Lowest Reading ... a ‘279 _— on the 21st at 2 p.m.
"Mean Height’... 29° 761 in
(Being 0°041 inch less than that in th th ge of tl jing 19 years.)
Wind... _.... Greatest astra ... 18°6 Ibs. on the 21st.
Mean Pre is, OBID
Number of Dat ays Calm ... 0
Prevailing Diane lege
(Dy, s}. ah ¢ At 10 g
Temperature perro in Fo Shade 102°7 on the 2st.
Low e Shade 53°6 on the Ist.
Gr setact <i nge 37°5 on the 21st
Highest in the Sun 154°2 on the 21st.
Highest in Black Box with
Hass Top . 210°3 on the 21st.
Lowest on the Grass ... 44°5 on the 8th
Mean Diurn a 164
Mean in 1 the ‘Shade - 800 O
(Being 2:1 greater th th f tk P li gldy 2
Humidity ... Greatest Amount... ... 100-0 on om ist and 6th.
Least wih sy ... 15°8 on the 21st.
Mean 67°8
Rain... ... Numberof Days... ...._ 7 rain
. Greatest Fall am ca O50 inches ~ 9 ener ~ >
inch. eet above groun
Total Fall ... } 1-931 inch. 15 in, above ground.
(Being 1-594 inch 1 than that of the th g p g y )
Evaporation Total Amount .. ... 6°57 inches.
Ozone ... pa ean ount 69

(Roai 1-0 + 1 aay : +} +h

¥ se &

Electricity ... stig of = Lightning 0

Cloud: ean Amoun eae |
disede aetge of Clear Days ee,
Meteors ... Number Observed met ae
P Remarks.

The temperature this month is again above the vit i a 2°1, and on the wi
the antigens ia ceaie 4 eached ps usually eeceniere 102°7.
rains have fallen, exce - in the far west pie part o New England District,
a an Deshing Rivers in fa fil food at Went orth, e rainfall ; at
1-68 inc yg gy ages eibeteriee Gb the Destinig Was was heavy,
and at oh Narpanet cont hed 4°65 inches.

5308 METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS.
GOVERNMENT OBSERVATORY, SYDNEY.
LATITUDE 33° 51’ 41”; Lone@irupE 10 4™ 46: ; Magnetic VaRtaTIon 9° 25’ 2” East.

DECEMBER, 1878.—GeEneERAL ABSTRACT.

Barometer ... Highest Reading ... ... 29°993inches on the 19that11.30a.m.
At 32° Faht. tag: ee tie ... 29171 inches on the 25th at 4 p.m.
an Height .. 29°673 inches.
(Being 0°078 inch ad than that in the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)
Wind... ... Greatest “hme ... 14°6 Ibs. on the 20th.
Mean ssure ieee OO
Sacre of Days Calm ie. O
Prevailing Directio: me
(Prevailing direction during the same month for the preceding 19 years, E.N.E.)
Temperature Highestinthe Shade ... 89°] on the 17th.
Lowest in the Shade ... 66°3 on the
Greatest Range 26°3 on the 3rd.
Highest in the Sun . 152°4 ba the 23rd.
od in Black Box with
Top . 223°5 on the 23rd.
Lowest on the Grass - ... ee = on the 26th.
Mean Diurnal Range ___...
Mean in the Shade : 0 4

(Being 0°8 greater than that of the same sacs on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

Humidity ... st Amount.. ... 99°0 on the 15th at 9 a.m.
i ... 28°0 on the 17th at 3 p.m.
72°9

(Being 31 ae eae than that of the same month on an average of the preceding 19 years.)

Rain ... «+ Number of Days ... ... 16 rain 1 dew.
' Greatest Fall oe Pees Gb inches on the 15th.
Total Fall 2°979 inches. 65 feet above re gre
vow b FOGG inches. 15 in. above groun
(Being 1874 inches greater than that of iabcneiakconialbnescsbeniijuse yeni
Evaporation Total Amount ... .... 6°300 inches.
Qzone.. .... Mean Amount

ne 7
(@eing 3°3 greater than that in the same sah isin ch the preceding 18 years.)

Cas

Number of Days Lightning 8

Cloudy Sky... Mean Amount .. .... 7:0
Number of Clear Days ... 2
Meteors ... Number Observed es
Remarks. a
i 0-078 below and temperature 0°8 greater than the average of 19 yea 4
and —— shade is o ee as compared with 1 02°7 last month, —
been fro: 4 inches, and ai :

| ¢ Kurr met
i tnchion,.. At Wedlworth the: Snaenay and Datlng are 19 feet above
level, but falling here and u up the rivers.

ae SP eT eee Oe Pe a

309

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE pian e SOCIETY OF NEW
SOUTH WALES, ~-1865.

ConTENTS.
nr me Vertebrated Animals of the Lower Murray
d Darling— Td = economy, and geogra- > Gerard Krefft.
phiea? distributio:
n Snakes obse ney in the neighbourhood of Sydney Gerard Krefft.
esas trical Researches” i in four pe ope eye prising
d complete > Martin Gardiner, C.E.
Pik cnemeien tobe to celebrated Problems. Paper N No.1..
neernin ns inscribed in other
? Y gons Pa ee re 'go Martin Gardiner, C.E.
earches concerning n *gons ‘inscribed in curves of } Wastin Gardiner, 1
the second degree. Pa ;
Researches concerning n’gons inseribed i in surfaces Shicic, Candies OS
of the second a Paper N. es
On the desirability of a aypbetittio ne for, and
observation off prot Stars in the Seater: John Tebbutt, junr.

Hemisphere es a “
On the Comet of September, ‘1862. No.1... ... John Tebbutt, junr.
On the Comet of September, 1862. No.2. ... John Tebbutt, junr.
On Australian Storms... John Tebbutt, junr.
m ing Paper, made at a ty Rev. W.B.Clarke, M.A.,
Meeting of 7th September, 1 hoe &e., V.-P.
On the Cave Temples of India if i DE. le.
On page bites and al antidotes . sas bj : seen
On the van er 8 Dr. ‘<.
On the Fibre P ts of New South Wales .. Charles vag, Sa F.LS.
Waleed. and Iridium, obtained from New — , Sethi, PAD.
On the Frcspenks of the Civil Service under the Sisk Cidlenal Waid:
perannuation Act of 1
On ore muceger srs of Profits in Mutual Insurance M.B. Pell.
= the Agaoaisenl tural Statistics of New South Wales C. Rolleston.
On the Defences of Port Jackson .. @. A, Morell, C.E.

Sha dha ‘Pachinsieclaca I hacks Wt Auieidans ~ Rer-W BOlarke M.A.
E. P. Ramsey.

On the Oology of Australia . “

‘The Theory of Encke’s Comet ‘i ee Ge G. R. Smalley.
On certain

Changes
The present state of Astronomical, Magnetical, an
logical Science ; and the practical bearings ¢ G. R. Smalley.
oye dar gil d Custo ~ the he Aborigines of
ms. 0 Gerard
the Lower Murray and Dar! mt Kr

310 LIST OF PUBLIUATIONS.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1867.

Vol. I.
CONTENTS.
Inaugural Address, by the Rev. ad B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.8., &c., Vice-
esident.
Article I—On ee ala by the Honorable Chief Justice
a F.R.S., President of the Queensland Philosophical

eo EE —Remari on a paper by S. H. Wintle,) Gerard Krefft, Curator
Esq., on the ear fone in a cave ats of the Sydney Mu-
Glen arch ¥en seum.
» IIL—On the Asana. fee other Metal- ke,
liferous Districts of Northern Queens- 7 a Pig es wns
at ‘
re 4 mee se has e-appearance of Scurvy i in the E. Bedford, M.R.C.S.
re Vv. stata the re ea eet Mortalits y and Expecta- M. B. Pell, a re
tion of Life in New South Wales, as fessor of Mathema
compared with — and other( tics in the Taivrsity
countries of Sydney. ;
»» VI—Note on the esicss of the Mary River x f Ber. Pia ap ver
» WII.—On the deals, si Influence of Clock Pen- ad G. ae ‘Smalley, oa A.,
dul t. Astronom:

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1868.
Vol. IL

ConrTeENTs.
Opening Address by George R. Smalley, B.A., F.R.A.S., Vice-President.
Article I.—On the value of Earth Temperatures ... bess ‘ pele sate
rae Jin Modern (Gerard Krefft, F.LS.,
Museums in ASN and Australia “a
” peal the Hospital Requirements of) Alfred Roberts
TV.—On ‘the Causes and Phenomena of Rev. W ‘B. Clarke,

quakes, especially in relation to M.A. F.G8., &e.
shocks felt in Aus ali

i “ay aed
» V.—On the Water Supply of $s ydney .... Professor Smith, M.D.’

» VWI.—Results of Whea foie in New South
Wales daring the * Christopher Rolleston.

»» WII—Remarks ie Dry “arth ae sae of Edward Bedford,
sane RC.
» VITL.—On Pauperism i in New South. Wales— \ Alfred Roberts,
(jest; pemvank, and tebare sy MRCS.

ge OTe ee ee Re eee ee

ee ae eee, ee ee a

as gale tee lar ai Ine Tle RR DO dl ola

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 311

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1869.

Vol. III.

ConrTENTS.
Opening Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President.
G. K. Holden, Senior
Article I.—Onthe operation of the Real Property Act re ee of Titles,

Article IT. Sige te ong of SirW. Ham
a athe Inscription of Closed Martin Gardiner, C.E.
in any quadric
Bau § @ ee ‘Pheorem nthe Geometry of reel Mastin Gasdines, 0.0.

ene 8 2 -—Réyoaition of the American Method oy
Levelling for "Becton ms. The mf
riority to the English and French
methods as regards actual field pra: Maxtin, Gapfinet, C0.
pao ~~ subsequent plotting of the

age ae the Blectric Telegraph between Eng.
land and Indi d how to connect | E. C. Cracknell, Super-
the ‘AnbieWinn | Golson with the ae oe of Tele-
5 fester systems of Europe and|_ graphs for N.S.W.
-J
cecpeuee Ei —Notes te the Geology ‘of the a A.M. Thompson, Se. D.
und Goulburn é
9 VIL—On the Origin an d Migrati ons of
ge ba nesian Nation, mane
eir discovery & nd progressive e settle- ihm Dy. tong, MY:
ment of the Continent of Ameri
so V kee Rig hone Serre ot her oe in) Martin Gardiner, C.B.

trical
» 1X—On the Water — irs Reais eo}
George’a Bix xs Riv Charles Mayes.
= X.—On nt mp ae of the Chemical Exami

atio Wat nea oe a ‘Sydney Professor Smith, M.D.

ceo = Ccssaiaaiens :
» XIL—On the Refining of Gold by means fp, B. Miller, F.C.S.
orine Gas..
» &I1.—On a Ap pparatus tus for Reducing A. Leibius, Phil. Doe.

; Chlo: alla of Silver i aot
», XITI.—Remarks on settee: or ¢ ialtiog
the Humidity of th H. C. Russell, B.A.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
; WALES, 1870.
Vol. IV.
Opening Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President.

Article I.—On Post-office Savings Banks, Friendly
Societies, and ‘Governm rmment Life ise one Auditor
_ Assurance

312 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

Article II—Remarks on the Report of the Water)

ommission, especially with reference y Andrew Garran, LL.D.
eor

to aa

» 1I1.—On the Botany Watershed _... ... E. Bell, M.LC.E.

‘7 V.—Notes on the Auriferous Slate an H. A. Th
Granite Veins of a ew South Wal emery ti

» V.—On the occurrence of the Diamond near) = Norman Taylor and
Mudgee des ..§ Prof. Thomson, Sc.D

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1871

Vol. V.
ConTENTS.
Opening Address by Professor Smith, M.D., Vice-President.
Article esr oma on the Nebula around Eta HO Rusell, BA.

» I1—Magnetic Variations at Sydn ey H. C. Russell, B.A.
gin A ilocos te the Botany of Lord Howe's Chavles Moore, ¥.L.8.

Page 3 fe ie ‘Gui rinea—a hi ighly promising fiel
for settlement oe colonization—that tise De.

such an acre uld be most easily ari
and su tae 3 accomplished nee
» V.—On the Constitution of Matsar, ... Professor Pell.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1872.

Vol. VI.
CoNTENTS.

_ Opening Address by the Rey. W. B. Clarke, M.A., Vice-President.
e I—On an aercres Method of Separating
Gold from Argentic Chloride, as oa Dr. Leibius.
: tained in gold-refining by chlori
» I1.—Remarks on the Fallacy of a
method of Assaying ‘Aechicay Ore Dr. Leibius.

given by some Manuals of Assa
» III.—Remarks Tin , and what may A Dr. Leibius.
is i. —On sate eines age {oses.. . :
; _ C. Russell, B.A.
ee Vion i a Gace fone Stars about HC. Resell, B.A.
se ae me Deniliquin astaecine se Rrra Sean
» |, VIIL.—Statistcal rogress

Review of the Pro, RP
New South Wales in the last ten $ Chris. Rolleston, Esq-
years, 1862-71 iis ws vali

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 313
TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1873.
Vol. VII.
CoNnTENTS.
Article + an Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke, M.A., Vice-
Presiden
If.—Appendix to = Acie detegid Address, by the Rev. W. B. Clarke,

resi dent.
peaead FB @ eae the ‘Sotation of certain Geodesic } Martin Gucdioes 0.8

29

Poo af see eel of the Transit, af Venus H. C. Russell, B.A.
en V.—Note on the Bingera aa 9a District Arch. Liversidge, #.0. Ss.
Por Ja nning.

» ViI.—On our wipe and Coal ames Mannin
» Vit: igs oF “On our Coal ae Coal } Janice Manning:
o VILL. Onn our ay and Coal Port ... James Manning.
IX.—The Mammals of Australia and t
ena Part 1. Oisieicke Gerard Krefft.
Didelphia sie ise
eter © nes Geodesic Investigations ae ... Martin Gardiner, C.E.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH
WALES, 1874.

Vol. VIII.
ConrvENTS.
Article I.—Duplex Telegraphy “ - C. Cracknell, Esq.
» I1—Hospital Accommodatio : Se ae:

» AIl—Criminal ie of New South Wales, ) Cl . Roll canes:

gee —Description of © “leven new speci ies 0
Ter gaia Marine cima ma John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.
north pened

» V.—Iro J. Latta, Esq.

ree 2 © Spear Water Supply by Gruvitation James Manning, Esq.

» WII.—Nickel Minerals from New Caled Professor Liversidge.

» VIIL.—Iro sc and Coal Deposits at Wallera- Professor Liversidge.

i aX. Bikes "of the Results of the Observation
of the Transit of Venus in N.S.W... Un. C. Russell, B.A.
» X&—The sen of Via as haere a) Rev. Wm. Scott, M.A.
E

TRANSACTIONS ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY
WALES, 1875.

NEW SOUTH W.
Vol. IX.
ConrTENTS.
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.) reer
Article I. Boece of Officers, Fundamental os oc hte and
of lean guoei ie iv i to xxix

1k. Additions to Laiwery... : ak sai to ale

314 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

PAGE.

ee Address, by the reid W. B. Clarke,
M.A., F.G.S., Vice-Presiden lto 56

i ¥.—Notes on Deep Sea Sovodines By Rev. W. B.
oh rke, M.A., F.G.S. = ‘ie es ey 57 to ie

fa i in American Mining. ByS. L. Bensusan . 73 to

eV LE. Stanniferou Deposits of ren (Illustrated).
8. H. Wintle, Hobart 87 to 95

» VII. See Anas Water a d A Sydacy by Gravita-

io y James Man 97 to 119
raat © —Metropolitan Water Secsnly, By James Manni ing 121 to 123
a a ee Powte & va A hanes id Gravitation (Plans).

By J 125 to 134
gee. & S _Scientific 1 Aig ‘By H.C. “Russell, ‘Bz. A. “Govern-
ment Astronom 135 to 150
‘S egoyeegs <a "bes of Pseuo- Crystallization (Zi llustrated). 5
rofessor Live 152 to 153
iy es —the Mine rals of Ne ew PBouih Wales. aes Professor
ide 154 to 215
» »XIV.— eae 217 to 223
ror 3 —Appendix Meteorological ‘Observations, Sydney
By 3. Russell, B.A., Sydney Observ : lto 12

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
: 1876.

Vol. X.
ConTENTS.
(Edited by Professor Liversidge.)

‘sciiie’ I.—List of ph sik Fundamental Rules; By-laws, and
mbe:

List of TS .
Sse 8 —Aniversary Address, by the Rev. “W. B. Clarke,
, Vice-Presiden lto 34
wok bee —Notes on some ay at kable ts shown by Ther- ;
mometers (Diagram). By a & ene B.A.,
., Governme

co : Peace! Py he 35 to 42
i —On the rigin and Migrations ror | the Polynesian
' Nation. Ry Rey. Dr. Dota Lang " 43 to 74
» V.—On the Deep Oceanic c Depression off Moreton Bay.
By Rev. W. B. Cla rke, M.A., FBS. 75 to 82

‘» Seiten cer on Jupiter during his Opposition: By
» VII.—On the Geen us Ctenodas. ‘Parts I to IV. (Five
sates slates. J. Barkas, M.R.C.S
» VIII.—On the Pecan tion of Moss Gold and Silver. By
a d Liversi eralogy

University of Sydney 125 to 134
y. £& ee — Extracting Processes. By ip
Bensu 135 to 145

» X.—On some Tertiary A Austrslisn P 208. (Two plates )
a , F.48., F.LS. 147 to 150

oe ZL —Meteorologieal Periodia ake (Three diagrams. 2.
ie y HC. — B.A, ag ne, Lh pogo

151 to 177

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. S15

PAGE..
Article XII. a. 5 cay cee wat on Climate. By Rev.
179 to 235
Se Sao Be Say alec yristons “Deposit ; Ri chm ond B er.
(One plate) ; and a so-called Racesahiacs from
the Rich mond Riv By Professor Liversidge 237 to 239
5 &LV.—Remarkable Exa eazkgs of Contorted Slate. (Z'wo
o es.) By Professor gaion = ... 241 to 242
» &V.—Pr sidings be a3 ... 243 to 266
pee. oh — Adkitions to ‘Library ne ae a nk 26F 10 276
XVII.—Donation pe an .. 277 to 281
XVII. —Reports pres ‘the Sections .. ‘ — ... 285 to 314
PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS.
1. Macrozamia spiralis. By F. Milford, M.D.
_ (Le 0 plate es.) 3 296
n of Fan ng of Human Tooth,
showing Sentwis By Hugh Paters = 299
3. Notes on two Species of Insectivorous "Plants
indigenous to this Colony. tag ys U.C.Colyer 300
. Etching and Etchers. By E. L. Montefiore... 308
so — Appendix: Abstract of the Motori Pan Obaer-
s taken at the Sydney Observatory. By
Russell, B.A., y: HA A.S., Government
iacumer ; - a oe .. 815 to 328
» X&X.—Index. ae : er as eee

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1877.

= XI.
ConTENTS
(Edited by Professor Tikvoneidenn )
PAGE.
Article I.—List of Officers, Fundamental Rules, By-laws,
and List of Members... Pe ap i to xxxv
| rr II.—Anniversary Address, by H. C. Russell, B.A.,
F.R.A.S., F.M.S., Vice-President ois es 1 to 20
| » I1.—The Forest Vegetation of Central and Northern
nection with Geolo
Influences. By W. Christie, Li d Surveyor. 21 to 39
» IV.—On mornis Australis, a new fossil gigantic
Bird ¢. Australia. Fy. t vy. W.
M.A. .8., &c., Vice: ie 41 to 49
” V.—On the pheno Cranial Bones, od eg and
supposed r-Bones of Cten the
Scapula, becuncid, Ribs, and Scales of Ctenodus.
B W. 5 , M.R.C. 51 to 64
» WI—On the T posits of Australia the
vy. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.S., F. magne 65 to 82
» VIL—On some New A ian Polyzoa. (Two wo
By - Tenison- Woods, F.G. re
83

» Vill.—On the occurrence of Chalk in the ; New Brit
Grou By Profesor Lived, F C.8., EGS.
gee Sioteeelan

316 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

Article IX.—On a New Method of re. Gold, Silver, and
other Metals from Pyrites. By W. A. Dixon,

c X. —The Palisontological shor of Australian Ter-
a Aes e Rev. J. E. Tenison-

Wo rG. 3,
» AxL—A Synor of Australian Tertiary Polyzoa. By
eridge, junr., F.G.S.
me, + awk ‘ibeeraptrs a ga of Hybodus. By Ww. J.
Barkas, M.R.C.S

» AXLIT.—A System of Notation adapte ed to explaining to
Students certain Electrical Ane ago ms. By the
Hon. J. Smith, C.M.G., M.D., LL.D., M.L C.

» XALV.—Notes on canis Mete teorology, Natural History , &.,
of a Guano Island; and Guano tit other
5 Aer dere Deposits, Malden Island. By W.

_OS.,

Dixon
>» &V.—On some “Australian Tertiary “Corals. (Two
von By the Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods,
F, ne F.R.G.S
» A&VI—On a tia and remarkable “Variable Star i in the
Constellation Ara. By J. Tebbutt, F.R.A.S....
»» XVII.—On a Dental seonkety of the Lepidosteide.

By W. J. Barkas, M.R.C.
» XS VIIT.—A New Fossil Extinct Species ‘of Kangaroo
"90 enurus rer oe: By the Rev. W. B.
larke, M.A.,
ae >. 4 & ei even on some pier Barometric Disturbances.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S

XX.—Proceedings .
» X&XI.—Additions to the Li bra
»» XXII.—List of Exchanges and Presentations
», XXITII.—Reports from the Secti

PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS.

1. Remarks on the Coccus of ~ Cape Mul-
berry. By F. Milford

2. Notes on some local "Species of Diatomacee.

By G.

yy &XIV.—Appendix : Abstract of the Meteorological Ob-
servations taken at the Sydney Observatory.
By H. C. Seen Ry B.A., F.R.A.S., Govern-
ment Astro: sivas gee

» XS V.—List of Subeetione — the 1 Society

», XX VI.—Index

PAGE.
93 to 111

1138 to 128
129 to 143
145 to 155

157 to 163

165 to 181

183 to 195
197 to 202
203 to 207

209 to 212

213 to 218
219 to 235
236 to 244
245 to 251
253 to 278

270
272

281 to 294
295 to 302
303. to 305

JOURNAL OF THE ROYAL pea ie OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
1878.

Sa XII.

CONTENTS.
(Edited by Prof. Liversidge and Dr. Leibius.)

Article I, —— Hy Officers, Fundamental —_ ars
d List of Members

ix

PAGE.

i to xxx¥
e

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

Article II.—Anniversary paldcony by Christopher Rolleston,
i siden

3?

>
2?

III. —Tasmanian Forests; their Botany and Economical
v. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.G.8.,

IV.—The Molluscan Fauna of Tasmania, By the Rev.
J. E. Tenison-Woods, F.G.S., F.L.5..
’ V,—On some Australian Tati Fossil Corals and
Polyzoa. (One plate.) By the Rev. J. E.
i sins 2.5., F; if $"

nison-
VI.—Proposed Correc to the assumed Ling
of the ydney Obese By John Tebbutt,

VIL. See ihe Meteorolouy ‘of the Coast of New South
s during the Winter Months, with the
yea mability "OE issuing cautionary Storm Warn-
ings, by telegrams to the various Ports, from
. the Observatory. ee bias Smith, Master
of the ship ‘‘T. L. H
VIII.—Storms on the Coast “of New South Wales.
(Fo ur diagrams.) By H. C. Russell, B.A.,
F.R.A.S., Government rong omer
IX. oe “Facts "about the Gre aes Wave, May
acl (Three diagrams. . B y J. P. Joseph-
5H.

X. —Some "Results of an ‘Astronomical Experiment on
he Blue Mountains. (7'wodiagrams.) By H
C ussell, B.A., FR, A.S,, BMS. Ge.) 3.
XI.—On the ested of Nickel and Cobalt. By
W. A. Dixo:
XII.—The ratsigd Well ‘Waters "of Sydney. By Ww. A.
8., Fil

XIII. se vag on 3 Tuuand pet By W. A.D ixon,
.C.S., F.1.C., Lecturer on Chemistry, Sydney

XIV. ee d Prog of Ph —— By
—The Rise an gress te) oto; phy. y
Z Lu te ico W. Hart
XV.— ings .
Vi *Agaitions to the Library
mations to the Cabinets ..

, XVII.—Do i
- » RYE —List of Exchanges and Presentations
ports from See

the Sections

PAPERS READ BEFORE THE SECTIONS.
i — onthe Planet Uranus. By John Tebbutt,
R.A.
2. On the an itude of Sydney, Observatory.
By H. C Rie ussell, B.A., vig - ee
3. — on oe Transit of opie (One

317

PAGE,

1 to 16

17 to 28
29 to 56

57 to 61

63 to 69

71 to 75

77 to 101

103 to 115

117 to 126
127 to 132
133 to 141

143 to 144

te

-”

318 LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

a ~~ Triangle Micrometer. By H. C. Russell,
B.A., F.R.A.S.

8. Notes on Jupiter during his Opposition, 1878.
By G. D. Hirs

9, On Star-dises, and the separating power of
Telescopes. By W.J. MacDonnell, F.R.A.S.

10. gps of a Results of the Transit of

nus, . Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S

ii. Rotes on the Gencontris Gonithcn of Mars

and tie: 1879. By John Tebbutt,

12, Remarks on the Mounting of. Large “Object-
glasses. By H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S.

13. On a New Form of rate atorial Mounting. By
H. C. Russell, B.A.,

14. Note on the Boorook Silver Mine. By A. W.
Dixon, F.C.S,

xon,
15. Notes on the Incrustation | of the “Sydney
Water Main. By Dr.
16. An Apology for the Introduction of the he Study
of Photography in our Schools of Art and
Ludo ate co

Science. By
17. On Music. By “een Jules Meilhan
Art. XX.—Appendix: Abstract of the meeps don ooh Obser-
vations taken at the Sydney Obse By
Rives Hoe ussell, B.A., PERAS., © Government

PD. &. & 2 tate oP “Publications.
», XXII.—Index

fon.

238

y 8
mrecaey

297 to 308
309 to 318

~ i ee

INDEX.
PAGE, PAGE.
A Billion dissected; Henry Bessemer... 13
Bismuth- ain Cloncurry .. . 252
Acacia cen re a ey eee 26 | Blackw
6 | Blue- gle (Eucalyptus globulus), its

Al: excels
Alvan oe objet las, 3 26 csr 031
Ameri of

eae eee wees

guano 143
Ammonia in Sydney water ............ 25
“ — sis of ioveunistion i Sydney

pipes 264
Analyses of Sydney WEUOE Yaak 133
OL "WAVETIEY 500s kawins 133
——_——- of Pyrmont. ja cae ent ieeeaue 134
a of BSG ie een 140
Anemometer, poll vagiteris Pi, 88
ee list of shells of South Aus-
i cick report of Council 167
Aplysiidx, Tasmanian ...............6. 35
Appendix 297
Asplenium nidus 19
oa ye
Astronomical experiment on the Blue

Mountains, some results of ; by H

C. Russell, B.A., F. ae F.ALS 117
Astronomical § iety Cincinnati ...
Atherosperma moschatum...............
Australian conchology ...............46

prevailing winds ............ 79
Tertiary Seal a and

57
Pret ha process of ils 154

ain ph sheet
Barometer, normal state of, on coast

of Sika Booth Wales. x. ic8. cece
meter readin during the
“Dandenong” le
a salicina 18, 26
Bell’s te ielechons 4

uses
Blue Mountains, results of an
tronomical experiment on ihe: by |

H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S...... 117
Boorook Hp aad WRG 2a 255
Boring at Newington, depth 1,150 ft. 254

otany and economical va alue of

sma forests ; by Rev. 3 E
Tenison- SEG. FF, 7
razier, J. ; ; mollusca of the* . ‘Chevert”
expedition
‘* Brisbane,’ seadh sebeeite cue ee
Buccinide, Tasmanian ..................
Building fund, sahiadieiphines tae to-
bain 171
Bul
By- a Fundamental Rules, ar bare
Officers and Members .........
C
Cabinets, faegye eh ated the “hic cee
Calyptreide, Tasmanian ............... 51
Cancellaride, Sb oy See eee 50
Casside, Tasmanian 48
“ Cawarra”’ gale ... 91
Cedrela australis iicpRe i aes 19
Cephatopota, Tasmanian <0. cicr.s+ sires. 47
rithid a
Carithiops 49
psec smaat — Sis acon melee

Peer eee ee eee ee

Chito ae
Chrenographeloe, Mr. rear nae
— ronogne for

registering star
Fis OFIBL hbk coe 181
psig «companion of Sirius .. view Doe
Clem: 18
Climate of New New South Wales ......... ‘79
Coast of pe! South Wales, meteor-

Coast of ioe South Wales, storms
on the; by H. C. Russell, B.A.,
F.R.A. i vernmentAstronomer 77

Diyaiies a i depsbopunent of life ...

E
Earthquake at Africa. ...

G
.... 114 | Gleichenia dic
Seok Ratatat.

320 INDEX.
PAGE
— and reg ear ay of ; ty Eucalyptus ee 19
A. Dixon, F.C.S., F.LC. . 127 | ————— obliqua 19
Co ancl llinee, S Peanietinn. 48 | ———_—_—— deka Ophlois: icici siscese 19
Conchology, Australian 30 globulus, ite USCS oo. asses 25
——--- s of reference upon 35 height of......... 18
Jonide, Taachiaian ie eee { eee ie test for ascertaining
Conjunction, geocentric, of Mars and
Saturn, 1879 246 Exe a list of 207
Corals, Sirtare fossil, and polyzoa ; Expeditions, canaib of Venus wcissives ll
by Rev. . J. E. Tenison-Woods,
F.G.S., F.L.8 7
Bec proposed, to the assumed
longitude of the Sydney Observa- | F
ry 63—69
Corypha 19 — Cunninghami............4+0-++4+ 18, 26
ooke’s radiometer ....... .......:..505 9 mines, mere 2 Indian ...... 10
Cyclonic storms 74 Fasciola ride, Tasmanian ...,....:..+-++ 48
Cylichnide, Tasmanian.................. 53 | Fau a, mollusc an, pagers cpdacetane by
OR See sings eas 50 | Rev, 3B. Pehineee Woods: F.G. Bey
D Fauna of Tasmania, books referring
Fata species of, New South Wales 56
mi decay i pe PRG ME TT eae as 26 Queensland 56
Da; e, inventor of diorama......... 148 West coast of Aus-
Daily Photograph of the sun ......... 10 tralia
Dallin, n devi 1 miaalatony of life ... 8 | Fissurellide
Panama igre: StYALIS osc. ssesseeeseees 27 | Frenela rhomboidea ............-+.++++ 18
‘* Dandenong,’ "gradient of storm ... 75 | Fundamental Rules, By-laws, - of
——————_ loss of the............... 93 Officers and Members ........- to XXxV
Sage latifoli 20
ep-water organisms .,..............05 10
Dentalidx, T: a Ri sus twelve: 52
Dicksonia tica 18, 19 G
Dixon, W. A., F.C. S, wok Uy nthe’
urgy of nickel and cabal. 127 | Gale, ‘‘ Cawarra”
thu Tena oo oe ee
on Huan Island GUANO oeeereeerees eee * 143 —— ‘Varra Yarra” ........cseeeeeees
Note — “Dandenong” ..... .....esee
on the Boorook Silver Mine......... 255 barometer read-
nhs e ings during the ............664+ eigen
_deep well waters of Sydney......... 133 | Gales, black north-east ...........::-+++
_ Dogwood ji Month east?) <3. sccveeneastennsiae
Donations to Society’s cabinets ...... 201 instrumental ob-
Drimys soenencn 19 | _ servations during .......:-ss+e+ee+0+

9 servations during
Gasteropoda,

20 Tasmanian ..
8 | Gemellariade
Generation, spontan
entric conjunction
1

, Gradient, mateord logical ..
Grabh oy inch achromati

pereeerret

G — ~ © glass... a
uano, phosphoric acid im..........++++
Guano, phosphoric Huan Island...

pes yee Wd occa mieeR Sp WP ly 3°) dons

INDEX, 321
PAGE, ‘ PAGE.
H Longitude of Melbourne ...............
——__——— Sydney “Observatory... 68,
Hakea age ronacrates Maleqad tveevvevere , 222
Haliotide, Tasmanian ................... ———_———- Wellington, N.Z. ...... 224
Hart, Ludovico W.. The rise and Lunar occultations of stars ............ 65
progress of — ie entiesnes
apology for M
he wear ion of the study of
photography ee A og | Mctenill, Wt, EP Oe
Height of he wend iypal depen rent tay servatories in the pr ase Set + eee
ewe eee eee ee ar-di i s e 3,
ate Niches on Jupiter facia and the separating Pac ‘of tele-
s
et! arnrpaon = note jon by W. Mars and Sa ere geocentric con-
re Dixon Shas. "143 junction of, 1879
Huon pine” 28 | Mercury aap deca " as
ercury, note on the transit of ......
Hutton, Ca tag — d a Zealand 43 oo age ys ts of the moon......... 63
“e x 2 tallurgy of nickel and cobalt ...... 127

I
Incrustation of the Sydney water-
i 2

Index

Indian famines, periodicity of
Introdnetion of the study of photo-
—

our Schools of Art and

269
Sinios “dasirastion OF cris thesisyicosns lll
J

Josephson, J. P., C.E. Some facts

_ ut the great tidal wave, May,

103
oohne during his opposition, 1878. 238
ge ie

ger ese Gln AREER Smee "7:
ee eee 19
Leeches in Tasmanian forests ......., 22
Leptospermum lanigera................. 20 |
Li BAAiGons fo: isi iis is ceases 188
Littorinide, Tasmanian ...........-...
tes winds, oor Oak 79
Fohgiude “of 1 rg Sydney Observa- :

tory, pro rrection to t.

assumed ; by ae. Tebbutt,

2. PBA

Longitude of Mr. Tebbutt's observa

tory 69

Neri
New

Meteor oF Ag Mr. Russell’s
Meteorology of the coast of New
South Wales during the winter

months 71

Meteorological observations taken at
ey Observatory ..... ......

Meteorological gradient ............... 77
Mi t Bos Wihhigle 0. ick 236
Miocene 57
Mollusca of the ae snl fet a cece -
Molluscan fauna of Tasmania .........
Montlivaltia sro scusbegevaaees ion 58, a
Moon, meridian transits of ............
——— culminations, 1963-71709:

7[ eee
Morris Incrustation of the

Dr.
bre WabeL-MAIN «.. gp arcicoeeeaes aes
Mountain ash of pod South Rabvates 25

Mountains, a ical
perimen 117
Mounting of tk e object. glasses...... 247
large ci of equatorial... 249
47

Muricide, ealnaeigs ay ee cactus
BO ay 281
Muskwood 26
=e
y
Naticid, TREMISNIAN 6 ox isis 49

Calcio ae of nickel
and cobalt 27, 129
New Zealand shells........... Slee ea
Silal WOVE sss 105

- Nickel and cobalt, on ‘the metallurgy

of; by W. A. Dixon, F.0.8., FL 197

of

322 INDEX,
PAGE, PAGE,
0 , P
Obern 158 | Patellide, Tasmanian .............06
erases, ot ting of large .. 247 | Patio Erocees, MoxleOitcvas-ersc een 258
an coe cedecatetoal, Sydney Peppermint gum tree 19
0 7 Partodictey of Indian famines ...... ee
Olnervations of lunar occultations of Peru, quake An ye sesee ee 112
Hes wld ct es sEE spree, hi vecee harass Phosphoric acid in guan . 144
Gidea oak: instrumental, during Phosphorescence of aleyon
S.E. gales 88 osphorus ead, Broce

Obeerva tions, of ogi a on the
Blue Mounta 118

Observations, cebiacughc. on the Blue

youn ountains

1
uth-east gales 88
Dbecrvat tory, desirability of issuing
cau s

P|

onar
warnings from the .... 71

——_.-— Sydney, on the longi-
wy plevea ss » See

a Sydney, meteorological

Tebbutt’s, longi-

Se a ee

——————— Williams ore Mas-
sachusetts............... 229

——_———— Harvard haat Cam-

bridge, Mass. .........

aa Dartmouth “Coligs,
New Hampshire ...... 230

nia
—— Alleghany City, Penn. 230
Alban Prtin |

Lick’s, Califor

HOO Gees Reece tenses eseseD

Otgrratorc, ‘oder oak ey
States in the United

i ee EER ERODE ORO RRS bbe bea oka 6b,

* Officers, t of, Windansnkd Rules,
eer ces and List of Members, i to xxxv
Olearia argophy

San States Naval... - Br

10

oer. anal ing 254

and progress of ;
prog 45

Ph
Photography, r
by L. W. its

Photography 0
ey in rhea of Art and
Sei

Photo-litho

Phot ages spy, patented by Fox Talbot 151
graphy 156

Photo-chromo- ECS ie eae) 160
Photo-chromography ............:.::006+ 160
Photo-zin ot te Nad cui. wed saednedeiwe oes 157
Pine, kau 27
Planatides Tasman ih eecicitiatunae 50

Planet Uranus
F.

cerium alcicorne
leurotomida, Tasmanian ye ae
r cu urrents of w
oe. new Pobidcmne'y by Rev. J.
. Ten n- Woo ods

eee wn eee se eeneeeues

telephotia’:.. i260 cw
Princ ples of Pbyehology etnseveeneeenel
Proboscidifera, Tas
Proceedings of of Royal | Bovey of New

av ereeeseeee

Proctor, R. a: on the earthquake

ache Sleek Pace
Publications Sons =

rpuride, Tia wsbhevasestndeaae
Pyramidellidz, Tasmanian nse eecniuees

R
Radiometer, Professor oan? on
Crooke’s :

wee seers eerenee

ms i ohn Tebbutt,
220

»

eR ks wal

é

INDEX 323
PAGE
Rissoide, Tasmanian................000-. Speiss, analysis of, containing
Sorc Christopher — Anniver- nickel
y Addre cobalt
Royal Society “of New South Wales, copper, 132
OCD GS OL) ects ee. 8 —187 ATG C25 WO aes |
Russell, iron |
Storms on the coast of New South
Wales beets ( Herbert-Princigies of Psy-
———— on meteorology of the coast cholo,
of New South Wales ...... Star ‘‘ Brisbane,” 6183, note on the 296
———— Astronomical experiment on ipo sap and the separating power
the Blue Mountains ...... 117 241
on the —, of Sydney Prd iunar Occ BES 65
BOYVALOLY .. sis2scsce sess Star transits, Satara for regis-
Clark’s in ion of Sirius 233 tering 175
———— The t micrometer ... 236 | Steering with reversed screw .
Abstract of the results of | Stokes, Professor—radi ometer..
the transit of Venus...... 243 Storms on the coast of New South
emarks on the mounting es
of large object-glasses ... 247 Shien rate
pion — form of equ uatorial Stan: eae desirability of issu-
GE .cevstevsessewacvees ing cautionary, from the Observa-
paises Meteor ological observa- 71
tions taken at the Sydney Straightness of the eucalypti ......... 20
Observatory .......ci00 500.4 297 ‘see sd ar. m tree Bscsivis
———— Crooke’s 9.
ees Otway atory, re. seme of ... 68
sed “cor-
rection to the Bem ag longitude
s of the
Syncarpia leptopetala.........ési..cccesce0 19
Sandwich Island, the po wave at 108 | Sydney, deep well waters of............ 133
Sassafras (Atherosperma moschatum) 26 | Sydney water, mare dn Oc. ae 133
Saturn and Mars, paca Sinjatio- ——__—_————- sulphir in ............4.. 265
tion of, 1879 246 | Sun, daily photographs of the .. 10
Scalaridz, Tasmanian .................. 49 | Sun-shakes in timber 27
| ay inher Tasmatian:..:/...... 51
Sea egan: 19
Sections, Reports WOM GHEE 217 ide
Senecio — 18 :
festralis 18 | Tasmanian forests, botany and 2
alles oides 18 economical value of ......... fats 17
Separating pow er of telescopes ........ 241 | Tasman a, sa uscan ee , 29
She-oak (Casuarina stricta) ............ 26 © Weks jcee 17
Silver from Tenterfield .........:.....644 254 Tebbutt, J Jobe: aA ‘R. A.S. Correction
Si mine, on ok i 255 of neve of the Sydney y Omen:
Silver seattle (Acacia decurrens)...... 26 vatory
ius, Clark’s companion of........... —_—_——. Sh on the planet a 220
Smith, M. on the meteorology teon the transit of Mer- |
of the coast of Ne th W. ai 226
during the winter months............ ————. Note on the star ‘‘ Bris-
South-east gales 75 ot Mga 1 ies WaKuess See
aie oe 88 Note on the geocentric
4 recom 85 conjunction of Mars and -
oe ababes — the tidal wave ae 2 . 109 omind ye ESIS pki ae
_ Spectroscopic w e 52
- Mountains, 18 Telling first — of... 5

324

PAGE
2 acme work on the Blue Moun-

121
anon 3 separating power of........ 341
Terebride, peers BAM 5s cau tov enu sacs 4
fea tralian, fossil corals
citemae 57
Neahiacy basaltic rocks, Tasmania.... 17
Tetraplaria, nov. gen. ....:............. 61
— a tralis, ON sii ae 61
Tricknaks GE air efttrents. 656.006.5660 124
Thickness of local winds 79
Thunderstorms over Sydney 80
Tick of Tasmanian forests 22
idal wave, PANEL ike ts 03
oe Harbour .. . 104
fe 104
ane .. 104
Table, May, 1877 ......:.. 105
w Zealand
Sandwich Island...........
South America...... 109, 110
———-————. Iquique................60...
Tide-gauges, Sydney and Newcastle,
, 116, ou
Maat 1 Sydaey ombated
Timber trad of Tasmani ee EAE "3
Transit: ll
Transits of the moon, meridian ....... 63
Transit of Mercury, note on the...... 226
Transit of Venus, abstract of the
results ¢ 43
‘Trematotrochus, new genus... 59
Teale ret fenestra a ie 61
bul hig fongtanialy beater nee 236
Tr , Tasmanian..........01.. 47
Trochide, Tasmanian .................. .
‘Trochocyathus heterocostatus ......... 1
Tropical currents of winds............... 78
Trouton, oa on Pax ites,

ee ees

INDEX,

saa States, meio a ee in the..

anus, note on

ae of blue- -gum (iealy pte globu-
lus)

Agreed qe of the results of the
of

Venus § ‘uu of, sig Soin ae 1
merican Com-
PRNDON os iocck sss Seti oO 64 i
Volutidae, TasManiah © ....cieese sees ene 48 }
W
Warnings, storm, advantage of ...... 73 :
Water, analyses o es ose We sbaxpeees
ibe ebesnge
mont .

of Neco i.

Water-main, incrustation of the

Sydne RR rr Sey

Wave, pret tidal, May, 1877 ..

Weather , Sydne

Well wales of bya deep ; iy
. Dixon; F.C.8.,

West ¢ Coast of Au rte species of

pee ewe cen ee cannes

Wind, pressure
Winds, SS. prevailing...

Woodbury process
Woods, Tenison, Rev. J. E
F.L.S. Tasmanian forests, "their
botany and economical value
On molluscan

fauna of —
Australian = ‘terti- é
ary fossil corals and polyzoa

Z

*

| Ziera Smithii

NOTICE.
“Menmers of he Royal Society of New South Wales are informed
that “ihe Library will be open for consultation and for the i issue
of books on Wednesday afternoons from 4 to 6 p.m., and on Py |
‘the evenings of Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, from 7 | to 10.
p-m. during the session, and during the recess (January to end
_of ‘April) on Wednesdays from 4-6 and 7-10 p.m.

¥ Pu BLICATIONS.

oe q .
"Certain of the following publications of the Society can now yi E

be obtained at the Society’ House in Elizabeth teat : — yr eae

1868, price 58. 4 j :
: 1869,
I Ney
1871, m3
pete
1872,
Bie: a